Darwin Digital Library of Evolution Alphabetical Listing of Works

Darwin Digital Library of Evolution
Alphabetical Listing of Works

by
the Editorial Staff of the Darwin Digital Library
October 11, 2006
This file lists references in the working bibliography of the Darwin Digi-
tal Library of Evolution. Editorial staff at the library may be contacted at
darwinlibrary@amnh.org.
The Internet address for the Library is http://darwinlibrary.amnh.org.
Works from Di Gregorio and Gill’s Darwin’s Marginalia (New York: Garland,
1990) are marked with an asterisk (“*”); they are annotated with information in
brackets about the condition and provenence of the works to which they refer.
The key to these annotations may be found in Di Gregorio and Gill’s book.
References
*. 1770. A dictionary of the english language. 4th ed. London: W. Strahan.
[Down, S of Josiah Wedgwood]
Willdenow, Karl Ludwig, ed. 1797-1824. Species plantarum exhibentes plantas
rite cognitas ad genera relatas cum differentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus,
synonymis selectis, locis natalibus, secundum systema sexuale digestas. By Carl
Linnaeus. 6 vols. 4th ed. Berlin.
*. 1816-1830. Dictionnaire des sciences natur-elles, planches. Paris: F.G.
Levrault. [CUL]
Cuvier, Frédéric, ed. 1816-45. Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles. 61 vols.
Strasbourg and Paris.
*. 1817; 1823. Journal of a horticultural tour through some parts of flanders,
holland and the north of france in the autumn of 1817. Edinburgh; London:
Bell and Bradfute; Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL]
———. 1821 & 1823, 1819. Introductory lectures in the year 1814 and The
Hunterian oration for the year 1819 part of the Introductory lecture for the year
1815. [publ 1819]
1
Reference List, Darwin Digital Library of Evolution
———. 1822-1831. Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. Paris: Rey &

Gravier. [Down, pre-B, on B, S in vol. 1]
de Saint-Vincent, Jean Baptiste Georges Marie Bory, ed. 1822-31. Dictionnaire
classique d’histoire naturelle. 17 vols. Paris: Rey and Gravier.
*. 1823. A dictionary of chemistry. London: Thomas Tegg. [CUL, pre-B, S]
Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de, ed. 1824. Traité zoologique et physiologique
sur les vers intestinaux de l’homme par M. Bremser . . . traduit de l’allemand
par M. Grundler. 2 vols. Paris.
*. 1824-26. Natural history. London: Whittaker. [Down, pre-B]
———. 1827. Die hühner und pfauzenzucht in ihren ganzen umfange. Ulm: F.
Ebnerschen. [CUL, pre-B]
———. 1828. Enten, schwanen und gänsezucht. Ulm: Ebnerschen Buchhand-
lung. [CUL]
———. 1828-1830. The farrier and naturalist edited by a member of the
zoological society of london. London: Simpkin & Marshall. [CUL, pre-B]
———. 1829. Conversations on vegetable physiology. London: Longman, Rees,
Orme, Brown & Green. [Botany School, pre-B, FD, E. Catherine Darwin in
vol. 1]
———. 1831. Dictionary of the spanish and english languages. Vol. 1. 5th ed.
London: Longman, Rees & Co. [CUL, pre-B]
*Jourdan, A.J.L., ed. 1834. Dictionnaire raisonée, étymologique, syn-onymique
et polyglotte des termes usités dans les sciences naturelles. Paris: J.B. Baillière.
[CUL, on B]
*R.B. Todd, 6 vols., ed. 1835-1859. The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology.
London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down]
*. 1837 and 1840. L’institut: Sciences mathématiques, physiques et naturelles.
[CUL]
———. 1838. Bible. Cambridge: The Pitt Press. [Down, the family Bible]
———. 1839. Catalogue of the scientific books in the library of the royal society.
London: Richard & John E. Taylor. [CUL, S]
Hinds, Richard Brinsley, ed. 1844. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur,
under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher . . . during the years
1836–42. 2 vols. London: Smith, Elder.
Lehmann, Johann Georg Christian, ed. 1844-7. Plantae Preissianae sive Enu-
meratio plantarum quas in Australasia occidentali et meridionali-occidentali
annis 1838–41 allegit Ludovicus Preiss. 2 vols. Hamburg.
2
*. 1845. Descriptive and illustrated cata-logue of the fossil organic remains of

mammalia and aves contained in the museum of the royal college of england.
London: Richard & John E. Taylor. [Down, I by President and Council]
———. 1846. Catalogue of the books and maps in the library of the geological
society of london. London: R. & J.E. Taylor. [CUL]
———. 1854. Psychological enquiries. London: Longman, Brown, Green &

Longman. [CUL]
———. 1857. Plans of the various lakes and rivers between lake huron and the
river ottawa. Toronto: John Lovell. [Down, I by M. Logan]
1860. [Account of a meeting between Hooker and Wilberforce]. The Anthenaeum

2: 64–65.
*. 1866. International horticultural ex-hibition and botanical congress. London:
Truscott, Son & Simmons. [Down]
———. 1868. Principles of organic life. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, S]
———. 1868. A sketch of a philosophy, part 2: Matter and molecular morphology.
London: Williams & Norgate. [Down]
1869. Discussion of Coues, ‘On variation in the genus Aegiothus’. Proceedings
of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences p. 72.
1870. Before the French Academy. Nature 2: 298.
*. 1870. Natural science, religious creeds and scripture truth. Edinburgh &
London: William Blackwood & Sons. [Down, I by publisher]
1870. [Report of a meeting of the French Academy]. Revue des Cours Scien-
tifiques 7: 513.
1871. Darwin’s ’Descent of Man’. Monthly Religious Magazine 45: 501–507.
1871. Darwin’s ’Descent of Man’. Old and New 3: 594–600.
1871. Discussion of Meehan, “bud varieties”. Proceedings of the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences pp. 112–113.
1871. [discussion of the descent of man]. Independent 23: 6.
1871. Evolution and theology. Radical 9: 375–385.
*. 1871-1872. A dictionary of chemistry. 2nd ed. London: Longmans, Green &
Co. [Down]
———. 1872. Domestic medicine, a handbook. London: Bell & Daldy. [Down]
———. 1872. Our blood relations. London: Sipkin, Marshall & Co. [Down]
3
———. 1873. Congrès international d’anthropologie et d’archéologie

préhistorique (bologna, 1871). Bologna: Fava & Gavagnani. [Down, I by
Cappellini (secretary of conference)]
———. 1873. Report of the Select Committee on wild birds’ protection. London:
House of Commons. [Down, I by C.D. Groom Napier]
*Andrew, J. and vol. 11 T. Smith, eds. 1875. Saint bartholomew’s hospital

reports. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [Down, FD]
*. 1876. Das kind: Tagebuch eines vaters. 2nd ed. Leipzig: H. Hartung & Sohn.
[CUL, I Should “kind” be capitalized here? -Adam]
———. 1876. Public libraries in the united states of america. Washington:

Government printing office. [Down, S]
———. 1877. The survival. London: Remington & Co. [Down, I by publisher]
1877. The American Naturalist. Nation 25: 137.
1878. Bulletin des Sociétés Savantes. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 15: 141.
*. 1878. Catalogue of the chiroptera in the collection of the british museum.
London: by order of the Trustees. [Down, I]
———. 1878. Natuurkundige verhandeligen van de hollandsche maatschappij
der wetenschappen, te haarlem. Part 3, 3 ed. Haarlem: De Erven Loosjes.
[containing]
———. 1878. The supernatural in nature. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co.
[Down]
1879. The dangers of Darwinism. Popular Science Monthly 15: 68–71.
1879. Do our colleges teach evolution? Independent 31: 14–15.
*. 1879-1882. Encyclopaedie der naturwissenschaften. Breslau: Trewendt.
[Down]
1880. Scientific teaching in the colleges. Popular Science Monthly 16: 556–559.
*. 1880-81. Fauna und flora des golfes von neapel, monografien 1–4. Leipzig:
Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School]
1882. Hommage à Darwin. La Revue Scientifique, 3d ser. 4: 829.
1882. Mort de Ch. Darwin. Bulletins de la Société d’Anthropologie, 3d ser. 5:
348.
1882. [Notice of Charles Darwin’s death]. Académie des Sciences: Comptes
Rendus 94: 1215.
4
Waddington, Conrad Hal, ed. 1968-1972. Towards a Theoretical Biology. 4 vols.

Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
*. n.d. The british aviary. London: Dean and Munday. [CUL]
———. n.d. Catalogue of scientific papers, 1867–79. Vol. 1-8. London: Eyre &
Spottiswoode. [Botany School]
———. n.d. The gooseberry growers’ register for the year 1862. Macclesfield:
C. Leicester. [CUL]
*Jardine, W., ed. n.d. The naturalists’s library. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizary. [CUL]
*. n.d. The rabbit book. London: Journal of horticulture. [CUL]
———. n.d. Thoughts on the mental functions. Edin-burgh: Oliver & Boyd.
[Down, I]
———. n.d. Wanderings through the conservatories at kew. London: Society
for promoting Christian knowledge. [Down]
*Abercrombie, John. 1838. Inquiries concerning the intellectual powers and the
investigation of truth. 8th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL]
*Abernethy, John. 1822. Physiological lectures, exhibiting a general view of Mr
Hunter’s Physiology, and of his researches in comparative anatomy. 2nd ed.
London: Longman, Hurst Rees, Orme & Brown. [ED, 352pp, CUL]
*Acébla, Alexandre. 1878. Les Impiétés. Paris: A. Ghio. [Down]
*Acharius, Erik. 1803. Methodus qua omnes detectos Lichens. Stockholm:
F.D.D. Ulrich. [Down, ED]
*Adams, Andrew Leith. 1873. Field and forest ramblers. London: Henry S.
King & Co. [CUL, I by author]
Adams, Charles Baker. 1849-1852. Hints on the geographical distribution of
animals, with special reference to the Mollusca. Contributions to Conchology 1.
Adams, Henry and Arthur Adams. 1853-8. The genera of recent mollusca;
arranged according to their organisation. 3 vols. London: John Van Voorst.
Adanson, M. 1772. Examen de la question, si les espêces changent parmi les
plantes. Mémoires de l’Academie des Sciences. Institut de France pp. 31–48.
Adanson, Michel. 1763. Familles des plantes. Vol. 2. Paris: Lehre, Cramer.
Aeby, Christian. 1867. Die Schäedelformen des Menschen und der Affen. Leipzig:
F. L. W. Vogel.
Agardh, Jacob Georg. 1858. Theoria systematis plantarum; accedit familiarum
phanerogamarum in series naturales dispositio, secundum structuræ normas et
evolutionis gradus instituta. Lund, Sweden: C. W. K. Gleerup.
5
Agassiz, Alexander. 1880. Paleontological and embryological development.

American Journal of Science 120: 294–302, 375–389.
*Agassiz, Alexandre. 1865. Illustrated catalogue of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College, No. 2, Acalephae. Cambridge, Mass.: Sever &
Francis. [Down, I]
*———. 1872-1874. Illustrated catalogue of the Museum at Harvard College –

Revision of the Echini. Cambridge, Mass. [Down]
*———. 1877. North American Starfishes. Cambridge, Mass. [Down, I]
*———. 1882. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Part 9, Report
on the Echinoidea. London: Longmans & Co. [Down, I]
*Agassiz, Alexandre and L.F. Pourtalès. 1874. Illustrated catalogue of the
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College: Echini, Crinoids and
corals. Cambridge, Mass. [Down]
*Agassiz, Elizabeth and Alexandre. 1871. Seaside studies in natural history:
marine animals of Massachussets Bay: Radiates. Boston: James R. Osgood &
Co. [Down, I]
Agassiz, Jean Louis Rudolphe. 1833-43. Recherches sur les poissons fossiles. 5
vols in 2. Neuchâtel: Petitpierre.
———. 1840. Etudes sur les glaciers. Neuchâtel: Jent & Gassmann.
———. 1840. On the development of the fish in the egg. Report of the meeting of
the British Association for the Advancement of Science. 10th Annual Meeting.
———. 1842. On the succession and development of organized beings at the
surface of the terrestrial globe, being a discourse delivered at the inauguration of
the academy of Neuchatel. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal 23: 388–399.
———. 1845-55. A monograph of the British nudibranchiate Mollusca: with
figures of all the species. 7 pts. London: Ray Society.
———. 1847. Nouvelles études et expériences sur les glaciers actuels, leur
structure, leur progression et leur action physique sur le sol. Paris: Victor
Masson.
———. 1848-54. Bibliographia zoologiæ et geologiæ. A general catalogue of all
books, tracts, and memoirs on zoology and geology. Edited and enlarged by Hugh
Edwin Strickland. 4 vols. London: Ray Society.
———. 1850. Lake Superior: its physical character, vegetation, and animals,
compared with those of other and similar regions. Boston: Gould, Kendall and
Lincoln.
6
———. 1857-62. Contributions to the natural history of the United States of

America. 4 vols. Boston and London: Little, Brown, & Company and Trübner.
———. 1859. An essay on classification. London: Longman, Brown, Green,
Longmans, & Roberts.
———. 1874. Evolution and permanance of type. Atlantic Monthly 33: 92–101.
———. 1967. Studies on Glaciers. New York: Hafner.
*Agassiz, Louis. 1848. Nomenclatoris zoologici index universalis. Soloduri: Jent
& Gassmann. [CUL]
*———. 1848-54. Bibliographia zoologiae et geologiae, corrected and edited by

Hugh Strickland. London: The Ray Society. [Down]
*———. 1850. Lake Superior: its character, vegetation, and animals, compared
with those of other similar regions. Boston: Gould, Kendall & Lincoln. [CUL,
I]
*———. 1863. Methods of study in natural history. Boston: Ticknor and Fields.
[Down, I]
*———. 1869. Address delivered on the centennial anniversary of the birth of
Alexander von Humboldt. Boston: Boston Society of Natural History. [Down]
*———. 1869. De l’espèce et de la classification en zoologie. Paris: Germer
Baillière. [CUL]
*———. 1880. Reports on the Florida reefs. Cambridge, Mass. [Down, I by
Alexandre Agassiz]
*———. n.d. Contributions to the natural history of the United States of North
America. Vol. 1. [CUL, I]
*Agassiz, Louis and Augustus Addison Gould. 1848. Principles of zoology: part
1, Comparative physiology. Boston: Gould, Kendall & Lincoln. [CUL]
Ajasson de Grandsagne, Jean Baptiste François Étienne. 1829-33. Histoire
naturelle de Pline. 20 vols. Paris.
Alberch, Pere, Stephen Jay Gould, George F. Oster, and David B. Wake. 1979.
Size and shape in ontogeny and phylogeny. Paleobiology 5: 296–317.
Albert, W. 1845. Authentische Thatsachen über die Verjüngung der Kartoffeln
aus Samenkörnern, mit Berücksichtigung der unter denselben jetzt herrschenden
Krankheiten. Magdeburg.
Alder, Joshua and Albany Hancock. 1845-55. A monograph of the British
Nudibranchiæ Mollusca: with figures of all the species. 7 pts. in 1 vol. London:
Ray Society.
7
*———. 1845-55. A monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. London:

The Ray Society. [CUL]
*Allen, George James. 1877. A report on the Hydroida. Cambridge, Mass.:
University Press. [Down, I by A. Agassiz]
*Allen, Grant. 1877. Physiological aesthetics. London: Henry S. King & Co.
[Down]
*———. 1879. The colour sense: its origin and development. London: Trübner.
[CUL]
*———. 1880. Der Farbensinn. Leipzig: Ernst Günther. [Down]
Allen, Joel. 1872. Geographical variation in North American birds. Proceedings
of the Boston Society of Natural History 15: 212–219.
———. 1872. Remarks on the geographical variation of mammals and birds.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 15: 156–159.
———. 1877-1878. The influence of physical conditions in the genesis of species.
Radical Review 1.
———. 1907. Mutations and the geographic distribution of nearly related
species in plants and animals. American Naturalist 41: 653–655.
*Allen, Joel Asaph. 1880. History of North American pinnipeds. Washington:
Government printing office. [Down]
Allen, William and Thomas Richard Heywood Thomson. 1848. A narrative
of the expedition sent by Her Majesty’s Government to the River Niger, in
1841. Under the command of Captain H. D. Trotter, R.N. 2 vols. London: R.
Bentley.
*Allman, George James. 1856. A monograph of the fresh-water Polyzoa. London:
The Ray Society. [Down]
*———. 1871-72. A monograph of the gymnoblastic or tubularian hydroids.
London: The Ray Society. [Down]
*Altum, Bernard and Hermann Landois. 1872. Zoologie. 2nd ed. Freiburg im
Breisgau: Herder’sche Verlagshandlung. [Down]
Alvarez, Luis, W. Alvarez, S. Asaro, and H. V. Michel. 1980. Extraterrestrial
cause for the Cretaceous-Tertiary extinction. Science 208: 1095–1108.
*Anderson, John. 1871. A report on the expedition to Western Yunan viâ
Bhamô. Calcutta: Office of the Superintendent of Government printing. [Down,
I]
*Angelin, Nils Peter. 1878. Iconographia crin-oideorum. Holmiae: Samson &
Wallin. [Down]
8
Anson, George. 1748. A voyage round the world, in the years 1740-4. London:
John and Paul Knapton.
Antonovics, Janis. 1987. The evolutionary dys-synthesis: Which bottles for
which wine? The American Naturalist 129: 321–331.
*Archiac, Étienne Jules Adolphe D’. 1847. Histoire des progrès de la géologie
de 1834 à 1845. Vol. 1. Paris: Soc. Géol. France. [CUL]
*Argyll, Duke of, Campbell George Douglas. 1869. Primeval man. London:
Strachan & Co. [CUL]
Argyll, George Douglas Campbell, 8th Duke of. 1867. Primeval man: An
examination of some recent speculations. London.
———. 1886. Organic evolution. Nature 34: 335–336.
———. 1888-1889. Acquired characters and congenital variations. Nature 41:
173–174.
———. 1898. Organic Evolution Cross-Examined. London: John Murray.
*Argyll, George Douglas) Duke of, (Campbell. 1867. The reign of law. London:
Alexander Strachan. [CUL, S]
Ariew, André and R. C. Lewontin. 2004. The confusions of fitness. British
Journal for the Philosophy of Science 55: 347–363.
*Aristotle. 1882. On the parts of animals. London: Kegan Paul, Trench & Co.
[Down]
*Arnott, Neil. 1833. Elements of physics or natural philosophy. London:
Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown and Green. [Down]
*Askenasy, Eugen. 1872. Beiträge zur Kritik der Darwin’schen Lehre. Leipzig:
Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL]
Asso y del Rio, Ignacio Jordán Claudio de. 1784. Introductio in oryctographiam,
et zoologiam Aragoniæ accedit enumeratio stirpium in eadem regione noviter
detectarum. [Amsterdam]: [C. Sommer].
*Association, British. 1834. Report of the third meeting of the British Association
for the advancement of science held at Cambridge in 1833. London: John Murray.
[CUL, S]
*———. 1842. Report of the eleventh meeting of the British Association for the
advancement of science, held at Plymouth in July 1841. London: John Murray.
[CUL]
Astley, Thomas. 1745-7. A new general collection of voyages and travels . . . in
Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. 4 vols. London: T. Astley.
9
Atkinson, Henry George and Harriet Martineau. 1851. Letters on the laws of
man’s nature and development. London.
*Aubuisson De Voisins, Jean François D’. 1814. An account of the basalts of
Saxony, with observations on the origin of basalt in general. Edinburgh: A.
Constable & Co. [CUL, pre-B]
*———. 1819. Traité de géognosie. Strasbourg & Paris: Levrault. [CUL S: C.

Darwin HMS Beagle]
Aubuisson de Voisins, Jean François de. 1819. Traité de géognosie. 2 vols.
Strasbourg.
Audubon, John James. 1827-38. The birds of America, from original drawings.
4 vols. London: John James Audubon.
*———. 1831-39. Ornithological biography. Edinburgh: Adam Black. [CUL, B]
———. 1831-9. Ornithological biography, or an account of the habits of the
birds of the United States of America accompanied by descriptions of the objects
represented in the work entitled “The birds of America” and interspersed with
delineations of American scenery and manners. 5 vols. Edinburgh: Adam
Black; Adam & Charles Black.
*Audubon, John James and John Bachman. 1846. The viviparous quadrupeds
of North America. New York: J.J. Audubon. [CUL]
———. 1846-54. The viviparous quadrupeds of North America. 3 vols. New
York.
*Aveling, Edward. 1881. The student’s Darwin. London: Freethought Publishing
Company. [Down, I]
Avise, J. C. 1977. Is evolution gradual or rectangular? Evidence from living
fishes. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America)
74: 5083–5087.
Ayala, Francisco. 1974. Biological evolution: Natural selection or random walk?
American Scientist 62: 692–701.
———. 1975. Genetic differentiation during the speciation process. Evolutionary
Biology 8: 1–78.
———. 1975. Scientific hypotheses, natural selection, and the neutrality theory
of protein evolution. In F. M. Salzano, ed., The Role of Natural Selection in
Human Evolution. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Co.
Ayala, Francisco, ed. 1976. Molecular Evolution. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer
Associates.
10
*Ayrault, Eugène. 1867. De l’industrie mulassière en Poitou. Niort: L. Clouzot.

[CUL, I]
Azara, Félix d’. 1801. Essais sur l’histoire naturelle des quadrupèdes de la
province du Paraguay. 2 vols. Paris: Imprimerie de C. Pougens (Librarie de
Mme Huzard).
*Azara, Félix D’. 1801. Essais sur l’histoire naturelle des quadrupèdes de la
province du Paraguay. Paris: Charles Pougens. [CUL, pre-B, B?]
Azara, Félix d’. 1809. Voyages dans l’Amérique méridionale. 4 vols. Paris.
*Azara, Félix D’. 1809. Voyages dans l’Amérique méridionale. Paris: Denton.
[CUL, pre-B]
*B., J.p. 1879. An essay on spiritual evolution. London: Trübner & Co. [Down]
Babbage, Charles. 1837. The ninth Bridgewater treatise. A fragment. London.
Babington, Charles Cardale. 1843. Manual of British botany: containing the
flowering plants and ferns arranged according to the natural orders. London:
John Van Voorst.
*———. 1851. Manual of British botany. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL]
Backhouse, James. 1844. A narrative of a visit to the Mauritius and South
Africa. London: Hamilton, Adams, and Co.
Baer, Karl Ernst von. 1828-37. Über Entwickelungsgeschichte der Thiere.
Beobachtung und Reflexion. 2 vols in 1. Königsberg: Gebrüder Kornträger.
———. 1834. Das allgemeine Gesetz der Entwickelungsgeschichte der Natur.
In Vorträge aus dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften und der Oekonomie
gehalten vor einem Kreise gebildeter Zuhörer in der physikalisch-ökonomischen
Gesellschaft zu Königsberg. Königsberg.
———. 1835. Untersuchungen über die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Fische;
nebst einem Anhange über die Schwimmblase. Leipzig: F.C.W. Vogel.
———. 1873. The controversy of Darwinism. Augsburger Allegmeine Zeitung

130: 1968–1988.
*Baerenbach, Friedrich Von. 1877. Das Problem einer Naturgeschichte des
Weibes. Jena: Her-mann Duft. [CUL, I]
*———. 1878. Gedanken über die Teleolgie in der Natur. Berlin: Theobald
Grieben. [Down]
*———. 1879. Prolegomena zu einer anthropologischen Philosophie. Leipzig:
J.A. Barth. [Down, I]
11
*Bagehot, Walter. 1872. Physics and politics. London: Henry S. King & Co.
[Down, I, S]
———. 1872. Physics and politics: Or thoughts on the application of the
principles of “natural selection” and “inheritance” to political society. London.
*Baildon, Henry Bellyse. 1880. The spirit of nature. London: J. & A. Churchill.
[Down, I]
*Bain, Alexander. 1864. The senses and the intellect. London: Longman, Green,
Longman, Rob-erts and Green. [CUL]
*———. 1865. The emotions and the will. London: Longmans, Green & Co.
[CUL]
*———. 1875. The emotions and the will. 3rd ed. London: Longmans, Green
& Co. [Down, card from author]
Baird, William. 1850. The natural history of the British Entomostraca. London:
Ray Society.
*———. 1875. The natural history of the British Entomostraca. London: The
Ray Society. [CUL]
*Baker, J.g. 1875. Elementary lessons in botanical geography. London: Lovell,
Reeve & Co. [CUL, I]
Bakewell, Robert. 1813. An introduction to geology, illustrative of the general
structure of the Earth. London.
Baldwin, James Mark. 1902. Development and evolution, including psychophys-
ical evolution, evolution by orthoplasy, and the theory of genetic modes. New
York: The Macmillan Company.
*Balfour, Francis Maitland. 1878. A monograph on the development of elasmo-
branch fishes. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I]
*———. 1880. A treatise on comparative embryology. London: Macmillan &
Co. [Down marks by FD]
Balfour, John Hutton. 1849. A manual of botany; being an introduction to the
study of the structure, physiology, and classification of plants. London and
Glasgow: John Joseph Griffin (London) and Richard Griffin and Co. (Glasgow).
———. 1852-4. Class book of botany: being an introduction to the study of the
vegetable kingdom. 2 pts. Edinburgh: A. and C. Black.
*Ball, Valentine. 1880. Jungle life in India. London: Thos de la Rue & Co.
[Down]
12
Barbot, Jean. 1732. A description of the coasts of North and South Guinea;
and of Ethiopia Inferior, vulgarly Angola: being a new and accurate account
of the western maritime countries of Africa. Vol. 5 of Churchill, Awnsham, a
collection of voyages and travels. In Collection of voyages and travels, some now
first printed from original manuscripts, others now first published in English.
London: Awnsham and John Churchill.
*Barclay, John. 1822. An inquiry into the opinions, ancient and modern,
concerning life and organization. Edinburgh: Bell and Bradfute. [CUL, pre-B,
S]
*Barker-Webb, Philip and Sabin Berthelot. 1840. Histoire naturelle des Îles
Canaries. Paris: Béthune. [CUL]
*Barrago, Francesco. 1869. L’Uomo fatto ad imagine di Dio fu anche fatto ad
imagine della scienzia. Cagliari: Corveso di Sardegna. [Down, I]
Barrande, Joachim. 1852-1911. Systême Silurien du centre de la Bohême. 8
vols in 29. Prague, Paris.
*———. 1870. Defense de colonies. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, I]
*———. 1870. Distribution des Céph-alopodes. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down,
I]
*———. 1871. Trilobites. Prague: Chez l’au-teur. [Down, I]
*———. 1877. Céphalopodes. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, I]
*———. 1879. Brachiopodes. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, I]
*———. 1881. Acéphalés. Prague: Chez l’auteur. [Down, I to CD erased and
replaced by FD]
Barrow, John. 1818. A chronological history of voyages into the Arctic regions
(1818): undertaken chiefly for the purpose of discovering a North-east, North-
west or Polar passage between the Atlantic and Pacificpassage between the
Atlantic and Pacific. London.
Bartholomew, John. 1864. Philips’ atlas of Australia, including a general map
of the world; a series of maps, constructed from the latest and best authorities.
London and Liverpool.
Barton, Benjamin Smith. 1809. Specimen of a geographical view of the trees
and shrubs, and many of the herbaceous plants of North-America. Philadelphia.
*Barton, John. 1827. A lecture on the geography of plants. London: Harvey
and Darton. [Down, pre-B, S]
Bartram, William. 1791. Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia,
East and West Florida, the Cherokee country . . . containing an account of the
soil and natural productions of those regions. Philadelphia: James and Johnson.
13
*Bary, Heinrich Anton De. 1864. Die Mycetozoen. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.
[Down]
Bascom, John. 1871. Darwin’s theory of the origin of species. American
Theological Review 3: 349–379.
Bastian, Adolf. 1875. Schöpfung oder Entstehung. Jena: Hermann Costenoble.
*Bastian, Henry Charlton. 1871. The modes of origin of lowest organisms.
London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I]
*———. 1872. The beginnings of life. London: Macmillan. [CUL, I]
*———. 1874. Evolution and the origin of life. London: Macmillan & Co.
[Down, I]
*———. 1880. The brain as an organ of mind. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co.
[Down]
*Bate, Charles Spence. 1862. Catalogue of the specimens of Amphipodous
Crustacea in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the
Trustees. [Down, I]
*Bateman, Frederic. 1870. On aphasia, or loss of speech. London: John
Churchill & Sons. [CUL]
Bateman, James. 1843. The Orchidaceæ of Mexico & Guatemala. London: The
Author, James Ridgeway & Sons.
*Bates, Henry Walter. 1863. The naturalist on the river Amazons. London:
John Murray. [CUL, I in both vols.]
Bates, W. 1862. Contributions to an insect fauna of the Amazon Valley.
Lepidoptera: Heliconidae. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 23:
495–566.
Bateson, W. and E. R. Saunders. 1902. Report 1 to the Evolution Committee
of the Royal Society of London. London: Harrison and Sons.
Bateson, William. 1894. Materials for the Study of Variation, Treated with
Especial Regard to Discontinuity in the Origin of Species. London: Macmillan.
———. 1902. A Defence of Mendel’s Principles of Heredity. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
———. 1903. Problems of Genetics. New Haven: Yale University Press.
———. 1908. The Methods and Scope of Genetics. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
———. 1909. Mendel’s Principles of Heredity. Cambridge: Cambridge Univer-
sity Press.
14
———. 1914. President’s address. In Report of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science, pp. 3–38. Place Unknown: British Association for the
Advancement of Science.
Bauer, Franz Andreas. 1830-8. Illustrations of orchidaceous plants. With notes
and prefatory remarks by John Lindley. London: James Ridgway & Sons.
*Baxter, Jedediah Hyde. 1875. Statistics, medical and anthropological of the
Provost-Marshal-General’s bureau. Washington: Government Printing Office.
[Down]
*Beale, Lionel Smith. 1865. On the structure and growth of the tissues and of
life. London: Robert Hardwicke. [CUL]
Beatson, Alexander. 1816. Tracts relative to the island of St. Helena; written
during a residence of five years. London.
Beatty, John and Susan K. Finsen. 1989. Second thoughts on the propensity
interpretation of fitness. In Michael Ruse, ed., What the Philosophy of Biology
Is: Essays Dedicated to David Hull. Boston: Kluwer Academic.
Beatty, John and Susan K. Mills. 1979. The propensity interpretation of fitness.
Philosophy of Science 46: 263–286.
*Bechstein, Johann Matthäus. 1801-5 (2nd edn), 1793-5 (1st edn). Gemein-
nützige Naturgeschichte Deutschlands. 1801st ed. Leipzig: Ernsius. [CUL]
*———. 1840. Natur-geschichte der Stubenvögel. Halle: Hennemann. [CUL, S]
———. 1840. Naturgeschichte der Stubenvögel, oder Anleitung zur Kennt-
niss, Wartung, Zähmung, Fortpflanzung und zum Fang derjenigen in- und
ausländischen Vögel, welche man in der Stube halten kann. 4th edition. Halle:
E. Heynemann.
Beecher, Henry Ward. 1879. A word on evolution. Christian Union 19: 50.
Beechey, Frederick William. 1831. Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific and
Beering’s Strait, to co-operate with the Polar expeditions: performed in H.M.S.
Blossom . . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. 2 vols. London.
*———. 1832. Narrative of a voyage to the Pacific. Philadelphia: Carey and
Rea. [CUL, on B]
———. 1839. The zoology of Captain Beechey’s voyage; compiled from the
collections and notes made by Captain Beechey, the officers and naturalist of
the expedition, during a voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Straits performed
in His Majesty’s Ship Blossom . . . in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. London:
H.G. Bohn.
Bélanger, Charles. 1834. Voyage aux Indes-Orientales: Zoologie. Paris: Arthus
Bertrand.
15
Belcher, Edward. 1843. Narrative of a voyage round the world, performed in

Her Majesty’s Ship Sulphur, during the years 1836–1842, including details of
the naval operations in China, from Dec. 1840, to Nov. 1841. 2 vols. London:
Henry Colburn.
———. 1844. The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. “Sulphur”: under the
command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher during the years 1836-42. Edited and
superintended by Richard Brinsley Hinds. 2 vols. London: Smith, Elder.
———. 1848. Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang, during the years
1843–46; employed surveying the islands of the Eastern Archipelago. 2 vols.
London: Reeve, Benham, and Reeve.
Bell, Charles. 1833. The hand. Its mechanism and vital endowments as evincing
design. London.
*———. 1844. The anatomy and philosophy of expression. London: John
Murray. [CUL, S E. Darwin 1844 to Ch. Darwin Nov. 28 1866]
———. 1844. The anatomy and philosophy of expression as connected with the
fine arts. Preface by George Bell, and an appendix on the nervous system by
Alexander Shaw. 3rd ed. London.
*———. 1874. The hand. 0000th ed. London: George Bell & Sons. [Down]
*Bell, John & Charles. 1826. The anatomy and physiology of the human body.
6th ed. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown and Green. [Down, pre-B, ED]
Bell, Thomas. 1837. A history of British quadrupeds, including the Cetacea.
London: John van Voorst.
*Belt, Thomas. 1874. The naturalist in Nicaragua. London: John Murray.
[CUL, S]
*Beneden, Pierre Joseph Van. n.d. Mémoire sur les vers intestinaux. Vol. 2
Bennet, A. W. 1870-71. The theory of natural selection from a mathematical
point of view. Nature 3: 30–33.
*Bentham, George. 1858. Handbook of the British flora. London: Lovell Reeve.
[CUL]
*———. 1858. Handbook of the British flora. London: Lovell Reeve. [CUL,
another copy]
———. 1858. Handbook of the British flora; a description of the flowering
plants and ferns indigenous to, or naturalized in, the British Isles. London:
Lovell Reeve.
———. 1863. Address as President on may 25, 1863. Journal of the Proceedings
of the Linnean Society of London p. xii.
16
———. 1868. President’s Address, May 25, 1868. Journal of the Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of London pp. xciii–xciv.
Bentham, George and Joseph Dalton Hooker. 1844. The botany of the voyage of
H.M.S. Sulphur under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher. London:
Smith, Elder.
*———. 1862-83. Genera plantarum. London: Reeve & Co. [Botany School]
Berg, Lev Semenovich. 1926. Nomogenesis; or, Evolution determined by law;
with an introduction by D’arcy Wentworth Thompson. Translated from the
Russian by J.N. Rostovtsow. London: Constable.
*Berjeau, Philibert. 1863. The varieties of dogs. London: Dulau & Co. [Down]
Berkeley, Miles Joseph. 1857. Introduction to cryptogamic botany. London: H.
Baillière.
Berkenhout, John. 1764. Clavis Anglica linguaea botanicaea; or, a botanical lex-
icon; in which the terms of botany. . . are applied, derived, explained, contrasted
and exemplified. London: Printed for the author.
*Bernard, Claude. 1866. Leçons sur les propriétés des tissus vivants. Paris:
Germer Baillière. [CUL]
*———. 1879. Leçons sur les phénomènes de la vie communs aux animaux et
aux végétaux. Paris: T.B. Baillière et fils. [CUL (2nd vol. only)]
*Bernhardi, Johann Jacob. 1834. Über den Begriff der Pflanzenart und seine
Anwendung. Erfurt: Friedrich Wilhelm Otto. [CUL]
Berryu, Edward W. 1928. Cephalopod adaptations—the record and its inter-
pretation. Quarterly Review of Biology 3: 92–108.
*Berzelius, Jöns Jacob. 1822. The use of the blowpipe in chemical analysis and
in the examination of minerals. London: Baldwin, Cradock, Joy and J. Mawe.
[Down, pre-B]
*Beudant, François Sulpice. 1830. Traité élé-mentaire de minéralogie. Paris:
Verdière. [Down, on B]
*Bevan, Edward. 1827. The honeybee. London: Baldwin, Cradock and Joy.
[CUL, pre-B, S E. Catherine Darwin]
*Bevington, Louisa Sarah. 1879. Key-notes. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co.
[Down]
Bewick, Thomas. 1790. A general history of quadrupeds. The figures engraved on
wood by T. Bewick. [The text by R. Beilby]. Newcastle-upon-Tyne: S. Hodgson,
R. Beilby, & T. Bewick.
17
———. 1797-1804. History of British birds. The figures engraved on wood by T.

Bewick. Vol. 2 vols. Newcastle: Beilby & Bewick.
*Bianconi, Giovanni Giuseppe. 1875. La Teoria darwiniana e la creazione detta
indipendente. Bologna: Nicola Zanichelli. [Down]
*———. 1875. La Théorie darwinienne et la création dite indépendante: lettre

à M. Ch. Darwin. Bologna: Nicola Zanichelli. [CUL]
*Bigg, Henry Heather. 1882. Spinal curvature. London: J. and A. Churchill.
[Down, I]
*Billing, Sidney. 1879. Scientific materialism and ultimate conceptions. London:
Brickers & Son. [Down, I]
*Binney, William Greene. 1878. The terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the
United States. Cambridge, Mass.: Welch, Bigelow & Co. [Down]
Bischoff, Th. L. W. 1867. Ueber die Verschiedenheiten in der Schädelbildung
des Gorilla, Schimpanse und Orang-Utang. Munich: Königliche Akademie.
———. 1868. Die Grosshirnwindungen des Menschen. Abundlungen der
mathematisch-physikalischen Klasse der Königlich bayrischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften, München 50: 486, 491–492.
*Blackley, Charles Harrison. 1873. Experimental researches on the causes and
nature of Catarrhus aestivus. London, Paris & Madrid: Baillière, Tindall &
Cox. [CUL, I]
*———. 1880. Hay fever. 2nd ed. London: Baillière, Tindall & Cox. [Down]
Blacklock, Ambrose. 1838. A treatise on sheep; with the best means for their
improvement, general management, and the treatment of their diseases. With a
chapter on wool, and history of the wool trade. Glasgow.
*Blackwall, John. 1834. Researches in zoology. London: Simpkin & Marshall.
[CUL, S]
———. 1834. Researches in zoology, illustrative of the manners and economy
of animals. London: Simpkin & Marshall.
*———. 1861-1864. A history of the spiders of Great Britain and Ireland.
London: The Ray Society. [Down .up]
*Blackwell, Antoinette Brown. 1869. Studies in general science. New York:
G.P. Putnam & Son. [Down, I]
*Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay De. 1834. Manuel d’actiniologie ou de
zoophytologie. Paris: F.G. Levrault. [Down, on B, S]
18
Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1841-55. Ostéographie, ou description

iconographique comparée du squelette et du système dentaire des cinq classes
d’animaux vertébrés récents et fossiles pour servir de base à la zoologie et à la
géologie. 3 vols. Paris: Arthus Bertrand. Also includes atlas, 2 vols.
Blume, Carl Ludwig and Joann Baptist Fischer. 1828-51. Flora Javae nec non
insularum adjacentium. Brussels.
*Blumenbach, Johann Friedrich. 1865. The anthropological treatises of Johann
Friedrich Blumenbach, with memoirs of him by Marx and Flourens, and an
account of his anthropological museum by Professor R. Wagner, and the in-
augural dissertation of John Hunter, M.D., on the varieties of man. London:
Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts and Green. [CUL]
———. 1865. On the natural varieties of mankind.
*Blyth, Edward. 1881. The natural history of the cranes. London: Horace Cox.
[CUL]
Bock, Walter. 1970. Microevolutionary sequences as a fundamental concept in
macroevolutionary models. Evolution 24: 704–722.
———. 1979. The synthetic explanation of macroevolutionary change: A
reductionist approach. Bulletin of the Carnegie Museum of Natural History 13:
20–69.
Bock, Walter and Gerd von Wahlert. 1965. Adaptation and the form-function
complex. Evolution 13: 20–69.
Boddaert, Pieter. 1783. Table des planches enluminées d’histoire naturelle, de
M. d’Aubenton . . . precedé d’une Notice des Principaux Ouvrages Zoologiques
enluminés. Utrecht.
*Boitard, Pierre. 1828. Manuel d’entomologie. Paris: Roret. [CUL, on B]
*Boitard, Pierre & Corbié. 1824. Les Pigeons de volière et de colombier, ou
Histoire naturelle des pigeons domestiques. Paris: Audot & Corbié. [CUL,
pre-B]
*Bolingbroke, Viscount, Henry. 1739. A dis-sertation upon parties. London.
[CUL.1900]
*———. 1748. A col-lection of political tracts. London. [CUL.1900]
*———. 1749. Letters on the spirit of patriotism. London. [CUL.1900]
Bonafous, Matthieu. 1836. Histoire naturelle, agricole et économique du maı̈s.
Paris and Turin.
*Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. 1838. A geo-graphical and comparative list of the
birds of Europe and North America. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, S]
19
———. 1850-7. Conspectus generum avium. 2 vols. Leiden.

*———. 1855. Coup d’oeil sur l’ordre des pigeons. Paris: Mallet–Bacheler.
[CUL]
*Bondi, Augusto. 1873. L’Uomo: ipotesi sulla origine (teoria darwiniana),
considerazioni. Forl: Tip. Soc. Democratica. [CUL, I]
*Boner, Charles. 1865. Transylvania: its products and its people. London:
Longman, Green, Reader and Dyer. [Down]
*Bonnal, Marcel De. 1877. Une agonie. Angoulême: F. Lugeol & Cie. [Down]
Bonner, John Tyler. 1980. The Evolution of Culture in Animals. Princeton:

Princeton University Press.
*Bonnet, Charles. 1754. Recherches sur l’usage des feuilles dans les plantes.
Göttingen: Elie Luzac. [Botany School, FD]
*———. 1754. Recherches sur l’usage des feuilles dans les plantes. Göttingen
& Leiden: Elie Luzac. [Botany School, FD]
*———. 1780. Oeuvres d’histoire naturelle et de philosophie: insectologie.
Amsterdam: Marc-Michel Rey. [Down, pre-B]
Bonnier, Gaston. 1895. Recherches expérimentales sur l’adaptation des plantes
au climat alpin. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, 7th ser. 20:
217–360.
———. 1898. Experiences sur la production des charactères alpines par
l’alternance des températures extrêmes. Comptes Rendus à l’Académie des
Sciences 127: 307–312.
———. 1899. Characterères anatomiques et physiologiques des plantes rendues
artificiellement alpines par l’alternance des températures extrêmes. Comptes
Rendus à l’Académie des Sciences 128: 1143–1146.
———. 1899. Cultures expérimentales sur l’adaptation des plantes au climat
Méditerranean. Comptes Rendus à l’Académie des Sciences 139: 1207–1213.
*Boott, Francis. 1858-1860. Illustrations of the genus Carex. London: William

Pomplin. [Down]
———. 1858-67. Illustrations of the genus Carex. 4 pts. London: William
Pamplin (pts 1, 2, and 3), L. Reeve & Co. (pt 4).
Boreau, Alexandre. 1840. Flore du centre de la France; ou, description des
plantes qui croissent spontanément dans la région centrale de la France. 2 vols
in 1. Paris: Librarie encyclopédique de Roret.
*Borrelli, Diodato. 1879. Vita e natura. Napoli: Enrico Dethen. [Down]
20
Bosanquet, Samuel Richard. 1845. ”Vestiges of the natural history of creation:”

its argument examined and exposed. London.
*Bosquet, Joseph. 1852. Description des ento-mostracés fossiles des terraines
tertiaires de la France et de la Belgique. Académie royale de Belgique. [Down,
I]
*———. 1854. Description des crustacés fossiles du terrain crétacé du Duché

de Limbourg. Haarlem: A.C. Kruseman. [Down, I]
*———. 1857. Notice sur quelques cirripèdes. Haarlem: Les Héritiers Loosjes.
[Down, I]
Bosquet, Joseph Augustin Hubert de. 1852. Description des Entomostracés

fossiles des terrains tertiaires de la France et de la Belgique. Brussels.
*Bostock, John. 1824. An elementary system of physiology. London: Baldwin,
Cradock & Joy. [Down, pre-B, ED]
*Boudin, Jean Christian. 1857. Traité de géographie et de statistique médicales
et des maladies endémiques. Paris: J.B. Baillière et Fils. [CUL]
*Boué, Ami. 1879. Autobiographie. Wien: F. Ulrich und Sohn. [Down, I]
Boule, Marcellin. 1923. Fossil man: Elements of human paleontology. Edinburgh:
Oliver and Boyd.
*Bourbon Del Monte, Jean-Baptiste François. 1877. L’Homme et les animaux.
Paris: Germer Baillière. [Down, S]
*Bowdler, Jane. 1819. Poems and essays. Bath: Bath. [CUL.1900]
Bowen, Francis. 1845. A theory of creation. North American Review 60:
426–478.
———. 1845. Vestiges . . . North American Review 60: 426–478.
*Bowerbank, James Scott. 1864-1872. A monograph of the British Spongiadae.
Bowler, Peter J. 1863. Geological evidences of the antiquity of man: With
remarks on Theories of the origin of species by variation. London.
———. 1984. Evolution: The History of an Idea. Berkeley, CA: University of
California Press.
*Boyer, Abel. 1816. Le Dictionnaire royal fraçnois–anglois et anglois–françois.

new, 2 vols. ed. London: J. Rivington. [Down, pre-B, ED]
*———. 1819. Royal dictionary (abridged). 23rd ed. London: F.C. & J.
Rivington. [CUL, pre-B, S C. Darwin October 29th, 1825]
21
*Brace, Charles Loring. 1863. The races of the Old World. London: John
Murray. [Down, I]
*———. 1872. The dangerous classes of New York. New York: Wynkoop &
Hallenbeck. [Down, I]
*Bradley, Richard. 1724. A general treatise of husbandry and gardening. London:

T. Woodward. [CUL, pre-B, each vol. S of R.W. Darwin]
———. 1726. A general treatise on husbandry and gardening. 2 vols. London.
*Brady, George Stewardson. 1878-1880. A monograph of the free and semi-
parasitic Copepoda of the British Islands. London: The Ray Society. [Down]
Braun, Alexander. 1872. Ueber die Bedeutung der Entwicklung in der
Naturgeschichte. Berlin: Gustav Lange.
———. 1875. Die Frage nach der Gymnospermie der Cycadeen erläutert durch
die Stellung dieser Familie in Stufengang des Gewächsreichs. Monatsberichte
der Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin pp. 245–249.
Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich. 1851. Betrachtungen über die Erscheinung der
Verjüngung in der Natur, insbesondere in der Lebens- und Bildungsgeschichte
der Pflanze. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.
———. 1853. Reflections on the phenomena of rejuvenescence in nature,
especially in the life and development of plants. By Alexander Carl Heinrich
Braun. In Botanical and physiological memoirs. London: Ray Society.
*Bree, Charles Robert. 1860. Species not transmutable. London: Groombridge
& Sons. [CUL]
*Brehm, A.e. 1864-1867. Illustriertes Thierleben. Hildburghausen: Verlag der
Biblio-graphischen Instituts. [Down]
*Brehm, Alfred Edmund. 1876-1878. Tierleben. 2nd ed. Leipzig: Leipzig, Verlag
der Bibliographischen Instituts. [Down]
*Brent, Bernard P. n.d. The canary, British finches, and some other birds.
London. [CUL]
*———. n.d. The pigeon book. London: Cottage gardener office. [CUL]
Brewster, David. 1855. Memoirs of the life, writings, and discoveries of Sir
Isaac Newton. 2 vols. Edinburgh.
*Briggs, Thomas Richard Archer. 1880. Flora of Plymouth. London: John Van
Voorst. [Down, I]
*Briosi, Giovanni. 1882. Intorno un organo di alcuni embrioni vegetali. [Down]
22
Britten, R. J. 1986. Rates of DNA sequence evolution differ between taxonomic

groups. Science 231: 1393–1398.
Broca, Paul. 1867. Discussion of ‘mesures recueilles sur les individus des races
diverses par les docteurs Scherzer et Schwartz discutées par le docteur Weisbach’.
Bulletins de la Société d’Anthropologie, 2d ser. 2: 639–640.
*Broca, Pierre Paul. 1864. On the phenomena of hybridity in the genus Homo.
London: Longman, Green, Longman and Roberts. [CUL]
Brodie, Benjamin Collins. 1854. Psychological inquiries: in a series of essays,
intended to illustrate the mutual relations of the physical organization and the
mental faculties. London.
Brongniart, Adolphe Théodore. 1828. Prodome d’une histoire des végétaux
fossiles. Parise and Strasburg: R.G. Levrault.
———. 1829. General consideration on the nature of the vegatation which
covered the Earth at the different epochs of the formation of its crust. Edinburgh
New Philosophical Journal 6: 349–371.
———. 1839. Observations sur la structure intérieure du Sigillaria elegans
comparée a celle des lepidodendron et des stigmaria et a celle des végétaux
vivants. Paris: A. Pihan de la Forest.
———. 1849. Végétaux. In Alcide Charles Victors Dessalines d’Orbigny, ed.,
vol. 13 of Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle, 13 Vols. and 3 atlases.
Paris: Au bureau principal des editeurs.
*Bronn, Heinrich Georg. 1841. Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur, 2 vols.
and atlas. G. Schweizerbart. [CUL]
———. 1841-9. Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur. Vol. 3 vols. in 5; 2 vols.
Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.
*———. 1858. Morphologische Studien über die Gestaltungs-Gesetze der
Naturkörper. Leipzig: Heidelberg, C. Winter. [CUL, I]
———. 1858. Morphologische Studien über die Gestaltungsgesetze der

Naturkörper, überhaupt und der organischen insbesondere. Heidelberg: C.F.
Winter’sche Verlagshandlung.
*———. 1858. Untersuchungen über die Entwickelungs-Gesetze der organischen
Welt. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [CUL]
———. 1858. Untersuchungen über die Entwickelungs-Gesetze der organis-

chen Welt während der Bildungs Zeit unserer Erd-Oberfläche. Eine von der
Französischen Akademie im Jahre 1857 gekrönte Preisschrift . . . Natura doceri.
Stuttgart.
23
———. 1858. Untersuchungen über die Entwicklungsgesetze der organischen

Welt während der Bildungszeit unserer Erdoberfläche. Stuttgart: E. Schweizer-
bart.
———. 1859. On the laws of evolution of the organic world during the formation
of the crust of the Earth. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4: 81–89,
175–184.
———. 1860. Schlusswort des Uebersteers. In Ueber die Entstehung der
Arten in Thier- und Pflanzenreich durch natürliche Zuchtung, oder Erhalting
der vervollkommneten Rassen im Kampfe um’s Dasein by Charles Darwin.
Stuttgart: Schweitzerbart.
*———. 1861. Essai. Paris: Maller-Bachelier. [CUL]

*Brookes, Richard. 1763. The natural history of insects. London: J. Newbery.
[CUL, pre-B, S]
*———. 1763. The natural history of waters, earths, stones, fossils and minerals.
London: J. Newbery. [CUL, pre-B, S]
Brookes, Samuel. 1815. An introduction to the study of conchology: including
observations on the Linnæan genera, and the arrangement of M. Lamarck, a
glossary, and a table of English names. London: Richard and Arthur Taylor.
Brooks, William Keith. 1883. The law of heredity: a study of the cause of
variation and the origin of living organisms. Baltimore: John Murphy.
———. 1915. The foundations of zoology. 2nd ed. New York: Columbia
University Press.
Brougham, Henry Peter. 1839. Dissertations on subjects of science connected
with natural theology: being the concluding volumes of the new edition of Paley’s
work. 2 vols. London: C. Knight.
*Brougham, Lord, Henry. 1839. Dissertations on subjects of science connected
with natural theology. London: C. Knight & Co. [CUL]
*Broun, Thomas. 1880. Manual of the New Zealand Coleoptera. Wellington:
James Hughes. [Down]
Brown, A. J. L. and C. H. Langley. 1979. Reevaluation of genic heterozy-
gosity in natural populations of Drosophila melonogaster by two dimensional
electrophoresis. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of
America) 76: 2381–2384.
Brown, Robert. 1810. Prodromus floræ Novæ Hollandiæ et Insulæ Van-Diemen.
Vol. 1 (no more published). London.
24
———. 1824. A list of plants, collected in Melville Island, by the officers of the
expedition; with characters and descriptions of the new species. Appendix 2 in
Parry, William Edward, Journal of a voyage for the discovery of a northwest
passage. 1 vol. and supplement. 2nd ed. London.
———. 1831. Observations on the organs and mode of fecundation in Orchideæ
and Asclepiadeæ. London: privately printed.
*———. 1866-1868. The miscellaneous botanical works. London: The Ray
Society. [Down]
Brown-Séquard, Charles Édouard. 1860. Heredity transmission of an epilep-
tiform affection, accidentally produced. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London 10: 297–298.
———. 1875. On the hereditary transmission of effects of certain injuries to
the nervous system. Lancet 1: 7–8.
———. 1882. Faits nouveaux établissant l’extrême frequence de la transmission
par l’hérédité, d’états organiques morbides produit accidentellement chex des
ascendents. Comptes Rendus à l’Académie des Sciences 94: 697–700.
———. 1892. Hérédité d’une affection due a une cause accidentelle. faits et
arguments contre les explanations et les critques de Weismann. Archiv fuer die
Physiologique 24: 686–688.
———. 1893. Transmission héréditaires des charactères acquis. Archiv fuer die
Physiologique 25: 209–210.
*Browne, James Crichton. 1871-1875. The West Riding lunatic asylum medical
reports. London: J. & A. Churchill. [CUL]
Bruce, James. 1813. Travels to discover the source of the Nile, in the years
1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, & 1773. 7 vols. 3rd ed. Edinburgh.
Bruguière, Jean Guillaume. 1789-92. Encyclopédie méthodique. Histoire na-
turelle des vers. 2 vols. Paris.
*Bruguières, Jean Guillaume. 1789-1792. Encyclopédie Méthodique – histoire
naturelle des vers. Paris: Panckoucke. [CUL, pre-B]
*Brunton, Thomas Lauder. 1868. On digitalis, with some observations on the
urine. London: John Churchill & Sons. [Down, I]
*———. 1880. Pharmacology & therapeutics. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down,
I]
*———. 1881. The Bible and science. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I]
Bryson, V. and H. J. Vogel, eds. 1965. Evolving Genes and Proteins. New York:
Academic Press.
25
Buch, Christian Leopold von. 1813. Travels through Norway and Lapland . . .
Translated by John Black. With notes . . . by Robert Jameson. London.
———. 1825. Physicalische Beschreibung der Canarischen Inseln. Berlin.
*Buch, Leopold Von. 1813. Travels through Norway and Lapland during the
years 1806, 1807 and 1808. London: Henry Colburn. [CUL, on B,]
*———. 1836. Description physique des Îles Canaries, suivie d’une indication
des principaux volcans du globe. Paris: F.G. Levrault. [CUL]
Büchner, Friedrich Carl Christian Ludwig. 1855. Kraft und Stoff. Empirisch-
naturphilosophische Studien. In Allgemein-verständlicher Darstellung. Frankfurt
am Main: Weidinger.
*Büchner, Ludwig. 1862. Aus Natur und Wis-senschaft. Leipzig: Theodor
Thomas. [1862[CUL]
*———. 1868. Sechs Vorlesungen über die Darwin’sche Theorie der Verwand-
lung der Arten. Leipzig: Theodor Thomas. [CUL]
*———. 1869. Conférences sur la théorie darwinienne de la transmutation des
espèces. Paris: C. Reinwald. [CUL]
*———. 1870. Die Stellung des Menschen in der Natur. Leipzig. [CUL]
*———. 1872. Man in the past, present & future. London: Asher & Co. [CUL]
*———. 1872. Sechs Vorlesungen über die Darwin’sche Theorie der Verwand-
lung der Arten. 2nd ed. Leipzig: Theodor Thomas. [CUL]
*———. 1876. Die Darwinsche Theorie von der Entstehung und Umwandlung
der Lebe-Welt. Leipzig: Theodor Thomas. [CUL, I]
*———. 1879. Liebe und Liebes-Leben in der Thierwelt. Berlin: Hofmann &
Comp. [Down, I]
*———. 1880. Mind in animals. 3rd ed. London: Freethought Publishing Co.
[Down]
*———. 1882. Die Macht der Vererb-ung. Leipzig: Ernst Günther. [CUL, I]
*Bucke, Richard Maurice. 1879. Man’s moral nature. London: Trübner. [Down,
I]
Buckland, Francis Trevelyan. 1857. Curiosities of natural history. London:
Richard Bentley.
Buckland, William. 1820. Vindiciae Geologicae: Or the connexion of geology
and religion explained. Oxford.
26
———. 1823. Reliquiae Diluvianae: Or observations of the organic remains

contained in caves, fissures, and diluvial gravel, and other phenomena, attesting
the action of a universal deluge. London: John Murray.
———. 1836. Geology and mineralogy considered with reference to natural
theology. Sixth Bridgewater treatise. 2 vols. London.
*Buckley, Arabella B. 1876. A short history of natural science. London: John

Murray. [Down]
*Buckton, George Bowdler. 1876-1883. Monograph of the British aphides.
Buffon, Georges Louis Leclerc, Comte de. 1749-1804. Histoire naturelle, générale
et particulière, avec la description du cabinet du roy. 44 vols. Paris: de
l’imprimerie royale.
———. 1770-83. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux. 9 vols. Paris: L’Imprimerie
Royale.
———. 1793. The natural history of birds. 9 vols. London. From the French
of the Count de Buffon. Illustrated with engravings. Includes a preface, notes,
and additions by the translator.
———. 1830. The natural history of quadrupeds . . . translated from the French.
3 vols. Edinburgh.
*Buller, Walter Lawry. 1873. A history of the birds of New Zealand. London:
John Van Voorst. [CUL]
Bumpus, H. C. 1896. The variations and mutations of the introduced sparrow,
Passer domesticus. Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratories: Biological
Lectures pp. 1–15.
———. 1898. The elimination of the unfit as illustrated by the introduced
sparrow, Passer domesticus (a fourth contribution to the study of variation).
Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratories: Biological Lectures pp. 209–226.
Bunbury, Charles James Fox. 1848. Journal of a residence at the Cape of Good
Hope; with excursions into the interior, and notes on the natural history, and
the native tribes. London: John Murray.
Bunge, M., ed. 1973. The Methodological Unity of Science. Dordrecht: D.
Reidel.
*Burbidge, Frederick William. 1877. Cultivated plants, their propagation and
improvement. Edinburgh & London: William Blackwood & Sons. [CUL]
*Burchell, William John. 1822. Travels in the interior of Southern Africa.
London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme and Brown. [Down, pre-B, S]
27
———. 1822-4. Travels in the interior of Southern Africa. 2 vols. London:

Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown.
Burckhardt, John Lewis. 1819. Travels in Nubia. London.
———. 1822. Travels in Nubia. 2nd ed. London.
———. 1829. Travels in Arabia. 2 vols. London.
*Burgess, Thomas Henry. 1839. The physiology or mechanism of blushing.
London: John Churchill. [CUL]
Buri, P. 1956. Gene frequency in small populations of mutant Drosophila.
Evolution 10: 367–402.
*Burke, Edmund. 1823. A philosophical inquiry into the origin of our ideas
of the sublime and beautiful, with an introductory discourse concerning taste,
and several other additions. London: Thomas M’Lean. [CUL.1900, I by G.V.
Jackson]
*Burmeister, Hermann. 1834. Beiträge zur Nat-urgeschichte der Rankenfüsser.
Berlin: G. Rainer. [CUL]
*———. 1846. The organization of trilobites. London: The Ray Society. [CUL]
———. 1854. Geschichte der Schöpfung. Leipzig: Otto Wigand.
*———. 1870. Histoire de la création. Paris: F. Sary. [CUL]
Burmeister, Karl Hermann Konrad. 1834. Beiträge zur Naturgeschichte der
Rankenfüsser (Cirripedia). Berlin: G. Reimer.
Burnes, Alexander. 1973. Travels into Bokhara. Orig. Pub. London, 1834.
Facsimile reprint with an introduction by James Lunt. 3 vols. Karachi, London,
and New York: Oxford University Press.
Burney, James. 1803-1817. A chronological history of the discoveries in the
South Sea or Pacific Ocean. 5 vols. London.
*Busch, Otto. 1877. Arthur Schopenhauer: Beitrag zu einer Dogmatik der
Religionslosen. Heidelberg: Fr. Bassermann. [Down]
*———. 1878. Arthur Schopenhauer. München: Fr. Basserman. [Down, I]
*Busch, Otto Arthur. 1877. Naturgeschichte der Kunst. Heidelberg: Fr. Basser-
mann. [Down, I]
Bush, G. L. 1975. Modes of animal speciation. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics 6: 339–364.
Bush, G. L., S. M. Case, A. C. Wilson, and J. C. Patton. 1977. Rapid speciation
and chromosomal evolution in mammals. Proceedings. National Academy of
Sciences (United States of America) 74: 3942–3946.
28
*Busk, British Museum (G. and J.e. Gray). 1852/1854. Catalogue of Marine
Polyzoa in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the
Trustees. [CUL]
Busk, George. 1852-4. Catalogue of marine Polyzoa in the collection of the
British Museum. 2 pts. London: Printed by order of the Trustees.
Butler, Joseph. 1736. The analogy of religion, natural and revealed, to the
constitution and course of nature. London.
Butler, Samuel. 1879. Evolution, old and new: Or the theories of Buffon, Dr.
Erasmus Darwin, and Lamarck, as compared with that of Mr. Charles Darwin.
London: Hardwicke and Bogue.
———. 1916. Life and habit. 2nd ed. London.
———. 1920. Luck, or cunning, as the main means of organic modification?
London.
*Butler, Samuel a. 1818. A sketch of modern and ancient geography for the
use of schools. 4th ed. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL,
pre-B, S]
*———. 1879. Evolution old and new. London: Hardwick & Bogue. [Botany
School, FD]
*Bütschli, Otto. 1876. Studien über die ersten Entwicklungs vorgänge der
Eizelle die Zelltheilung und die Conjugation der Infusorien. Frankfurt am Main:
Christian Winter. [CUL, I]
Byron, George Anson. 1826. Voyage of H.M.S. Blonde to the Sandwich Islands,
in the years 1824–1825. London: John Murray.
Cabanis, Jean Baptiste. 1764. Essai sur les principes de la greffe, et sur les
moyens de la faciliter et de la perfectionner. Paris.
*Cabot, Louis. 1872-1881. The immature state of the Odonata. Cambridge,
Mass.: University Press. [Down]
Cain, A. J. 1954. Animal Species and Their Evolution. London: Hutchinson’s

University Library.
———. 1977. The efficacy of natural selection in wild populations. In Changing
Scenes in Natural Sciences, Special Publication 12, pp. 111–133. Academy of
Natural Sciences.
Cain, A. J. and J. D. Currey. 1963. Area effects in Cepaea. Philosophical
Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 246:
1–81.
29
Cain, A. J. and P. M. Shepppard. 1950. Selection in the polymorphic land snail

Cepaea nemoralis. Heredity 4: 275–294.
———. 1954. Natural selection in Cepaea. Genetics 39: 89–116.
Caldcleugh, Alexander. 1825. Travels in South America, during the years 1819
. . . 21. 2 vols. London: John Murray.
*Camerano, Lorenzo. 1880. La Scelta sessuale e i caratteri sessuali secondari
nei coleotteri. Torino: Ermanno Loescher. [Down, I]
Campbell, Bernard Grant. 1972. Sexual Selection and the Descent of Man,
1871-1971. Chicago: Aldine.
Camper, Petrus. 1779. Account of the organs of speech of the orang outang.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 69: 155–156.
*Candolle. n.d. Géographie botanique. Vol. 2. []
*Candolle, & Candolle Casimir De, Alphonse De. 1878-1881. Monographia
phanerogamarum. Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I in vol. 3]
*Candolle, Alphonse De. 1855. Géographie botan-ique raisonnée. Paris: J.
Kessmann. [CUL]
Candolle, Alphonse de. 1855. Géographie botanique raisonnée ou exposition des
faits principaux et des lois concernant la distribution géographique des plantes
de l’époque actuelle. 2 vols. Paris: Victor Mason. Geneva: J. Kessmann.
———. 1862. Etude sur l’espèce à l’occasion d’une révision de la famille de
Cupulifères. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 4th ser. 18: 102.
*Candolle, Alphonse De. 1873. Histoire des sciences et des savants, suivie
d’autres études sur des sujets scientifiques et particuliers sur la sélection dans
l’espèce humaine. Genève, Bâle, Lyon: H. Georg. [CUL, I]
*———. 1880. La Phytographie. Paris: G. Masson. [CUL, I]
Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de. 1827. Organographie végétale, ou description
raisonée des organes des plantes, pour servir de suite et de développement à la
théorie élémentaire de la botanique, et d’introduction à la physiologie végétale
et à la description des familles. 2 vols. Paris: Deterville.
———. 1832. Physiologie végétale, ou exposition des forces et des fonctions
vitales des végétaux. 2 vols. Paris: Béchet.
———. 1839-40. Vegetable organography; or an analytical description of the

organs of plants. Translated by Boughton Kingdon. 2 vols. London: Houlston
& Stoneman.
30
Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de and Alphonse de Candolle. 1824-73. Prodro-

mus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis, sive enumeratio contracta ordinum
generum specierumque plantarum huc usque cognitarum, juxta methodi naturalis
normas digesta. 17 vols. Paris: Treuttel & Würtz & others.
*Candolle, Augustine Pyramus De. 1819. Théorie élémentaire de la botanique.
Paris: Déterville. [Down, pre-B, ED]
*———. 1824-1825. Pro-dromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis. Paris:
Treuttel & Würtz. [Down]
*———. 1862. Mémoires et souvenirs. Genève: Joël Cherbulier. [Down, I to
FD]
*Canestrini, Giovanni. 1870. Origine dell’uomo. 2nd ed. Milano: Gaetano
Brigola. [Down]
*———. 1877. La Teoria dell’evoluzione. Torino: Unione Tipografico–Editrice.
[Down]
*———. 1880. La Teoria di Darwin criticamente esposta. Milano: Fratelli
Dumo-lard. [Down]
Cannon, W. 1902. A cytological basis for the Mendelian laws. Bulletin. Torrey
Botanical Club 29 & 30: 657 & 133–172, 519–543.
Caplan, A. L. 1977. Tautology, circularity, and biological theory. American
Naturalist 111: 390–393.
———. 1978. Testability, disreputability, and the structure of the modern
synthetic theory of evolution. Erkenntnis 13: 261–278.
Carl Agassiz, Jean Louis Rodolpheand Vogt. 1839-42. Histoire naturelle des
poissons d’eau douce de l’Europe centrale. Pt 2 by Carl Vogt, Embryologie des
Salmones. 2 pts. Neuchâtel.
*Carlier, Antoine G. 1872. Darwinism refuted by researches in psychology.
London: Jarrold & Sons. [Down, I]
Carlquist, Sherwin. 1974. Island Biology. New York: Columbia University
Press.
Carlyle, Thomas. 1843. Past and present. London.
*Carneri, Bartholomaeus. 1871. Sittlichkeit und Darwinismus. Wien: Wilhelm
Braumüller. [Down]
*———. 1876. Gefühl, Bewußt-sein, Wille. Wien: Wilhelm Braumüller. [Down]
Carpenter, W. B. 1860. on the origin of species. National Review 10: 188–214.
31
———. 1860. The theory of development in nature. Medico-Chirugical Review

25: 367–404.
Carpenter, William Benjamin. 1839. Principles of general and comparative
physiology. London.
———. 1844. Popular cyclopædia of natural science. Zoology, being a sketch of

the classification, structure, distribution, and habits, of animals. 2 vols. London:
Wm. S. Orr and Co.
———. 1845. Zoology; being a systematic account of the general structure,
habits, instincts, and uses of the principal families of the animal kingdom; as
well as of the chief forms of fossil remains. 2 vols. London: Wm. S. Orr & Co.
———. 1854. Principles of comparative physiology. 4th ed. London: John
Churchill.
*———. 1854. Principles of comparative physiology. 4th ed. London: John
Churchill. [CUL]
*———. 1855. Researches on the Foraminifera. [Down]
*———. 1862. Intro-duction to the study of the Foraminifera. London: The
Ray Society. [Down]
*———. 1868. The micro-scope and its revelations. London: John Churchill &
Sons. [Down]
———. 1873. On the hereditary transmission of acquired psychical habits.
Contemporary Review 21: 295–314, 779–795, 867–865.
*———. 1874. Principles of mental physiology. London: Henry S. King & Co.
[Down, I]
———. 1883. Mental evolution in animals. London: Kegan Paul, Trench and
Co.
*Carrière, Élie Abel. 1865. Production et fixation des variétés dans les végétaux.
Paris: Libraire agricole de la Maison Rustiane. [CUL, I]
Carson, Hampton L. 1968. The population flush and its genetic consequences.
In Richard C. Lewontin, ed., Population Biology and Evolution. Syracuse:
Syracuse University Press.
———. 1970. Chromosome tracers of the origin of species. Science 168:
1414–1418.
———. 1971. Speciation and the founder principle. Stadler Genetics Symposia
3: 51–70.
32
———. 1973. Reorganization of the gene pool during speciation. In Newton E.

Morton, ed., Genetic Structure of Populations. Honolulu: University Press of
Hawaii.
———. 1975. The genetics of speciation at the diploid level. American Naturalist
109: 83–92.
———. 1976. The unit of genetic change in adaptation and speciation. Annals
of the Missouri Botanical Garden 63: 210–223.
———. 1990. Genetics of small populations. Science 250: 191.
Carson, Hampton L., D. E. Hardy, H. T. Spieth, and W. S. Stone. 1970. The
evolutionary biology of the Hawaiian Drosophilidae. In Essays in Evolution and
Genetics in Honor of Theodosius Dobzhansky. New York: Appleton-Century-
Crofts.
Carson, Hampton L. and K.Y. Kaneshiro. 1976. Drosophila of Hawaii: Sys-
tematics and ecological genetics. Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 7:
311–345.
Carson, Hampton L. and Alan R. Templeton. 1984. Genetic revolutions in
relation to speciation phenomena: The founding of new populations. Annual
Review of Ecology and Systematics 15: 97–131.
*Carus, Julius Victor. 1872. Geschichte der Biologie. München: R. Oldenbourg.
[Down, I]
*Carus, Julius Victor and Wilhelm Engelmann. 1861. Bibliotheca zoologica.
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL]
*Carus, Julius Victor and C.e. Ger-Staecker. 1875. Handbuch der Zoologie.
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, first vol. only]
*Caspari, Otto. 1873. Die Urgeschichte der Menschheit. Leipzig: Brodhaus.
[Down]
Castelnau, Francis de. 1850-1. Histoire du voyage. 6 vols. Pt 1 of Expédition
dans les parties centrales de l’Amérique du Sud . . . exécutée par ordre du
gouvernment Français pendant les années 1843 a 1847, sous la direction de
Comte Francis de Castelnau. 13 vols. Paris: P. Betrand. 7 pts.
Castle, William Ernest. 1903. The heredity of sex. Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology 40: 187–218.
———. 1903. The laws of heredity of Galton and Mendel, and some laws
governing race improvement by selection. Proceedings of the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences pp. 223–242.
———. 1903. Mendel’s law of heredity. Science 18: 396–397.
33
———. 1903. Mendel’s law of heredity. Proceedings of the American Academy

of Arts and Sciences 38: 535–548.
———. 1905. The mutation theory of organic evolution from the standpoint of
animal breeding. Science 21: 521–525.
———. 1906. Yellow mice and gametic purity. Science 24: 275–281.
———. 1911. Heredity in Relation to Evolution and Animal Breeding. New
York: D. Appleton.
———. 1912. The inconstancy of unit characters. American Naturalist 46:
352–362.
———. 1912. On the inheritance of tricolor coat in guinea-pigs, and its relation
to Galton’s law of ancestral heredity. American Naturalist 46: 437–440.
———. 1915. Mr. Muller on the constancy of Mendelian factors. American
———. 1915. Some experiments in mass selection. American Naturalist 49:
713–726.
———. 1916. Further studies of piebald rats and selection, with observations
on gametic coupling. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publications 241:
163–192.
———. 1917. Piebald rats and multiple factors. American Naturalist 51:
102–114.
———. 1919. Piebald rats and selection. American Naturalist 53: 369–375.
———. 1919. Piebald rats and selection, a correction. American Naturalist 53:
370–376.
———. 1919. Piebald rats and the theory of genes. Proceedings. National
Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 5: 126–130.
Castle, William Ernest and Sewall Wright. 1915. Two color mutations of rats
which show partial coupling. Science 42: 193–195.
*Caton, John Dean. 1875. A summer in Norway. [CUL, S, I]
*———. 1877. The antelope and deer of America. New York: Hurd & Houghton.
[Down]
*Cattaneo, Giacomo. 1880. Darwinismo: saggio sulla evoluzione degli organismi.

Milano: Fratelli Treves. [Down]
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. 2000. Genes, Peoples, and Languages. London: Allen and
Lane.
34
Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. and W. F. Bodmer. 1971. The Genetics of Human Popu-

lations. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman and Company.
Chambers, Robert. 1844. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. London:
John Churchill.
———. 1845. Explanations: a sequel to “Vestiges of the natural history of

creation”. London: John Churchill.
———. 1845. Vestiges of the Natural History of Creation. New York: Wiley &
Putnam.
———. 1846. Explanations: a Sequel to “Vestiges of the natural history of
creation”. New York: Wiley & Putnam.
*———. 1847. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. 6th ed. London:
John Churchill. [CUL]
———. 1847. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. 6th ed. London.
———. 1848. Ancient sea margins. Edinburgh: W. & R. Chambers.
*———. 1848. Ancient sea margins. Edinburgh: W. and R. Chambers. [Down,
I]
———. 1853. Vestiges of the natural history of creation. 10th ed. London: J.
Churchill.
———. 1884. Vestiges of the Natural History of Creation. 12th ed. London:
Churchill.
*Chapman, Henry C. 1873. Evolution of life. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott.
[Down, I]
*Chapman, John. 1873. Neuralgia and kindred diseases of the nervous system.
London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, I]
*Chapuis, F. 1865. Le Pigeon voyageur belge. Verviers. [CUL, I, S]
Charles de Valroger, Hyacinthe. 1873. La Genèse des Espèces: Etudes
Philosophiques et Religieuses sur l’Histoire Naturelle et les Naturalistes Con-
temporains. Paris: Didier et Cie.
*Charpentier, Jean De. 1841. Essai sur les glaciers et sur le terrain erratique
du Rhône. Lausanne: Marc Ducloux. [Down]
*Chaumont, Francis Stephen Bennet. 1875. Lectures on state medicine. London:

Smith, Elder & Co. [Down, I]
Chesney, Francis Rawdon. 1850. The expedition for the survey of the rivers
Euphrates and Tigris. 2 vols. London.
35
Chetverikov, S. S. 1961. On certain aspects of the evolutionary process from

the standpoint of modern genetics. Proceedings of the American Philosophical
Society 105: 167–195.
———. 1961. On the genetic constitution of wild populations. Proceedings of
the American Philosophical Society 105: 263–264.
*Child, Gilbert W. 1868. Essays on physiological subjects. Oxford: Combe,

Gardner, Hall & Latham. [Down, I]
*Child, Gilbert William. 1869. Essays on physiological subjects. 2nd ed. London:
Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, two copies]
*Children, John George. 1853. Memoir of J.G. Children. Westminster: Josiah

Bowyer, Nicholas & Sons, for private circulation. [Down]
*Chun, Carl. 1880. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, 1. Ctenophorae.
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School]
Claparède, Edouarde. 1861. M. darwin et sa théorie de la formation des espèces.
Revue Germanique 16: 259.
———. 1861. M. darwin et sa théorie de la formation des espèces. Revue
Germanique 16: 535, 546ff.
Clapperton, Hugh and Richard Lander. 1829. Journal of a second expedition
into the interior of Africa, from the Bight of Benin to Soccatoo. By the late
Commander Clapperton, . . . to which is added, the journal of Richard Lander
from Kano to the sea-coast, partly by a more eastern route. London: John
Murray.
*Clarcke, Benjamin. 1870. On systematic botany and zoology. London: J. Bale
& Sons. [Down]
*Clark, Henry James. 1865. Mind in nature. New York: D. Appleton & Co.
[Down]
*———. 1878. Lucernariae and their allies. Washington: Smithsonian Institute.
[Down]
Clark, Wilfrid Edward Le Gros. 1949. History of the primates: An introduction
to the study of fossil man. London: British Museum.
———. 1955. The fossil evidence for human evolution. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Clarke, Edward Daniel. 1810-23. Travels in various countries of Europe, Asia

and Africa. London: Printed for T. Cadell and W. Davies by R. Watts
Broxbourn Herts. 3 pts in 6 vols.
36
*Clarke, J.w. 1880. Cattle problems explained. Battle Creek, Michigan: the
author. [Down]
Claus, Carl. 1866. Die Copepodfauna von Nizza: Ein Beitrag zur Charac-
teristik der Arten und deren Abänderung im Sinne Darwins. In Schriften
der Gesellschaft zur Befoerderung der Gesammnten Naturewissenschaften zu
Marburg, Vol. 9, suppl. iss. 1. Marburg and Leipzig: N. G. Elwart.
*———. 1871. Grundzüge der Zoologie. 2nd ed. Mauburg und Leipzig: N.G.
Eltwert’sche Universitäts Buchhandlung. [Down, S]
*———. 1876. Untersuchungen zur Erforschung der genealogischen Grundlage
des Crustaceen-Systems. Wien: Carl Gerhold’s Sohn. [Down]
*Cleland, John. 1881. Evolution, expression and sensation. Glasgow: James
Maclehose. [Down, I]
Clelland, R. E. 1923. Chromosome arrangements during meiosis in certain
Oenotheras. American Naturalist 57: 562–566.
Cloud, P. E. 1948. Some problems and patterns of evolution exemplified by
fossil invertebrates. Evolution 2: 322–350.
*Coan, Titus. 1880. Adventures in Patagonia. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co.
[Down]
*Cognetti De Martis, Salvatore. 1881. Le Forme primitive della evoluzione
economica. Torino: Ermanno Loescher. [Down, I]
Cohn, Ferdinand. 1853. On the natural history of Protococcus pluvialis. In
Arthur Henfrey, ed., Botanical and physiological memoirs. London: Ray Society.
*———. 1882. Die Pflanze: Vorträge aus dem Gebiete der Botanik. Breslau:
Kern. [Down, I]
*Colin, Gabriel Constant. 1854-1856. Traité de phys-iologie comparée des
animaux domestiques. Paris: J.B. Baillière. [CUL]
*Collett, Robert. 1880. Zoologi: Fiske. Christiania: Grøndall & Søn. [Down]
*Collingwood, Cuthbert. 1868. Rambles of a naturalist on the shores and waters
of the China Sea. London: John Murray. [CUL]
*Columbus, Christopher. 1847. Selected letters. London: Hakluyt Society.
[Down]
*Commission, Royal. 1876. Report on the practice of subjecting live animals to
experiments for scientific purposes. London: HMSO. [CUL]
*Comstock, John Henry. 1879. Report upon cotton insects. Washington: Gov-
ernment Printing Office. [CUL]
37
*———. 1880. Report of the entomologist of the United States Department of

Agriculture for the year 1879. Washington: Government Printing Office. [CUL]
Conklin, Edwin G. 1905. The mutation theory from the standpoint of cytology.
Science 21: 525–529.
Conolly, Arthur. 1834. Journey to the north of India, overland from England,
through Russia, Persia, and Affghaunistaun. 2 vols. London.
*Conta, Vasile. 1877. Théorie du fatalisme. Bruxelles: G. Mayolez. [Down]
*Conybeare, William Daniel and William Phil-Lips. 1822. Outlines of the
geology of England and Wales. London: William Phillips. [Down, pre-B]
Conybeare, William Daniel and William Phillips. 1822. Outlines of the geology
of England and Wales. Pt 1. London: W. Phillips.
*Cook, James and James King. 1784. A voyage to the Pacific Ocean. London:
W. & A. Strachan. [CUL]
*Cooke, Mordecai Cubitt. 1879. Mycographia, seu Icones fungorum. London:
Williams & Norgate. [Down]
Cooper, Susan Fenimore. 1855. Journal of a naturalist in the United States. 2
vols. London: R. Bentley.
Cope, Edward Drinker. 1868. On the origin of genera. Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 20: 242–300.
———. 1871. The laws of organic development. American Naturalist 5: 593–605.
———. 1873. The method of creation of organic forms. Proceedings of the
American Philosophical Society 12: 229–265.
———. 1887. The Origin of the Fittest. Place Unknown.
———. 1887. Theology of evolution. Philadelphia: Arnold & Co.
———. 1889. The mechanical origins of the hard parts of the Mammalia.
American Naturalist 23: 71–73.
———. 1894. The energy of evolution. American Naturalist 28: 205–219.
———. 1896. The Primary Factors of Organic Evolution. Chicago: The Open
Court Publishing Company.
*Cotta, Bernhard Von. 1838. Die Lagerungs-verhältnisse an der Grenze zwischen
Granit und Quader-Sandstein. Dresden und Leipzig: Almoldische Buchhandlung.
[Down, fragment]
Cotta, Bernhard von. 1850. Briefe über Alexander von Humboldt’s Kosmos.
2nd ed. Leipzig: T. D. Weigel.
38
*Cotta, Bernhard Von. 1865. Geology and history. London: Trübner & Co.
[Down]
Cotta, Bernhard von. 1866. Die Geologie der Gegenwart. Leipzig: J. J. Weber.
*Cotta, Bernhard Von. 1866. Die Geologie der Gegenwart. Leipzig: J.J. Weber.
[CUL]
Coues, Elliot. 1869. On variation in the genus Aegiothus. Proceedings of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences pp. 180–189.
Couteur, John Le. 1836. On the varieties, properties and classification of wheat.
London.
Cowles, James. 1843. The natural history of man; comprising inquiries into the
modifying influence of physical and moral agencies on the different tribes of the
human family. London: H. Baillière.
*Cox, Edward William. 1873. What am I? A popular introduction to the study
of psychology. London: Longman & Co. [Down, I]
Coyne, J. A. 1976. Lack of genetic similarity between two sibling species of
Drosophila as revealed by varied techniques. Genetics 84: 593–607.
Coyne, J. A., N. H. Barton, and M. Turelli. 1997. Perspective: A critique of
Sewall Wright’s shifting balance theory of evolution. Evolution 51: 643–671.
———. 2000. Is Wright’s shifting balance process important in evolution?
Cramer, Pieter. 1779-91. De uitlandsche kapellen voorkomende in de drie
waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America. 4 vols. Amsterdam and Utrecht: S.
J. Baalde and N. T. Gravius (Amsterdam) and Barthelemy Wild (Utrecht).
Includes additional supplement.
Crampton, Henry Edward. 1904. Experimental and statistical studies upon
Lepidoptera, i: Variation and elimnation in Philosomia cynthia. Biometrika 3:
115–130.
———. 1905. On a general theory of adaptation and selection. Experimental

Zoology 2: 425–430.
———. 1912. The doctrine of evolution: Its basis and scope. New York:
Columbia University Press.
———. 1916. Studies in the variation, distribution, and evolution of the genus
Partula: The species inhabiting Tahiti. Carnegie Institution of Washington
Publication 228.
———. 1925. Contemporaneous organic differentiation in the species of Partula
living in Moorea, Society Islands. American Naturalist 59: 5–35.
39
Crantz, David. 1767. The history of Greenland: containing a description of

the country, and its inhabitants. 2 vols. London: Brethren’s Society for the
Furtherance of the Gospel among the Heathen. Translated from the High-Dutch.
*Crawfurd, John. 1852. A grammar and dictionary of the Malay language.
London: Smith, Elder & Co. [CUL]
*———. 1856. A descriptive dictionary of the Indian islands and adjacent

countries. London: Bradbury & Evans. [Down]
Creed, R., ed. 1971. Ecological Genetics and Evolution. Oxford: Blackwell.
Crèvecoeur de Perthes, Jacques Boucher de. 1838-41. De la création. Essai sur
l’origine et la progression des êtres. 5 vols. Paris: Treuttel & Wurtz.
———. 1847-64. Antiquités Celtiques et antédiluviennes. Mémoire sur l’industrie
primitive et les arts a leur origine. 3 vols. Paris: Treuttel & Wurtz [ & others].
Crile, George W. 1933. Orthogenesis and the power and infirmities of man.
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 72: 245–254.
*Croll. 1875. Climate and time in their geological relations. London: Daldry,
Isbister & Co. [Down, I]
*Crookes, William. 1872. Psychic force and modern spiritualism. London:
Longmans, Green & Co. [Down]
Crow, James. 1979. Genes that violate Mendel’s rules. Scientific American 240:
134–143.
Crow, James and Motoo Kimura. 1964. The number of alleles that can be
maintained in a finite population. Genetics 49: 725–738.
———. 1970. An Introduction to Population Genetics Theory. New York:
Harper and Row.
Crow, James and N. E. Morton. 1955. Measurement of gene frequency drift in
small populations. Evolution 9: 202–214.
Cuenot, Lucien. 1851. L’Evolution Biologique: Les Faits, Les Incertitudes.
Paris: Masson et Cie.
Cullen, William. 1776-84. First lines of the practice of physic. 4 vols. Edinburgh.
———. 1814. Synopsis nosologiae methodicae. Auctore G. Cullen. To which is
added an appendix containing a synopsis of the systems of Sauvages, Linnaeus,
Vogel . . . and a translation of Cullen’s Nosology . . . by John Thomson.
Edinburgh.
Cumming, Roualeyn Gordon. 1850. Five years of a hunter’s life in the far
interior of South Africa. 2 vols. London: John Murray.
40
Cunningham, Joseph T. 1891. The new Darwinism. Westminster Review 136:

14–28.
———. 1892-1893. Blind animals in caves. Nature 47: 439.
———. 1893. The problem of variation. Natural Science 3: 282–287.
———. 1895. The origin and evolution of flatfishes. Natural Science 6: 169–177.
———. 1896. The utility of specific characters. Nature 54: 295.
———. 1900. Sexual dimorphism in the animal kingdom: A theory of the origin
of secondary sexual characters. London: Adam and Charles Black.
———. 1921. A discussion of the evolution of adaptations and the evolution of

species. London: Constable.
———. 1928. Modern biology: A review of the principal phenomena of animal
life in relation to modern concepts and theories. London: Kegan Paul, Trench,
Trubner.
*Cunningham, Robert O. n.d. Notes on the natural history of the. []
Curtis, John. 1824-39. British entomology; being illustrations and descriptions
of the genera of insects found in Great Britain and Ireland. 16 vols. London:
Printed for the author.
Curtis, William. 1771. Instructions for collecting and preserving insects, partic-
ularly moths and butterflies. London.
———. 1772. Fundamenta entomologiae . . . being a translation of the Funda-
menta entomologiae of Linnaeus. London.
*———. 1793. The botanical magazine, or, flower-garden displayed. London:
Stephen Couchman. [Down, pre-B]
Curtsinger, J. W. 1984. Evolutionary landscapes for complex selection. Evolution
38: 359–367.
*Cuvier, Georges. 1799-1805. Leçons d’anatomie comparée. Paris: Baudouin.
[CUL, pre-B]
*———. 1827. Essay on the theory of the earth, with geological illustrations by
Professor Jameson. 5th ed. London, Edinburgh: William Blackwood, T. Cadell.
[CUL, pre-B, S]
*———. 1829. Le Règne animal. Paris: Déterville. [CUL, on B]
Cuvier, Jean Léopold Nicolas Frédéric (Georges). 1805. Leçons d’anatomie
comparée. 5 vols. Paris: Baudouin.
41
———. 1812. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles de quadrupèdes: ou l’on

rétablit les caractères de plusieurs espèces d’animaux que les révolutions du
globe paroissent avoir détruites. 4 vols. Paris: Deterville.
———. 1817. An essay on the theory of the Earth. 3rd ed. Edinburgh: W.
Blackwood.
———. 1817. Le règne animal distribué d’après son organisation, pour servir de
base a l’histoire naturelle des animaux et d’introduction a l’anatomie comparée.
4 vols. Paris: Deterville.
———. 1817. Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire et à l’anatomie des mollusques.
Paris: Deterville.
———. 1821-4. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles: ou l’on rétablit les
caractères de plusiers animaux dont les révolutions du globe ont détruit les
espèces. 5 vols in 6. new ed. Paris: G. Dufour and E. d’Ocagne.
———. 1825. Discours sur les révolutions de la surface du globe . . . Paris: G.
Dufour and E. d’Ocagne.
———. 1827-35. The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organi-
zation . . . with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and
of many not before noticed. By Edward Griffith and others. 16 vols. London:
Printed for G.B. Whittaker.
———. 1834-6. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles, où l’on rétablit les
caractères de plusieurs animaux dont les révolutions du globe ont détruit les
espèces. 10 vols. 4th ed. Paris. Includes atlases, 2 additional vols.
———. 1863. The animal Kingdom Arranged after its organization . . . new
ed. London: Bohn.
Cuvier, Jean Léopold Nicolas Frédéric (Georges) and Alexandre Brongniart.
1825. Description géologique des environs de Paris. 2nd ed. Paris.
*Dallas, William Sweetland. n.d. A natural history of the animal kingdom.
London: Charles Griffin & Co. [Down]
Dally, Eugène. 1870. Discussion sur le transformisme. Bulletins de la Société
d’Anthropologie, 2d ser. 5: 149.
Dalyell, John Graham. 1814. Observations on some interesting phenomena
in animal physiology, exhibited by several species of Planariae. Illustrated by
coloured figures of living animals. Edinburgh.
Dana, James Dwight. 0000. [Remarks on Archaeopteryx ]. Proceedings of the
Boston Society of Natural History 9: 191.
———. 1848. Zoophytes. United States Exploring Expedition during the years
1838–1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. 8. Philadelphia.
42
———. 1849. Geology. Vol. 10 of United States Exploring Expedition during

the years 1838–1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. New York.
———. 1852. Crustacea. Vol. 13, pts 1 and 2, of United States Exploring
Expedition during the years 1838–42, under the command of Charles Wilkes,
U.S.N. Philadelphia: C. Sherman.
———. 1853. On coral reefs and islands . . . From the author’s exploring
expedition report on geology, with additions. New York: G. P. Putnam.
*———. 1853. On the classification and geographical distribution of Crustacea.
Philadelphia: C. Sherman. [CUL, I]
———. 1853. On the classification and geographical distribution of Crustacea:

from the report on Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition, under
Captain Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., during the years 1838–1842. Philadelphia: C.
Sherman.
———. 1856. Science and the Bible. Bibliotheca Sacra 13: 80–129, 631–656.
———. 1857. Science and the Bible, pt. 2. Bibliotheca Sacra 14: 388–413,
461–524.
———. 1862. On certain parallel relations. American Journal of Science 84:
315–321.
*———. 1863. Manual of geology. Philadelphia: Theodore Bliss & Co. [Down,
I]
———. 1871. The Darwinian theory. Independent 23: 1.
*———. 1872. Corals and coral islands. New York: Dodd & Mead. [CUL, I]
*Dandolo, Vincenzo. 1825. The art of rearing silk-worms. London: John Murray.
[CUL, pre-B]
*Danielssen, Daniel Cornelius and Johan Koren. 1881. Zoologi: Gephyrea.
Christiania: Grødahl & Søhn. [Down]
Darden, Lindley. 1977. William Bateson and the promise of Mendelism. Studies
in History and Philosophy of Science pp. 127–169.
*Dareste, Camille. 1877. Recherches sur la production artificielle des monstru-
osités. Paris: C. Reinwald & Cie. [Down, I]
Darlington, C. D. 1939. The Evolution of Genetic Systems. Cambridge:
*Darwin, Charles. 1840-1842. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle,
under the command of Captain Fitzroy, R.N., during the years 1832 to 1836.
London: Smith, Elder & Co. [CUL]
43
*———. 1860. Het Ontstaam der Soorten (The origin of species). Haarlem:
A.C. Kruseman. [CUL, I]
*———. 1860. Über die Entstehung der Arten in Thier- und Pflanzen-Reich
durch natürliche Züchtung, oder Erhaltung der vervollkommneten Rassen im
Kampfe um’s Daseyn (The origin of species). Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.
[CUL]
*———. 1871. De Afstamming van den Mensch (The descent of man). Delft:
Van Ijkema & Van Gijn. [CUL]
*———. 1871. L’Origine dell’uomo e la scelta in rapporto col sesso (The
descent of man). Torino: Unione Tipografico–Editrice Torinese. [CUL]
*———. 1872. En Naturforskares resa omkring jorden (Voyage of a naturalist).
Stockholm: J.L. Törnquist. [CUL]
*———. 1875. Origine delle specie (The origin of species). Torino: Unione
Tipografico Torinese. [Down]
*———. n.d. end of German translation of Beagle Journal? [CUL]
Darwin, Erasmus. 1789. The botanic garden; a poem, in two parts. Pt. 2 The
loves of the plants. Lichfield.
*———. 1789. The botanic garden, part 2. Lichfield: J. Jackson. [CUL, pre-B]
*———. 1791. The botanic garden. Vol. parts 1 & 2 part 2, vol. 2. 2nd ed.
London: J. Johnson. [CULR, pre-B, S; need to split up into records, or else
create one composite record that has both volumes; also, does “2nd edition”
apply only to volume 2?]
———. 1791. The botanic garden; a poem, in two parts. Pt 1. Containing the
economy of vegetation. London.
———. 1794-6. Zoonomia; or, the laws of organic life. 2 vols. London: J.
Johnson.
*———. 1794-96. Zoonomia. London: J. Johnson. [CULR, pre-B]
*———. 1800. Phytologia. London: J. Johnson. [CULR, pre-B, S]
———. 1800. Phytologia; or the philosophy of agriculture and gardening. With
the theory of draining morasses, and with an improved construction of the drill
plough. London.
*———. 1803. The temple of nature. London: J. Johnson. [2 copies, one
unmarked, CULR, pre-B, S]
———. 1803. Temple of nature; or, the origin of society: a poem, with
philosophical notes. 2 pts. London.
44
*Darwin, Robert Waring. 1786. New experiments on the ocular spectra of light
and colours. London: J. Nichols. [CUL]
———. 1787. Principia botanica: or, a concise and easy introduction to the
sexual botany of Linnæus. Newark, Lincolnshire: Allin and Co.
*———. 1810. Principia botanica. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees & Orme.
[CUL, pre-B]
———. 1810. Principia botanica: or, a concise and easy introduction to the
sexual botany of Linnæus. 3rd ed. Newark, Lincolnshire: M. Hage.
*Daubeny, Charles. 1826. A description of active and extinct volcanos. London:
W. Phillips. [Down, pre-B]
*Daubrée, M. 1860. Études et expériences synth-étiques sur la métamorphisme
et sur la form-ation des roches cristallines. Paris: Imprimerie Impériale. [Down,
I]
d’Audebard de Férussac, Jean Baptiste Louis and Gérard Paul Deshayes. 1820-
51. Histoire naturelle générale et particulière des mollusques terrestres et
fluviatiles. 4 vols. Paris.
Davenport, Charles Benedict. 1907. The mutation theory in animal evolution.
Science 24: 556–558.
Davidson, Thomas William St Clair. 1851-86. British fossil Brachiopoda. 6 vols.
London. Includes additional 2 vols plates.
Dawkins, Richard. 1976. The Selfish Gene. New York: Oxford University Press.
*Dawkins, William Boyd. 1874. Cave hunting. London: Macmillan & Co.
[Down]
*Dawson, James. 1881. Australian aborigines. Melbourne: George Robertson.
[Down, I]
*Dawson, John William. 1871. The fossil plants of the Devonian and Upper
Silurian formations of Canada. London: Sampson, Low, Son & Marston. [CUL,
I]
———. 1890. Modern ideas of evolution. London.
de Beer, G. R., ed. 1938. Essays on Aspects of Evolutionary Biology. Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
de Beer, G. R. 1940. Embryos and Ancestors. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
———. 1951. Embryos and Ancestors. 2nd ed. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
De Beer, Gavin. 1930. Embryology and Evolution. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
45
*De La Beche, Henry Thomas. 1824. A selection of the geological memoirs

contained in the Annals of Mines. London: William Phillips. [Down, pre-B]
De la Beche, Henry Thomas. 1834. Researches in theoretical geology. London.
*De La Beche, Henry Thomas. 1834. Researches in theoretical geology. London:
Charles Knight. [CUL, on B]
De Vries, Hugo. 1906. Species and Their Varieties: Their Origin by Mutation.
Chicago: Open Court.
———. 1909-1910. The Mutation Theory: Experiments and Observations on
the Origin of Species in the Vegetable Kingdom. Vol. 1 & 2. Chicago: Open
Court.
———. 1910. Intracellular Pangenesis. Chicago: Open Court.
Dean, Bashford. 1904. Evolution in a determinate line, as illustrated by the
egg-cases of Chimaeroid fishes. Biological Bulletin 7: 105–112.
Decaisne, Joseph. 1853. Plantes vasculaires (botanique, vol. 2). In Jules
Sébastien César Dumont d’ Urville, ed., Voyage au Pôle Sud et dans L’Océanie
sur les corvettes L’Astrolabe et La Zélée. 23 vols. Paris: Gide.
———. 1858-75. Le jardin fruitier du Muséum ou iconographie de toutes les
espèces et variétés d’arbres fruitiers cultivés dans cet établissement avec leur
description, leur histoire, leur synonymie, etc. 9 vols in 5. Paris: Firmin Didot
Frères, fils & Cie.
———. 1860. Letter to Abbé Chaboisseau. Bulletin de la Société Botanique 7:
262–264.
*Defrance, M. 1824. Tableau des corps organisés fossiles. Paris: F.G. Levrault.
[Down, I by F.W.H.]
Dejean, Pierre François Marie Auguste. 1825-38. Species général des Coléoptères
de la collection de M. le Comte Dejean. 6 vols. Paris: Mequignon-Marvis.
*Delage, Yves. 1881. Contribution à l’étude de l’appareil circulatoire des
Crustacés édrio-phthalmes marins. Paris: A. Hennuyer. [Down, I]
Delages, Yves and Marie Goldsmith. 1912. The theories of evolution. New
York: B. W. Huebsch.
Delamer, Eugene Sebastian. 1854. Pigeons and rabbits, in their wild, domestic,
and captive states. London.
*Delamer, Eugene Sebastian (Edmund Saul Dixon). 1854. Pigeons and rabbits
in their wild, domestic and captive states. London: G. Routledge & Co. [CUL]
46
Delcourt, A. and E. Guyenot. 1911. Genetique et milieu: Necessité de la

détermination des conditions. sa possibilité chez les Drosophiles. Bulletin
Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique 45: 249–322.
*Delgado, Joaquim Filippe Nery Da Encarnação. 1876. Sobre a existencia
do terreno siluriano no baixo alemtejo. Lisboa: Academia Real das Sciencias.
[Down, I]
*Delpino, Federico. 1868-1874. Ulteriori osservazioni sulla dicogamia nel regno
vegetale. Milano: Giuseppe Bernardoni. [CUL, S]
Dempster, E. R. 1955. Maintenance of genetic heterozygosity. Cold Spring
Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 20: 25–32.
Dendy, Arthur. 1911. Momentum in evolution. Report of the British Association
of the Advancement of Science .
———. 1914. Progressive evolution and the origin of species pp. 383–397.
*Denton, William. 1881. Is Darwin right? Wellesley, Mass.: Denton. [Down]
Depew, D. J. and B. H. Weber, eds. 1985. Evolution at a Crossroads: The New
Biology and the New Philosophy of Science. Cambridge: MIT Press.
Depew, D. J. and B. H. Weber. 1995. Darwinism Evolving: Systems Dynamics
and the Genealogy of Natural Selection. Cambridge: MIT Press.
Deshayes, Gérard Paul. 1824-37. Description des coquilles fossiles des environs
de Paris. 2 vols. Paris. Includes additional atlas.
*Desmarest, Anselm Gaëtan. 1820. Mammalogie ou description des espèces des
Mammifères. Paris: Veuve Agasse. [CUL, pre-B]
Detlefsen, J. A. 1923. Are the effects of long-continued rotation in rats inherited?
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 42: 292–300.
———. 1925. The inheritance of acquired characteristics. Physiological Review
5: 244–278.
*Devay, Francis. 1862. Du danger des mariages consanguins. 2nd ed. Paris:
Victor Masson. [CUL]
Dieffenbach, Ernst. 1843. Travels in New Zealand; with contributions to the
geography, geology, botany, and natural history of that country. 2 vols. London.
*Dillwyn, Lewis Weston. 1817. A descriptive catalogue of recent shells arranged
according to the Linnean method with particular attention to the synonyms.
London: John & Arthur Churchill. [CUL, pre-B]
*Dippel, Leopold. 1872. Das Microskop und seine Anwendung. Braunschweig:
F. Vieweg und Sohn. [Down]
47
Diver, C. 1929. Fossil records of Mendelian mutants. Nature 124: 183.

———. 1936. The problem of closely related species and the distribution of
their populations. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological
Sciences 121: 62–65.
———. 1940. The problem of closely related species living in the same area.
In Huxley [1551], pp. 303–328.
*Dixie, Florence. 1880. Across Patagonia. London: Richard Batty. [CUL, I]
Dixon, Edmund Saul. 1848. Ornamental and domestic poultry: their history
and management. London.
*———. 1848. Ornamental and domestic poultry: their history and management.
London: The Gardeners’ Chronicle. [CUL, I]
*———. 1851. The dovecote and the aviary. London: John Murray. [CUL]
———. 1851. The dovecote and the aviary: being sketches of the natural history
of pigeons and other domestic birds in a captive state, with hints for their
management. London.
*Dixon, Frederic. 1850. The geology and fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous
formations of Sussex. London: R. & J.E. Taylor. [Down, I by R. Owen]
Dixon, Frederick. 1850. The geology and fossils of the Tertiary and Cretaceous
formations of Sussex. London.
*Dobell, Horace. 1861. Lectures on the vestiges of disease. London: John
Churchill. [Down, I]
Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. 1937. Genetics and the Origin of Species. 1st ed.
New York: Columbia University Press.
———. 1941. Genetics and the Origin of Species. 2nd ed. New York: Columbia
University Press.
———. 1943. Genetics of natural populations, IX: Temporal changes in the
composition of populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 28: 162–186.
———. 1950. Mendelian populations and their evolution. In L. C. Dunn, ed.,
Genetics in the 20th Century: Essays on the Progress of Genetics During Its
First 50 Years. New York: Macmillan.
———. 1951. Genetics and the Origin of Species. 3rd ed. New York: Columbia
University Press.
———. 1955. A review of some fundamental concepts and problems of pop-
ulation genetics. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 20:
1–15.
48
———. 1956. The biological basis of human freedom. New York: Columbia
University Press.
———. 1962. Mankind evolving. New Haven: Yale University Press.
———. 1968. Adaptedness and fitness. In R. C. Lewontin, ed., Population
Biology and Evolution. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press.
———. 1969. Biology of Ultimate Concern. New York: New American Library.
———. 1970. Genetics of the Evolutionary Process. New York: Columbia
University Press.
———. 1972. Species of Drosophila. Science 177: 664–669.

———. 1981. Dobzhansky’s Genetics of Natural Populations. I-XLIII. New
York: Columbia University Press.
Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and C. Epling. 1944. Contributions to the genetics,
taxonomy, and ecology of Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives. Carnegie
Institution of Washington Publication 554: 1–183.
Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and H. Levine. 1948. Genetics of natural popu-
lations, XVII: Proof of operation of natural selection in wild populations of
Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 33: 537–547.
Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and Ernst Mayr. 1944. Experiments on sexual
isolation in Drosophila. i. geographic strains of Drosophila willistoni. Proceedings.
National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 30: 238–244.
Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and J. R. Powell. 1974. Rates of dispersal of
Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives. Proceedings. Royal Society of
London. Series B. Biological Sciences 187: 281–289.
Dobzhansky, Theodosius G. and M. L. Queal. 1938. Chromosome variation in
populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura inhabiting isolated mountain ranges.
Genetics 23: 239–251.
*Dodel, Arnold. 1875. Die neuere Schöpfungs-geschichte nach dem
gegenwärtigen Stande der Naturwissenschaften. Leipzig: F.U. Brodhaus. [CUL,
I]
*———. 1876. Die Kraushaar-Alge, Ulotrix zonata. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engel-
mann. [CUL]
*Doherty, Hugh. 1881. Philosophie organique: l’homme et la nature. Paris:
Didier & Cie. [Down]
*Dohrn, Anton. 1870. Untersuchungen über Bau und Entwickelung der Arthro-
poden. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I]
49
———. 1872. Der gegenwärtage Stand der Zoologie und die Gründung Zoolo-
gischer Stationen. Preussische Jahrbücher 30: 147–149.
*———. 1881. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 3. Pantopoda. Leipzig:
Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School]
*Dolfuss, Gustave. 1874. Principes de géologie transformiste. Paris: F. Sary.

[Down, I]
Dollfus, Gustave-Frédéric. 1874. Principes de Géologie Transformiste. Paris: F.
Savy.
Dolomieu, Dieudonné Sylvain Guy Tancrède (Déodat) de Gratet de. 1783.
Voyage aux iles de Lipari, fait en 1781; ou, notices sur les Iles æoliennes, pour
servir à l’histoire des volcans; suivi d’un mémoire sur une espèce de volcan
d’air, & d’un autre sur la température du climat de Malthe, & sur la différence
de la chaleur réelle & de la chaleur sensible. Paris.
*Donders, F.c. 1864. On the anomalies of accommodation and refraction of the
eye. The New Sydenham Society. [CUL]
*Donn, James. 1823. Hortus Cantabrigiensis. 10th ed. London: C. & J.
Riv-ington. [CUL, pre-B, ED]
———. 1823. Hortus Cantabrigiensis; or an accented catalogue of indigenous
and exotic plants cultivated in the Cambridge Botanic Garden. 10th ed., with
numerous additions and corrections, by John Lindley. London.
*Donnegan, James. 1837. A new Greek and English lexicon. 3rd ed. London:
Sipkin, Marshall & Co. [Botany School, ED]
Dorlodot, Henri de. 1925. Darwinism and Catholic Thought. New York: Benziger
Brothers.
Doubleday, Thomas. 1842. The true law of population shewn to be connected
with the food of the people. London.
*Douglas, & Scott John, John William. 1865. The British Hemiptera. London:
The Ray Society. [Down]
*Downing, Andrew Jackson. 1845. The fruits and fruit trees of America. London:
Wiley & Putnam. [CUL]
———. 1845. The fruits and fruit trees of America: or the culture, propagation,
and management, in the garden and orchard, of fruit trees generally; with
descriptions of all the finest varieties of fruit, native and foreign, cultivated in
this country. London: Wiley & Putman.
*Dowson, J. 1861. Erasmus Darwin: a lecture. London. [CUL.1900]
50
Doyle, J. A. and L. J. Hickey. 1976. Pollen and leaves from the mid-Cretaceous
Potomac Group and their bearing on early angiosperm evolution. In C. G.
Beck, ed., Origin and Early Evolution of Angiosperms, pp. 139–206. New York:
Columbia University Press.
Draper, John William. 1856. Human physiology, statical and dynamical; or, the
conditions and course of the life of man. London.
*Drayson, Lieut.-Col. 1873. On the cause, date and duration of the last glacial
epoch of geology. London: Chapman & Hall. [Down, I]
*Dreher, Enger. 1877. Der Darwinismus und seine Stellung in der Philosophie.
Berlin: Hermann Peters. [Down, I]
*Drouët, Henri. 1858. Mollusques marins des ı̂les Açores. Paris: Baillière.
[CUL]
Drummond, Henry. 1894. The ascent of man. New York: J. Pott & co.
Drury, Robert. 1729. Madagascar: or, Robert Drury’s journal, during fifteen
years captivity on that island. London.
*Drysdale, John. 1874. The protoplasmic theory of life. London: Baillière,
Tindall & Cox. [Down, I]
*Du Bois-Reymond, Émil. 1860. Gedächtnissrede auf Johannes Müller. Berlin:
Königliche Akademie der Wissenschaft. [Down]
*Du Prel, Karl Freiherr. 1874. Der Kampf ums Dasein am Himmell. 2nd ed.
Berlin: Denike. [Down]
*———. 1880. Die Planeten-bewohner und die Nebularhypothese. Leipzig:
Ernst Günther. [Down]
*———. 1880. Psychologie der Lyrik. Leipzig: Ernst Günther. [Down]
*Dub, Julius. 1870. Kurze Darstellung der Lehre Darwin’s. Stuttgart: E.
Schweizerbart. [Down]
*Duchenne, Guillaume Benjamin. 1862. Mécan-isme de la physionomie humaine,
ou analyse électro-physiologique de l’expression des passions. Paris: Jules
Renouard. [CUL (Plates at Down), S]
Duchesne, Antoine Nicolas. 1766. Histoire naturelle des Fraisiers contenant les
vues d’économie réunies à la botanique; et suivies de remarques particulières
sur plusieurs points qui ont rapport à l’histoire naturelle générale. Paris: Didot
le jeune.
Dufrénoy, Ours Pierre Armand Petit and Jean Baptiste Armand Louis
Léonce Élie de Beaumont. 1830-8. Mémoires pour servir à une description
géologique de la France. 4 vols. Place Unknown.
51
*Dufrénoy, Pierre Armand and Jean Baptiste Armand Léonce Éliede Beaumont.
1836. Mémoires pour servir à une description géologique de la France. Paris:
F.G. Levrault. [CUL (vols. 3 and 4 only)]
*Duhamel Du Monceau, Henri Louis. 1755. Traité des arbres. Paris: H.L.
Guérin & L.F. Delatour. [CUL, pre-B]
Duméril, André Marie Constant and Gabriel Bibron. 1834-54. Erpétologie
générale, ou histoire naturelle complète des reptiles. 9 vols in 10 and atlas.
Paris: Roret.
*Dumont, Léon a. 1873. Haeckel et la théorie de l’évolution en Allemagne.
Paris: Germer Baillière. [CUL]
*———. 1873. Haeckel et la théorie de l’évolution en Allemagne. Paris: Germer
Baillière. [Down]
Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César. 1830-5. Voyage de la corvette
l’Astrolabe. Histoire 5 vols. 1830-5; Zoologie 4 vols. 1830–4; Botanique 1 vol.
1832; Entomologie 2 pts in 1 vol. 1832–5; Philologie 1 vol. 1833. Paris: J.
Tastu.
Dunal, Michel Félix. 1829. Considérations sur la nature et les rapports de
quelques uns des organes de la fleur. Montpellier.
*Duncan, Andrew. 1826. The Edinburgh new dispensatory. Edinburgh: Bell &
Bradfute. [CUL, pre-B,]
Duncan, James. 1840. The natural history of bees: comprehending the uses
and economical management of the British and foreign honey-bee; together
with the known wild species. In Vol. 38 of The naturalist’s library, edited by
William Jardine. 40 vols, 1833-1843. Edinburgh: W. H. Lizars.
*Duncan, James Matthews. 1871. Fecundity, fertility, sterility and allied topics.
Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [CUL, I]
*Duncan, John Shute. 1831. Analogies of organized beings. Oxford: S. Colling-
wood. [Down, on B, I to Lord Widmouth]
Duperrey, Louis Isidore. 1825-30. Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre
du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa Majesté, LaCoquille, pendant les années 1822,
1823, 1824 et 1825. 7 vols. Paris: A. Bertrand.
*Dupont, Edouard. 1871. L’Homme pendant les ages de la pierre. Bruxelles:
Macquardt & Cie. [Down]
*Durand, Jean Pierre De Gros. 1866. Essais de physiologie philosophique. Paris:
Germer Baillière. [Down, I]
*———. 1871. Les origines animales de l’homme éclairées par la physiolgie et
l’anatomie comparatives. Paris: Baillière. [CUL]
52
Dutrochet, René Joachim Henri. 1828. Nouvelles recherches sur l’endosmose et

l’exosmose, suivies de l’application expérimentale de ces actions physiques á la
solution du probléme de l’irritabilité végétale. Paris: J. B. Baillière.
*Dutrochet, René-Joachim Henri. 1837. Mém-oires pour servir à l’histoire
anatomique et physiologique des végétaux et des animaux. Paris: J.B. Baillière.
[Botany School]
Dutrochet, René Joachim Henri. 1837. Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire
anatomique et physiologique des végétaux et des animaux. 2 vols. Paris: J.-B.
Baillière.
*Duval, Joseph. 1849. Histoire du poirier (Pyms sylvestris). Paris: De Roret.

[CUL]
*———. 1850. Histoire du pêcher et sa culture. Paris: De Roret. [CUL]
———. 1852. Histoire du pommier et sa culture. Paris: De Roret.
*———. 1852. Histoire du pommier et sa culture. Paris: De Roret. [CUL]
Earl, George Windsor. 1837. The Eastern Seas; or, voyages and adventures in
the Indian Archipelago, in 1832, 1833, 1834. London.
———. 1853. The native races of the Indian Archipelago. Papuans. London:
H. Baillière.
Earle, Augustus. 1832. A narrative of a nine months’ residence in New Zealand,
in 1827; together with a journal of a residence in Tristan d’Acunha. London:
Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman.
East, Edward M. 1910. A Mendelian interpretation of variation that is appar-
ently continuous. American Naturalist 44: 65–82.
———. 1910. The role of selection in plant breeding. Popular Science Monthly
77: 190–203.
———. 1918. The role of reproduction in evolution. American Naturalist 52:
273–289.
Easteal, S. 1988. Rate constancy of globin gene evolution in placental mammals.
Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 85:
7622–7626.
Eaton, John Matthews. 1851. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing
the almond tumbler. London.
*———. 1852. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domesti-
cated and fancy pigeons. London: the Author. [CUL]
53
———. 1852. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domesticated,
and fancy pigeons, carefully compiled from the best authors, with observations,
containing all that is necessary to be known of tame, domisticated, and fancy
pigeons. London: the author.
———. 1858. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domestic,
foreign, and fancy pigeons. London.
*———. 1858. A treatise on the art of breeding and managing tame, domesti-
cated, foreign and fancy pigeons. London: the Author. [CUL]
*Ecker, Alexander. 1864-1882. Die Anatomie des Frosches. Braunschweig: F.
Vieweg & Sohn. [Downsome marks by FD]
*Edgeworth, Michael Packenham. 1877. Pollen. London: Hardwicke & Bogue.
[Down]
Edwards, A. W. F. 1967. Fundamental theorem of natural selection. Nature
pp. 537–538.
———. 1971. Review of S. Wright, Genetics and the Evolution of Populations,
vol. II, The Theory of Gene Frequencies. Heredity 26: 332–337.
———. 1977. Foundations of Mathematical Genetics. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Edwards, George. 1758-64. Gleanings of natural history, exhibiting figures of
quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, &c. Most of which have not, till now, been
either figured or described. 3 pts. London.
Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried. 1834. Über die Natur und Bildung der Coral-
leninseln und Corallenbänke im rothen Meere. Berlin.
*———. 1844. Vorläu-fige Nachricht über das kleinste Leben im Weltmeer, an
Südpol und in den Meeres-Tiefen. Berlin: L. Voss. [CUL, I in each part, S]
*———. 1873. Mikro-geologische Studien. Berlin: K. Akademie der Wis-
senschaften. [Down, I]
*Eichwald, Eduard Von. 1871. Geognostisch-palaeontologische Bemerkungen
über die Halbinsel Mangischlak und die Aleutischen Inseln. St. Petersburg:
Buchdruckerei der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaft. [CUL]
Eimer, Gustav Heinrich Theodor. 1888. Die Entstehung der Arten auf Grund von
Vererben erworboner Eigenschaften nach den Gesetzen organischen Wachsens.
Jena: G. Fischer.
———. 1890. Organic evolution as a result of the inheritance of acquired
characters according to the laws of organic growth. London: Macmillan.
54
———. 1897. Die Entstehung der Arte . . . zweiter Theil. Orthogenesis der
Schmetterlinge. Ein Beweis bestimmt gerichteter Entwickelung und Ohnmacht
der natürlichen Zuchtwahl bei der Artbildung. Leipzig: Engelmann.
———. 1898. On orthogenesis and the impotence of natural selection in species
formation. Chicago: Open Court.
*Eimer, Theodor. 1881. Untersuchungen über das Variiren der Maureidechse.

Berlin: R. Stricker. [CUL, I]
Eisley, Loren. 1958. Darwin’s Century. Doubleday: Doubleday.
Eldredge, Niles. 1974. Character displacement in evolutionary time. American
Zoologist 14: 1083–1097.
———. 1979. Alternative approaches to evolutionary theory. Bulletin of the
Carnegie Museum of Natural History 13: 7–19.
Eldredge, Niles and Stephen Jay Gould. 1972. Punctuated equilibria: An alter-
native to phyletic gradualism. In Thomas Schopf, ed., Models in Paleobiology.
San Francisco: Freeman, Cooper and Company.
*Élie De Beaumont, Jean Baptiste Armand Louis Léonce. 1845. Leçons de
géologie pratique. Paris: P. Bertrand. [CUL]
Ellis, William. 1829. Polynesian researches, during a residence of nearly six
years in the South Sea Islands. 2 vols. London.
Elton, C. 1927. Animal Ecology. London: Macmillan.
*Emery, Carlo. 1880. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 2. Fierasfer.
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School]
Endlicher, Stephan Ladislaus. 1833. Prodromus florae Norfolkicae sive catalogus
stirpium quae in insula Norfolk annis 1804 et 1805 a Ferdinando Bauer collectae
et depictaenunc in Museo Caesareo Palatino rerum naturalium Vindobonae
servantur. Vienna.
*Engelmann, Wilhelm. 1846. Bibliotheca histor-ico-naturalis. Leipzig: Wilhelm
Engelmann. [Down]
*Ercolani, Giovanni Battista. 1877. Sull’unità del tipo anatomico della placenta
nei mammiferi e nell’umana specie e sull’unità fisiologica della nutrizione dei
feti in tutti i vertebrati. Bologna: Gamberini e Parmeggiani. [CUL, I]
*———. 1880. Nuove ricerche sulla placenta nei pesci cartilaginosi e nei
mammiferi e delle sue applicazioni alla tassonomia zoologica e all’antropogenia.
Bologna: Gamberini & Parmegiani. [CUL, I]
Ereshefsky, Marc. 2001. The Poverty of the Linnean Hierarchy: A Philosophical
Study of Biological Taxonomy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
55
*Erichsen, John Eric. 1869. The science and art of surgery. 5th ed. London:
James Walton. [Down]
Erichson, Wilhelm Ferdinand. 1845. Report on the contributions to the natural
history of insects, Arachnida, Crustacea, and Entomostraca, during the year
1842. In Reports on the progress of zoology and botany 1841, 1842. (Ray
Society.). Edinburgh: Ray Society.
*Erichson, Wilhelm Ferdinand and Carl Hermann Conrad Burmeister. 1834.
Beschreibungen und Abbildungen der von Herrn Meyen auf dieser Reise gesam-
melten Insekten. Breslau & Bonn: Verlag der Kaiserlichen Leopoldinisch-
Carolinischen Akademie der Naturforscher. [CUL, S, on B]
Erlich, P. R. and P. H. Raven. 1965. Butterflies and plants: A study in

co-evolution. Evolution pp. 586–608.
———. 1969. Differentiation of populations. Science 165: 1228–1232.
*Ernest, J.a. 1816. Dictionary, Graecium lexicon. London: J. Rivington.
[Botany School, pre-B, ED]
*Errera, Léo. 1878. Sur la structure et les modes de fécondation des fleurs.
Gand: C. Annot-Braeckman. [CUL, I]
*Eschricht, Rein-Hardt Johannes Theodor, Daniel Frederick and Wilhelm Lill-
Jeborg. 1866. Recent memoirs on the Cetacea. London: The Ray Society.
[Down]
Eschscholtz, Johann Friedrich. 1829-33. Zoologischer Atlas, enthaltend Abbil-
dungen und Beschreibungen neuer Thierarten, während des Flottcapitains von
Kotzebue zweiter Reise um die Welt, auf der Russisch-Kaiserlichen Kriegss-
chlupp Predpriaetië in den Jahren 1823–1826. 5 pts in 1 vol. Berlin: G. Reimer.
*Eschwege, Wilhelm Ludwig Von. 1832. Beiträge zur Gebirgskunde Brasiliens.
Berlin: G. Reimer. [CUL, on B]
*Espinas, Alfred. 1877. Des sociétés animales. Paris: Baillière. [CUL]
*Euripides. 1836. Hecuba. Oxford: J. Vincent, H. Slater, J. Mawman, Deighton
& Sons. [CULR, S]
Eyre, Edward John. 1845. Journals of expeditions of discovery into Central
Australia, and overland from Adelaide to King George’s Sound, in the years
1840–1. 2 vols. London: T. and W. Boone.
Eyton, Thomas Campbell. 1836. A history of the rarer British birds. 2 pts.
London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman.
———. 1838. A monograph on the Anatidae, or duck tribe. London.
———. 1846-53. The herd book of Hereford cattle. 2 vols. London.
56
*———. 1867. Osteologia Avium. Wellington: Salop. [Down]

*Fabre, Jean-Henri Casimir. 1879. Souvenirs entomologiques, études sur
l’instinct et les moeurs des insectes. Paris: Ch. Dela¿. [CUL, I, S]
Fabricius, Johann Christian. 1781. Species insectorum exhibentes eorum dif-
ferentias specificas, synonyma auctorum, loca natalia, metamorphosin adiectis
observationibus, descriptionibus. Hamburg and Kiel.
*Faivre, Ernest. 1868. La Variabilité des espèces et ses limites. Paris: Germer
Baillière. [CUL, I]
Falconer, Douglas S. 1960. Introduction to Quantitative Genetics. Edinburgh
and London: Oliver and Boyd.
*Falconer, Hugh. 1852. Report on the teak forests of the Tenasserim Provinces.
Calcutta: F. Carbery. [Down, I]
*———. 1868. Palaeontological memoirs. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down,
I in vol. 1]
Falkner, Thomas. 1774. A description of Patagonia, and the adjoining parts
of South America. Hereford. Facsimile reprint with introduction and notes by
Arthur E. S. Neumann, 1935. Chicago: Armann and Armann.
Fallén, Carl Frederik. 1814-27. Diptera Sveciæ. 2 vols in 1. Lund.
*Farrar, Frederic William. 1865. Chapters on language. London: Longmans,
Green & Co. [Down, I]
Fawcett, Cicely D. and Karl Pearson. 1897-1898. Mathematical contributions
to the theory of evolution. on the inheritance of the cephalic index. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of London 62: 413–417.
*Fayrer, Joseph. 1875. The royal tiger of Bengal. London: J. & A. Churchill.
[Down, I]
*Fenwick, Samuel. 1871. The student’s guide to medical diagnosis. 2nd ed.
London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, FD]
Ferguson, George. 1854. Ferguson’s illustrated series of rare and prize poultry,
including comprehensive essays upon all classes of domestic fowl. London.
*———. 1854. Illustrated series of rare and prize poultry including comprehen-
sive essays upon all classes of domestic fowl. G. Ferguson. [CUL]
*Ferrière, Émile. 1872. Le Darwinisme. Paris: Germer Baillière. [Down]
*———. n.d. Le Darwinisme. Paris: Germer Baillière. [Down, another copy]
*Ferris, Benjamin G. 1871. Origin of species, a new theory. Ithaca, N.Y.: Ithaca
Democrat Print. [Down]
57
*Fichte, Immanuel Hermann. 1867. Die Seelen-fortdauer und die Weltstellung

des Menschen. Leipzig. [Down]
Fisher, Sir, Ronald A. 1918. The correlation between relatives on the supposition
of Mendelian inheritance. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 52:
399–433.
———. 1922. On the dominance ratio. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Edinburgh 42: 321–341.
———. 1927. On some objections to mimicry theory: Statistical and genetic.
Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 75: 269–278.
———. 1928. The possible modification of the response of the wild type to
recurrent mutations. American Naturalist 2: 115–126.
———. 1928. Two further notes on the origin of dominance. American Naturalist
62: 571–574.
———. 1929. The evolution of dominance: A reply to professor Sewall Wright.
———. 1930. The distribution of gene ratios for rare mutations. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 50: 205–220.
———. 1930. The evolution of dominance in certain polymorphic species.
———. 1930. The Genetical Theory of Natural Selection. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
———. 1934. Professor Wright on the theory of dominance. American Naturalist
68: 370–374.
———. 1939. Selective forces in wild populations of Paratettix texanus. Annals
of Eugenics 9: 109–122.
———. 1941. Average excess and average effect of a gene substitution. Annals
———. 1953. Population genetics. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series
B. Biological Sciences ser. B, 141: 510–523.
———. 1954. Retrospect of the criticisms of the theory of natural selection. In
J. Huxley, A. C. Hardy, and E. B. Ford, eds, Evolution as a Process. London:
Allen and Unwin.
———. 1958. The Genetical Theory of Natural Selection. 2nd ed. New York:
Dover Books on Science.
Fisher, Sir, Ronald A. and C. Diver. 1934. Crossing-over in the land snail
Cepaea nemoralis L. Nature 133: 834–835.
58
Fisher, Sir, Ronald A. and E. B. Ford. 1926. Variability of species. Nature 118:
515–16.
———. 1928. The variability of species in the Lepidoptera, with reference to
abundance and sex. Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of London
76: 367–379.
———. 1947. The spread of a gene in natural conditions in a colony of the

moth Panaxia dominula L. Heredity 1: 143–174.
———. 1950. The ‘Sewall Wright effect’. Heredity 4: 117–119.
Fiske, John. 1873. Agassiz and Darwinism. Popular Science Monthly 3: 692–705.
*———. 1874. Outlines of cosmic philosophy based on the doctrine of evolution.
London: Macmillan & Co. [Down]
*———. 1879. Darwinism and other essays. London & New York: Macmillan
& Co. [Down]
*Fitton, William Henry. 1833. Notes on the progress of geology in England.
London: Richard Taylor. [Down, on B?, I]
*Fitzgerald, Robert David. 1877-. Australian orchids. Sydney: Thomas Richards.
[Botany School, I]
FitzRoy, Robert. 1846. Remarks on New Zealand, in February 1846. London.
*Fitzroy, Robert and Philip Parker King. 1839. Narrative of the surveying
voyage of H.M.S. Adventure and Beagle. London: H. Coburn. [CULR, 2 copies
of vol. 3, one marked by FD]
*Fleming, John. 1822. The philosophy of zoology. Edinburgh: Archibald
Constable & Co. [CUL, pre-B, S in both vols.]
———. 1822. The philosophy of zoology; or, a general view of the structure,
functions, and classification of animals. 2 vols. Edinburgh: A. Constable.
———. 1828. A history of British animals. Edinburgh.
*———. 1828. A history of British animals. Edinburgh: Bell & Bradfute.

[CUL, pre-B]
Flinders, Matthew. 1814. A voyage to Terra Australis. 2 vols. London: G. &
W. Nicol. Includes additional atlas.
*Flourens, Marie Jean-Pierre. 1845. De l’instinct et de l’intelligence des animaux.

2nd ed. Paris: Paulin. [CUL]
Flourens, Marie Jean Pierre. 1845. De l’instinct et de l’intelligence des animaux.
Résumé des observations de Frédéric Cuvier sur ce sujet. 2nd ed. Paris.
59
———. 1855. De la longévité humaine et de la quantité de vie sur le globe.

Paris.
*Flourens, Marie Jean-Pierre. 1855. De la longévité humaine et de la quantité
de vie sur le globe. Paris: Garnier. [CUL]
Flourens, Marie Jean Pierre. 1856. Cours de Physiologie Comparée. Place

Unknown.
———. 1864. Examen du Livre de M. Darwin sur l’Origine des Espèces. Paris:
Garnier Frères.
*Flourens, Marie Jean-Pierre. 1864. Examen du livre de M. Darwin sur l’origine
des espèces. Paris: Garnier Frères. [CUL]
*Flower, William Henry. 1870. An introduction to the osteology of Mammalia.
London: Macmillan. [CUL, S]
*———. 1879. Catalogue of the specimens illustrating the osteology and dentition
of vertebrated animals contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
of England. London: David Bogne. [Down]
*Flügel, Johann Gottfried. 1838. English–German & German–English Dictio-
nary. Leipzig: G. Liebeskind. [Down]
*Focke, Wilhelm Olbers. 1881. Die Pflanzen-Mischlinge. Berlin: Gebrüder
Borntraeger. [CUL, S, I]
*Fol, Hermann. 1879. Recherches sur la fécondation et le commencement de
l’hénogenie. Genève: Henri Georg. [Down, I]
*Follen, Eliza Lee. 1844. The life of Charles Follen. Boston: T.H. Webb & Co.
[Down]
Forbes, Edward. 1846. On the connexion between the distribution of the
existing fauna and flora of the British Isles, and the geological changes which
have affected their area, especially during the epoch of the Northern Drift.
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain 1: 336–432.
*———. 1848. A monograph of the British naked-eyed Medusae. London: The

Ray Society. [Down]
*———. n.d. On the Asteriadae found fossil in British strata. [CUL, I]
Forbes, Edward and Robert Albert Cloyne Godwin-Austen. 1859. The natural
history of the European seas. By the late Prof. Edw. Forbes . . . edited and
continued by Robert Godwin-Austen. London.
Forbes, Edward and Sylvanus Hanley. 1853. A history of British Mollusca and
their shells. 4 vols. London: John Van Voorst.
60
Forbes, James David. 1853. Norway and its glaciers: visited in 1851. Edinburgh.
Ford, E. B. 1931. Mendelism and Evolution. London: Methuen.
———. 1937. Problems of heredity in the Lepidoptera. Biological Review 12:
461–503.
———. 1939. Genetic research in the Lepidoptera. Annals of Eugenics 10:
227–252.
———. 1940. Polymorphism and taxonomy. In J. Huxley, ed., The New
Systematics. London: Oxford University Press.
———. 1945. Polymorphism. Biological Review 20: 73–88.
———. 1964. Ecological Genetics. London: Methuen.
———. 1965. Genetic Polymorphism. London: Faber.
*Forel, a. 1874. Les fourmis de la Suisse. Zurich: Zurcher & Furner. [CUL, I]
*Forster, Johann Reinhold. 1778. Observations made during a voyage round
the world. London: G. Robinson. [CUL, pre-B, S]
Forster, John Reinhold. 1778. Observations made during a voyage round the
world, on physical geography, natural history, and ethic philosophy. London.
*Forster, Thomas. 1817. A synoptical catalogue of British birds. London:
Nichols, Son & Bentley. [CUL, pre-B, S Charles Darwin 1826]
Fortune, Robert. 1852. A journey to the tea countries of China. London: John
Murray.
*Foster, Michael and Francis M. Balfour. 1874. The elements of embryology.
*Foster, Michael and J.n. Langley. 1876. A course of elementary practical
physiology. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I]
Fourier, Jean Baptiste Joseph. 1819. Théorie du mouvement de la chaleur dans
les corps solides. Paris.
*Fournier, Eugène. 1863. De la fécondation dans les Phanérogames. Paris: F.
Savy. [CUL]
*Francisque-Michel. 1860. Du passé et de l’avenir des Haras. London &
Edinburgh: Williams & Norgate. [CUL, S]
*Frank, Albert Bernhard. 1868. Beiträge zur Pflanzenphysiologie. Leipzig:
Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, S]
*———. 1870. Die natürliche wagerechte Richtung von Pflanzentheilen. Leipzig:
Hermann Weissbach. [CUL]
61
Franklin, John. 1823. Narrative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea, in
the years 1819, 20, 21, and 22. London: John Murray.
———. 1828. Narrative of a second expedition to the shores of the Polar Sea,
in the years 1825, 1826, and 1827. London.
Franz, Unger. 1852. Versuch einer Geschichte der Pflanzenwelt. Vienna.

Fraser, James Baillie. 1820. Journal of a tour through part of the snowy range of
the Himalaya Mountains, and to the sources of the Rivers Jumna and Ganges.
London.
Frazetta, T. H. 1970. From hopeful monster to bolyerine snakes? American
———. 1975. Complex Adaptations in Evolving Populations. Sunderland, Mass:
Sinauer Associates.
*Freke, Henry. 1861. On the origin of species by means of organic affinity.
London: Longman & Co. [Down, I]
*Frémont, J.c. 1845. Report of the exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains
in the year 1842, and to Oregon and North California in the years 1843–’44.
Washington: Gales & Seaton. [CUL]
*Frey, Heinrich. 1874. The histology and hist-ochemistry of man. London: J. &
A. Churchill. [Down]
Freycinet, Louis Claude Desaulses de. 1824-44. Voyage autour du monde,
entrepris par ordre du Roi. 9 vols. Paris: Chez Pillet aı̂né. Plates, 4 vols.
(1824–6).
Fries, Elias Magnus. 1846. Summa vegetabilium Scandinaviæ. Stockholm and
Leipzig.
*Fritz, Hermann. n.d. Die Beziehungen der Sonnenflecken. [Down]
*Frohschammer, Jakob. 1868. Das Christen-thum und die moderne Naturwis-
senschaft. Wien: Tendler & Co. [Down]
*From Cambridge, a Graduate. 1867. BEVERLEY, Robert Mackenzie. London:
James Niskett. [Down]
Fry, Edward. 1894-95. What are acquired characters? Nature 51: 8–11.
Fürnrohr, August Emanuel. 1839. Flora Ratisbonensis, oder Übersicht der um
Regensburg wildwachsenden Gewächse. Regensburg.
Futuyma, Douglas J. 1979. Evolutionary Biology. Sunderland, Mass: Sinauer
Associates.
62
*Gallesio, Georges. 1811. Traité du citrus. Paris: Louis Fantin. [CUL, pre-B
but read later: S C Darwin Feb 1842]
Galton, Francis. 1853. The narrative of an explorer in tropical South Africa.
London.
*———. 1853. The narrative of an explorer in tropical South Africa. London:

J. Murray. [CUL, ED]
———. 1855. The art of travel; or, shifts and contrivances available in wild
countries. London.
*———. 1855. The art of travel, or, shifts and contrivances available in wild
countries. London: John Murray. [CUL, I, S]
*———. 1874. English men of science: their nature and nurture. London:
Macmillan & Co. [Down, S]
———. 1877. Typical laws of heredity. Nature 12: 492–495, 512–533.
———. 1885. Inheritance and regression. Transactions of the British Association
55: 1206–1214.
———. 1889. Natural Inheritance. London: Macmillan.
———. 1894. Discontinuity in evolution. Mind 3: 362–372.
———. 1897. The average contribution of each several ancestor to the total
heritage of the offspring. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 61:
401–413.
———. 1898. A diagram of heredity. Nature 57: 293.
*Garrod, Alfred Baring. 1869. The essentials of materia medica and therapeutics.
3rd ed. London: John Walton. [Down, FD]
*Garrod, Alfred Henry. 1881. The collected scientific papers. London: R.H.
Porter. [Down]
*Gärtner, Carl Friedrich. 1844. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Befruchtung der
vollkommeneren Gewächse. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [CUL]
*Gärtner, C.f. 1849. Versuche und Beobachtungen über die Bastarderzeugung
im Pflanzenreich. Stuttgart. [CUL]
Gärtner, Karl Friedrich von. 1844. Versuche und Beobachtungen über die
Befruchtungsorgane der vollkommeneren Gewächse und über die natürliche
und künstliche Befruchtung durch den eigenen Pollen. In Pt. 1 of Beiträge
zur Kenntniss der Befruchtung der vollkommeneren Gewächse. Stuttgart: E.
Schweizerbart.
63
———. 1849. Versuche und Beobachtungen über die Bastarderzeugung im

Pflanzenreich. Mit Hinweisung auf die ähnlichen Erscheinungen im Thierre-
iche, ganz umgearbeitete und sehr vermehrte Ausgabe der von der Königlich
holländischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.
*Gastaldi, Bartolomeo. 1865. Lake habitations and pre-historic remains. London:
Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down]
Gates, R. Ruggles. 1915. The mutation factor in evolution: With particular
reference to Oenothera. London: Macmillan.
Gaudichaud-Beaupré, Charles. 1824-44. Botanique. Vol. 4 of L. C. D. de
Freycinet, ed., Voyage autour du monde, entrepris par ordre du Roi . . . exécuté
sur les corvettes de S. M. l’Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817,
1818, 1819 et 1820. 9 vols. Paris: A. Bertrand.
*Gaudry, Albert. 1862. Animaux fossiles et géologie de l’Attique. Paris: F.
Savy. [Down]
*———. 1873. Animaux fossiles du Mont Léberon. P. Fischer & R. Tournouër.
[Down, I]
*———. 1878. Les Enchaı̂nements du monde animal dans les temps géologiques.
Paris: F. Savy. [Down, I]
Gaudry, Jean-Albert. 1877. Title not known. Revue des Deux Mondes, 9th ser.
23: 183.
———. 1877-1883. Les Enchaı̂nements de Monde Animal dans les Temps
Géologiques. 2 vols. Place Unknown: G. Masson.
*Gaussoin, Eugene. 1866. The island of Navassa illustrated. Boston. [Down]
Gay, Claude. 1845[-53]. Historia fisica y politica de Chile: Botanica. 8 vols in 4.
Paris and Santiago.
Geddes, Patrick and J. Arthur Thomson. 1889. The evolution of sex. London:
Walter Scott.
———. 1911. Evolution. reprint ed. London: Williams and Norgate.
*Gee, Samuel. 1870. Auscultation and percussion. London: Smith, Elder & Co.
[Down, probably FD]
Gegenbaur, Carl. 1859. Grundzüge der vergleichenden Anatomie. Leipzig:
Wilhelm Engelmann.
*———. 1864-1872. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelth-
iere. Leipzig. [Down, I]
*———. 1870. Grundzüge der vergleich-enden Anatomie. 2nd ed. Leipzig:
Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I]
64
*———. 1874. Manuel d’anatomie comparée. Paris: C. Reinwald & Cie. [Down]
*———. 1878. Elements of comparative anatomy. London: Macmillan & Co.
[Down, I markings by FD]
*Geiger, Lazarus. 1871. Zur Entwickelungs-geschichte der Menschheit. Stuttgart:
F.G. Gotta’schen. [Down]
*Geikie, James. 1877. The great ice age. 2nd ed. London: Daldy, Isbister & Co.
[CUL, I, ED]
*———. 1881. Prehistoric Europe: a geological sketch. London: Stanford.
[CUL, I]
*Gentry, Thomas G. 1876. Life-histories of the birds of eastern Pennsylvania.
Philadelphia. [CUL.1900]
Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1818-22. Philosophie anatomique: Les organes
réspiratoires sous le rapport de la détermination et de l’identité de leur pièces
ossueses. 2 vols. Paris: J. B. Baillière.
*Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Étienne. 1830. Principes de philosophie zoologique.
Paris: Pichon & Didier. [CUL]
Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Etienne. 1833. Le degré d’influence de monde ambiant
pour modifier les formes animales. Mémoires de l’Academie Royale des Sciences
12: 63–92.
*Geoffroy Saint Hilaire, Isidore. 1832-37. Histoire générale et particulière des
anomalies de l’organisation chez l’homme et les animaux. Paris: J.B. Baillière.
[CUL]
*———. 1841. Essais de zoologie générale. Paris: De Roret. [CUL, S]
*Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1847. Vie, travaux et doctrine scientifique
d’Étienne Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire. Paris: P. Bertrand. [CUL]
*Geoffroy Saint Hilaire, Isidore. 1854-62. Histoire naturelle générale des règnes
organiques. Paris: Victor Masson. [CUL]
Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. 1854-62. Histoire naturelle générale des règnes

organiques, principalement étudiée chez l’homme et les animaux. 3 vols. Paris:
Victor Masson.
Gérard, Frédéric. 1844. De l’espèce dans les corps organisés. Extract from
d’Orbigny, Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines, ed., Dictionnaire universel
d’histoire naturelle. 16 vols. Paris.
———. 1845. Géographie zoologique. Vol. 6 of Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines d’
Orbigny, ed., Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle. 13 vols. Paris. Pages
112–92. Includes atlas, additional 3 vols.
65
*Gérard, R. 1879. La Fleur et le diagramme des Orchidées. Paris: Faculté de

Médicine. [Down, I]
Gerber, Friedrich. 1842. Elements of the general and minute anatomy of man
and the Mammalia, chiefly after original researches. Notes and an appendix by
George Gulliver. London.
*Gerland, Georg. 1868. Über das Aussterben der Naturvölker. Leipzig: Friedrich
Fleischer. [CUL, S]
*Gervais, Paul. 1854-55. Les trois règnes de la nature: Histoire naturelle des
mammifères. Paris: Curmer. [CUL]
Ghiselin, Michael T. 1974. A radical solution to the species problem. Systematic

Zoology 23: 536–544.
Giard, Alfred Mathieu. 1874. Laboratoire de Zoologie Maritime à Wimereux.
La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 7: 221.
———. 1874. Les controverses transformistes. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser.
7: 25–35.
———. 1874. Les controverses transformistes: L’embryologénie des ascidées et
l’origine des vertébrés: Kowalevsky et Baer. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 7:
33–35.
———. 1877. Les mathématiques et le transformisme. La Revue Scientifique,
2nd ser. 12: 771–774.
———. 1889. Les facteurs de l’évolution. Revue Scientifique 44: 641–648.
———. 1889. L’évolution des êtres organisés: Leçon d’overture. Bulletin
Scientifique 20: 1–26.
———. 1890. Le principe de Lamark et l’hérédité des modifications somatiques.
Revue Scientifique 46: 705–713.
Giebel, C. G. 1866. Eine antidarwinistiche Vergleichung des Menschen- und der
Orangschädel. Zeitschrift für die gesammten Naturwissenschaften 28: 401–419.
———. 1868. Der Mensch, sein Körperbau, seine Lebenstätigkeit und seine
Entwicklung. Leipzig: O. Wigand.
Gillespie, John. 1986. Rates of molecular evolution. Annual Review of Ecology
and Systematics 17: 637–665.
———. 1987. Molecular evolution and the neutral allele theory. Oxford Surveys
in Evolutionary Biology 4: 10–37.
Gilman, Daniel Coit. 1899. The Life of James Dwight Dana. New York: Harper
and Bros.
66
Gingerich, Philip D. 1974. Stratigraphic record of Early Eocene Hyopsodus and

the geometry of mammalian phylogeny. Nature 248: 107–109.
———. 1976. Paleontology and phylogeny: Patterns of evolution at the species
level in early Tertiary mammals. American Journal of Science 276: 1–28.
———. 1977. Patterns of evolution in the mammalian record. In A. Hallam, ed.,
Patterns of evolution, as illustrated by the fossil record, pp. 496–500. Amsterdam:
Elsevier.
*Giraud-Teulon, Alexis. 1874. Les origines de la famille. Genève: by the author.
[CUL.1900]
*Girton, Daniel. n.d. The new and complete pigeon-fancier: or, modern treatise
on domestic pigeons. new ed. London. [CUL]
*Glen, William Cunningham. 1857. Collection of Poor Law Statutes. 2nd ed.
London: Shaw & Sons. [Down]
*Gloger, Constantin Lambert. 1833. Das Abänd-ern der Vögel durch Einfluss
des Klima’s. Breslau: August Schulz & Co. [CUL, on B]
Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert. 1833. Das Abändern der Vögel durch Ein-
fluss des Klimas. Nach zoologischen, zunächst von den Europäischen Landvögeln
entnommenen Beobachtungen dargestellt, mit den entsprechenden Erfahrungen
bei den Europäischen Säugthieren verglichen. Breslau.
Gmelin, Johann Georg. 1747-69. Flora Sibirica sive historia plantarum Sibiriae.
4 vols. St Petersburg.
*Godman, Frederick Du Cane. 1870. Natural history of the Azores, or Western
Islands. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL]
Godron, Dominique Alexandre. 1849. De l’espèce considérée dans les êtres
organisés, appartenant aux périodes géologiques qui ont précédé celle ou¡‘¿
nous vivons. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences, Lettres et Arts de Nancy pp.
381–420.
*———. 1859. De l’esp-èce et des races dans les êtres organisés et spécialement
de l’unité de l’espèce humaine. Paris: J.B. Baillière et Fils. [CUL]
———. 1859. De l’espèce et des races dans les êtres organisés et spécialement
de l’unité de l’espèce humaine. 2 vols. Paris: J. B. Baillière.
Godron, M. Dominique Alexandre. 1848. De l’espèce et des races dans les êtres
organisés du monde actuel. Mémoires de la Société Royale des Sciences, Lettres
et Arts de Nancy pp. 182–288.
Godwin, William. 1820. Of population. An enquiry concerning the power of
increase in the numbers of mankind, being an answer to Mr. Malthus’s essay
on that subject. London.
67
Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von. 1790. Versuch die Metamorphose der Pflanzen
zu erklären. Gotha: Carl Wilhelm Ettinger.
———. 1817-24. Zur Naturwissenschaft überhaupt, besonders zur Morphologie.
2 vols. Stuttgart and Tübingen: J. G. Cotta.
Goette, Alexander. 1875. Die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Unke (Bombinator
igneus) als Grundlage einer vergleichenden Morphologie der Wirbeltiere. Leipzig:
Leopold Voss.
Goldschmidt, R. 1933. Some aspects of evolution. Science 78: 539–547.
———. 1940. The Material Basis for Evolution. New Haven: Yale University
Press.
Goldschmidt, Richard Benedict. 1927. Physiologische Theorie der Vererburg.
Berlin: Springer.
———. 1938. Physiological Genetics. McGraw-Hill.
———. 1955. Theoretical Genetics. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of
California Press.
Goldstein, Adam M. 2006. Random drift: Chance and explanation in evolu-
tionary biology. Ph.D. thesis, The Johns Hopkins University.
*Gonne, Christian Friedrich. 1882. Das Gleich-gewicht in der Bewegung. Dres-
den: R.V. Zahn. [Down]
*Gooch, Robert. 1859. On some of the most important diseases peculiar to
women. London: The New Sydenham Society. [Down]
Goodrich, E. T. 1924. Living organisms: An account of their origin and
evolution. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
*Goodsir, John and Harry Goodsir. 1845. Anatomical and pathological observa-
tions. Edinburgh: Miles MacPhail. [Down]
Göppert, Heinrich Robert. 1864. Ueber die Darwinsche Tranmutationslehre, mit
Beziehung auf die fossilen Pflanzen. Jahresbericht der schlesischen Gesellschaft
für vaterländische Culture 42: 39–42.
———. 1865. Ueber Aphyllostachys, eine neue fossile Pflazengattung aus der
Gruppe der Calamarien, so wie über das Verhältniss der fossilen Flora zu
Darwin’s Transmutation-Theorie. Nova acta Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino
Carolinae germanicae naturae Curiosorum 32.
Gosse, Philip Henry. 1840. The Canadian naturalist. A series of conversationson
the natural history of lower Canada. London: John Van Voorst.
———. 1847. The birds of Jamaica. Assisted by Richard Hill. London: John
Van Voorst.
68
———. 1851. A naturalist’s sojourn in Jamaica. London.

*———. 1851. A naturalist’s sojourn in Jamaica. London: Longman, Brown,
Green & Longmans. [CUL, S]
———. 1853. A naturalist’s ramble on the Devonshire coast. London.
———. 1856. Tenby: a sea-side holiday. London: John Van Voorst.

*———. 1859. Letters from Alabama, chiefly related to natural history. London:
Morgan & Chase. [CUL]
*Götz, Theodor. 1853. Hunde-Galerie. 2nd ed. Weimar: Eduard Lobe. [Down]
Gould, Augustus Addison. 1841. Report on the invertebrata of Massachusetts,

comprising the Mollusca, Crustacea, Annelida and Radiata. Boston.
———. 1852-6. Mollusca and shells. Vol. 12 and atlas of United States Exploring
Expedition during the years 1838–42. Under the command of Charles Wilkes,
U.S.N. Philadelphia.
*Gould, Benjamin Apthorp. 1869. Investigations in the military and anthropo-
logical statistics of American soldiers. New York: Hurd & Houghton. [CUL]
Gould, John. 1832-7. The birds of Europe. 5 vols. London.
———. 1848. The birds of Australia. 7 vols. London.
*———. 1848. An introduction to the birds of Australia. London: Richard &
John E. Taylor. [CUL, I]
———. 1850-83. The birds of Asia. 7 vols. London.
*———. 1861. An introduction to the Trochilidae, or family of humming-birds.
London: Taylor & Francis. [CUL, I]
*———. 1865. Handbook to the birds of Australia. London: by the author.
[CUL]
*———. 1873. Introduction to the birds of Great Britain. London: Taylor &
Francis. [CUL, I]
Gould, Stephen Jay. 1966. Allometry and size in ontogeny and phylogeny.
Biological Review 41: 587–640.
———. 1977. Ontogeny and Phylogeny. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
———. 1980. Is a new and general theory of evolution emerging? Paleobiology

6: 119–130.
———. 1980. The promise of paleobiology as a nomothetic, evolutionary
discipline. Paleobiology 6: 96–118.
69
———. 1989. Wonderful Life: The Burgess Shale and the Nature of History.
New York: W. W. Norton and Company.
Gould, Stephen Jay and Niles Eldredge. 1977. Punctuated equilibrium: The
tempo and mode of evolution reconsidered. Paleobiology 3: 115–151.
———. 1993. Punctuated equilibrium comes of age. Nature 366: 223–227.

Gould, Stephen Jay and Richard C. Lewontin. 1995. The spandrels of San Marco
and the Panglossian paradigm: A critique of the adaptationist program. In
Elliot Sober, ed., Conceptual Issues in Evolutionary Biology, 2nd ed. Cambridge:
MIT Press.
Gould, Stephen Jay, D. M. Raup, J. J. Sepkoski, T. J. M. Schopf, and D. S.

Simberloff. 1977. The shape of evolution: A comparison of real and random
clades. Paleobiology 3: 23–40.
*Gould, William. 1747. An account of English ants. London: A. Millar. [CUL,
pre-B]
*Graba, Carl Julian. 1830. Tagebuch geführt auf einer Reise nach Färö im
Jahre 1828. Hamburg: Perthes & Besser. [CUL, on B]
Grant, P. R. 1999. Ecology and Evolution of Darwin’s Finches. Princeton:
*Grant, Robert Edmond. 1835. Outlines of comparative anatomy. London: J.B.
Baillière. [CUL]
———. 1835-7. Outlines of comparative anatomy. London.
Gratiolet, Louis Pierre. 1854. Mémoire sur les plis cérébraux de l’homme et des
primates. Paris.
*Gratiolet, Pierre. 1865. De la physionomie et des mouvements d’expression.
Paris: J. Hetzel. [CUL, S]
*Graves, George. 1824. The naturalist’s companion. London: Longman, Hurst,
Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, pre-B, S Charles Darwin August 4th 1825]
Gray, Asa. 1846. Explanations of the ’Vestiges’. North American Review 62:
465–506.
———. 1848. A manual of the botany of the northern United States. Cambridge,
Mass.
———. 1848-9. Genera Floræ Americæ Boreali-Orientalis illustrata. The genera
of the plants of the United States. 2 vols. Boston, New York, and London (Vols.
1 & 2); New York (Vol. 2).
70
———. 1854-6. Botany. Phanerogamia. United States Exploring Expedition

during the years 1838–42, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., vol.
14. Vol. 1 (no more published) and atlas. Philadelphia: C. Sherman.
*———. 1856. Manual of the botany of the northern United States. 2nd ed.
New York. [CUL]
———. 1856. Manual of the botany of the northern United States: second
edition; including Virginia, Kentucky, and all east of the Mississippi: arranged
according to the natural system. New York: George P. Putnam.
*———. 1857. First lessons in botany and vegetable physiology. New York:
G.P. Putnam & Co., and Ivison & Phinney. [CUL, I]
———. 1857. First lessons in botany and vegetable physiology, illustrated by
over 360 wood engravings, from original drawings, by Isaac Sprague. To which
is added a copious glossary, or dictionary of botanical terms. New York: G. P.
Putnam; Ivison & Phinney.
———. 1858. Introduction to structural and systematic botany, and vegetable
physiology, being a fifth and revised edition of the botanical text-book. New York:
Ivison & Phinney.
———. 1862. Address of George Bentham, esq. American Journal of Science
84: 286.
———. 1862. Fertilization of orchids through the agency of insects. American
Journal of Science 84: 420–429.
*———. 1872. Botany for young people: part 2, How plants behave. New York
& Chicago: Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor & Co. [CUL, I]
———. 1873. Address of Professor Asa Gray. Proceedings of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science 21: 1–31.
———. 1876. Darwiniana. New York: Appleton.
*———. 1876. Darwiniana. New York: D. Appleton & Co. [CUL]
*———. 1880. Natural science and religion. New York: Charles Scribner’s
Sons. [CUL, I]
———. 1880. Natural Science and Religion: Two Lectures Delivered to the
Theological School of Yale College. New York: C. Scribner’s Sons.
Gray, Asa and Jean Louis Rudolphe Agassiz. 0000. [Asa Gray and Louis Agassiz
debate evolution]. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences
4.
*Gray), British Museum (J.e. 1843. List of the specimens of Mammalia in the
collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [CUL]
71
Gray, George Robert. 1840. A list of the genera of birds, with an indication of
the typical species of each genus. London: R. and J.E. Taylor.
———. 1844-9. The genera of birds: comprising their generic characters, and
notice of the habits of each genus, and an extensive list of species referred to
their several genera. Illustrated by David William Mitchell. 3 vols. London:
Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans.
*———. 1871. A fascicle of the birds of China. London. [Down, I]
*Gray, Henry. 1869. Anatomy, descriptive and surgical. 5th ed. London:
Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, probably FD]
Gray, John Edward. 1830-5. Illustrations of Indian zoology; chiefly selected from
the collection of Major general Hardwicke. 2 vols. London: Treuttel, Wurtz,
Treuttel, Jun. and Richter.
*———. 1831. Synopsis reptilium. London: Treuttel, Wurtz & Co. [Down, S]
———. 1846. Gleanings from the menagerie and aviary at Knowsley Hall.
Knowsley.
———. 1850. Gleanings from the menagerie and aviary at Knowsley Hall.
Hoofed quadrupeds. Knowsley.
———. 1852. Molluscorum Britanniæ Synopsis. A synopsis of the Mollusca
of Great Britain, arranged according to their natural affinities and anatomical
structure. By William Elford Leach. London.
———. 1855. Catalogue of Pulmonata or airbreathing Mollusca in the collection
of the British Museum. Pt 1. London.
Gray, John Edward and George Robert Gray, eds. 1846. Catalogue of the
specimens and drawings of mammalia and birds of Nepal and Thibet, presented
by B. H. Hodgson . . . to the British Museum. London: Printed by order of the
Trustees.
Gray, Samuel Frederick. 1821. A natural arrangement of British plants, according
to their relations to each other. With an introduction to botany, in which the
terms newly introduced are explained. 2 vols. London: Baldwin, Cradock, and
Joy.
*Green, Charles. 1842. The history, antiquities, and geology, of Bacton, in
Norfolk. Norwich: Josiah Fletcher. [CUL, I Charles Darwin from C. Lyell]
Greene, Joseph Reay. 1859-61. Manual of the animal kingdom. Pt 1: Protozoa.

Pt 2: Coelenterata. London.
*———. 1861. A manual of the sub-kingdom Coelenterata. London: Longman,
Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down, I]
72
*Greenwell, William. n.d. British barrows. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.

[together with]
*Greg, William Rathbone. 1863. The creed of Christendom. London: Trübner
& Co. [Down]
*———. 1872. Enigmas of life. London: Trübner & Co. [Down, I]
Grenier, Jean Charles Marie and Dominique Alexandre Godron. 1848-56. Flore
de France, ou déscription des plantes qui croissent naturellement en France et
en Corse. 3 vols. Paris: J. B. Baillière.
Grey, George. 1841. Journals of two expeditions of discovery in north-west and
western Australia, during the years 1837, 38, and 39. 2 vols. London: T. and
W. Boone.
Griesbach, August. 1864. Die georaphische Verbreitung der Pflanzen Westindi-
ens. Abhandlungen der königlichen der Wissenschafte zu Göttingen p. 67.
Griffith, Edward. 1827-35. The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with
its organization, by the Baron Cuvier, . . . with additional descriptions of all
the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. 16 vols. London:
G.B. Whittaker.
Griffith, William. 1847. Journals of travels in Assam, Burma, Bootan, Af-
fghanistan, and the neighbouring countries. In Posthumous papers bequeathed
to the honorable the East Indian Company . . . Edited by John M’Clelland.
Calcutta.
Grisebach, August Heinrich Rudolph. 1843-4. Spicilegium florae Rumelicae et
Bithynicae exhibens synopsin plantarum quas aest. 1839 legit. 2 vols. Brunswick:
F. Vieweg.
*Grobben, Carl. 1878. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Männlichen Geschlechtsorgane
der Dekapoden. Wien: Alfred Hölder. [Down, I]
*Grove, William Robert. 1862. The correlation of physical forces. 4th ed.
London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts & Green. [Down, S]
Gubler, Adolphe. 1862. Préface d’une réforme des espèces fondée sur le principe
de la variabilité restreinte des types organiques, en rapport avec leur faculté
d’adaption aux milieux. Bulletin de la Société Botanique 9: 264.
Gulick, A. 1932. Biological peculiarities of oceanic islands. Quarterly Review of
Biology 7: 405–427.
Gulick, J. T. 1872. On diversity of evolution under one set of external conditions.
Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Zoology) 11: 496–505.
———. 1888. Divergent evolution through cumulative segregation. Journal of
the Linnean Society of London (Zoology) 20: 189–274, 312–380.
73
*Günther, Albert. 1869. The reptiles of British India. London: The Ray Society.
[Down]
*———. 1871. Description of Ceratodus. London: Taylor & Francis. [Down]
*———. 1877. The gigantic land-tortoises (living and extinct) in the collection
of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [Down]
*———. 1880. An introduction to the study of fishes. Edinburgh: Adam &
Charles Black. [Down, I]
Günther, Albert Charles Lewis Gotthilf. 1853. Die Fische des Neckars, unter-
sucht und beschreiben von A. Günther. Stuttgart.
Guppy, Henry Brougham. 1906. Observations of a naturalist in the Pacific
between 1896-1899. 2 vols. London: Macmillan.
———. 1917. Plants, seeds and currents in the West Indies. London: Williams
and Norgate.
———. 1917-1920. Plant distribution from the standpoint of an idealist. Journal
of the Linnean Society of London (Botany) 44: 439–472.
*Guthrie, Malcolm. 1879. On Mr Spencer’s formula of evolution. London:
Trübner & Co. [Down, I markings by FD]
*Guy, William a. 1861. Principles of forensic medicine. 2nd ed. London: Henry
Renshaw. [Down, FD]
Gyllenhaal, Leonhard. 1808-27. Insecta Suecica. 1 vol. in 4. Skara and Leipzig.
*Haast, Julius Von. 1879. Geology of the provinces of Canterbury and Westland,
New Zealand. Christchurch: The Times Office. [Down]
*Haberlandt, Gottlieb. 1877. Die Schutzein- richtungen in der Entwickelung
der Keimpflanze. Wien: Carl Gerold’s Sohn. [Down, I]
*———. 1877. Die Schutzein-richtungen in der Entwickelung der Keimpflanze.
Wien: Carl Gerold’s Sohn. [CUL]
*———. 1881. Vergleichende An-atomie der assimilatorischen Gewebesystem.
Berlin: G. Bernstein. [Down, I]
*Haeckel, Ernst. 1862. Die Radiolarien. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [Down, I]
*———. 1866. Generelle Morphologie der Organismen. Berlin: Georg Reimer.
[CUL, I in vol. 1]
*———. 1868. Natürliche Schöpfungs-geschichte. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [CUL,
I]
74
*———. 1869. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Siphonophoren. Utrecht: C.

Van der Post Jr. [CUL]
*———. 1870. Natürliche Schöpfungs-geschichte. 2nd ed. Berlin: Georg Reimer.
[Down, I]
*———. 1872. Die Kalkschwämme. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [CUL, I in vol. 1]

*———. 1872. Natürliche Schöpfungs-geschichte. 3rd ed. Berlin: Georg Reimer.
[Down, I]
*———. 1873. Natürliche Schöpfungs-geschichte. 4th ed. Berlin: Georg Reimer.
[Down, I]
*———. 1874. Anthropogenie oder Ent-wickelungsgeschichte des Menschen.
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down]
[Down, I]
*———. 1875. Arabische Korallen. Berlin: Georg Reimer. [Down]
*———. 1876. The history of creation. London: Henry King & Co. [CUL, S in
both vols.]
*———. 1877. Anthropogenie oder Ent-wickelungsgeschichte des Menschen.
3rd ed. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I]
*———. 1877. Studien zur Gastraea-Theorie. Jena: Hermann Dufft. [Down, I]
*———. 1878. Das Protistenreich. Leipzig: E. Günther. [Down]
*———. 1878. Freie Wissenschaft und freie Lehre. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart.
[Down, I]
*———. 1879. The evolution of man. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down]
*———. 1879. Freedom in science and teaching. London: C. Kegan Paul &
Co. [Down]
*———. 1879. Gesammelte populäre Vor-träge aus dem Gebiete der Entwick-
elungslehre. Bonn: Emil Strauss. [Down, I]
*———. 1879. Les Preuves du trans-formisme, réponse à Virchow. Paris:
Germer Baillière & Cie. [CUL, I]
[Down, I]
*———. 1879-1880. Das System der Medusen. Jena: Friedrich Manke. [Down,
I]
75
Haeckel, Ernst Heinrich Phillip August. 1866. Generelle Morphologie der

Organismen. 2 vols. Berlin: G. Reimer.
———. 1868. Natürliche Schöpfungsgeschichte. Berlin: G. Reimer.
———. 1873. Natürliche Schöpfungsgeschichte, gemeinverständliche wis-
senschaftliche Vorträge über die Entwickelungslehre in Allegmeinen und die
jenige von Darwin, Goethe, Lamark im Besonderen. Berlin: Reimer.
———. 1874. Antropologie; oder Entwickelungsgeschechte des Menschens . . .
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.
———. 1874. Die Gastraea-Theorie, die phylogenetische Classification des
Thierreichs und die Homologie der Keimblätter. Jenaische Zietschrift für
Naturwissenschaft 8: 1–55.
———. 1875. Die Gastrula und Eifurchung der Theirre. Jenaische Zietschrift
für Naturwissenschaft 9: 454–456.
———. 1875. Ziele und Wege der heutigen Entwicklungsgeschichte. Jenaische
Zietschrift für Naturwissenschaft Supplement 10.
———. 1876. Die Perigenesis der Plastidule oder die Wellenzeugung der
Lebenstheilchen. Berlin: Reimer.
———. 1876. The history of creation: Or the development of the Earth and its
inhabitants by the action of natural causes. A popular exposition of the doctrine
of evolution in general and of that of Darwin, Goethe, and Lamark in particular.
2 vols. New York: Appleton.
———. 1877. Die heutige Entwicklungslehre im Verhältnis zur
Gesammtwissenschaft. Amtlicher Berichte der Versammlung deutscher Natur-
forscher und Aertze zu München pp. 15–16.
———. 1879. The evolution of Man: A population exposition of the principal
points of human ontogeny and phylogeny. New York: Appleton.
———. 1883. History of Creation. London: Kegan Paul, Trench.
———. 1898. The last link: Our present knowledge of the descent of man.
London: A. and C. Black.
———. 1900. The riddle of the universe at the close of the nineteenth century.
London: Watts.
———. 1907. The evolution of Man: A population exposition of the principal
points of human ontogeny and phylogeny. London: Watts.
Haeckel, Ernst Heinrich Phillip August, August Weismann, and Arthur J.
Thomson. 1917. Evolution in modern thought. New York: Boni and Liveright.
76
Hagedoorn, A. L. and A. C. Hagedoorn. 1914. Studies on variation and selection.

Zeitschrift für Induktive Abstammungs und Vererbungslehre 11: 145–183.
———. 1921. The Relative Value of the Processes Causing Evolution. The
Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
*Hagen, Hermann. 1876. On some insect deformities. Cambridge, Mass.:

University Press. [Down, I by A. Agassiz]
*Hahn, Otto. 1879. Die Urzelle. Tübingen: H. Laupp. [Down, I]
*———. 1880. Die Meteorite (Chondrite) und ihre Organismen. Tübingen: H.
Laupp. [Down]
Haken, Johann Christian Ludwig. 1805. Robinsons des Jüngern, Beschreibung
seiner Reise nach Otahite und den Südsee-Inseln. Ein nützliches Lesebuch für
dieJugend. Altona.
Haldane, J. B. S. 1924. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection.
part I. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23: 19–41.
———. 1924. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part
II. the influence of partial self-fertilisation, inbreeding, assortative mating,
and selective fertilization on the composition of mendelian popuations, and on
natural selection. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, Biological
Sciences 1: 158–163.
III. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23: 363–372.
———. 1927. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part V.
selection and mutation. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23:
833–844.
———. 1929. Natural selection. Nature 124: 444.
———. 1929. The species problem in light of genetics. Nature 124: 514–516.
VI. isolation. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 26: 220–230.
———. 1930. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part vii.
selection intensity as a function of mortality rate. Proceedings of the Cambridge
Philosophical Society 27: 131–136.
———. 1930. Natural selection intensity as a function of mortality rate. Nature

125: 583.
———. 1930. A note on Fisher’s theory of dominance, and on a correlation
between dominance and linkage. American Naturalist 64: 37–90.
77

VIII. metastable populations. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical
Society 27: 137–142.
———. 1932. The Causes of Evolution. London: Longmans, Green and co.
———. 1932. The hereditary transmission of acquired characters. Nature 129:

817–819, 856–858.
IX. rapid selection. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 28:
244–238.
———. 1933. The part played by recurrent mutation in evolution. American

———. 1934. A mathematical theory of natural and artificial selection. part X.
some theorems on artificial selection. Genetics 19: 412–429.
———. 1937. The effect of variation on fitness. American Naturalist 71:
338–349.
———. 1938. L’analyse génétique des populations naturelles. In Réunion
Internationale de Physique-Chimie Biologie (Congrès de Palais de la Découverte,
Paris, 1937), pp. 105–112. Hermann.
———. 1939. The equilibrium between mutation and random extinction. Annals
———. 1939. The spread of harmful autosomal recessive genes in human
populations. Annals of Eugenics 9: 232–237.
———. 1940. The conflict between seleciton and mutation of harmful recessive
genes. Annals of Eugenics 10: 417–421.
———. 1942. Parental and fraternal correlations for fitness. Annals of Eugenics
11: 287–292.
———. 1942. Selection against heterozygosis in man. Annals of Eugenics 11:
333–340.
———. 1942. The selective elimination of silver foxes in Eastern Canada.
Journal of Genetics 44: 296–304.
———. 1949. La méthode dans la génétique. In Comptes Rendu du 10ème
Congrès International de Philosophie des Sciences, Vol. VI, Biologie, pp. 41–45.
Paris: Hermann.
———. 1954. The measurement of natural selection. Caryologia (suppl. to Atti
del IX Congresso Internazionale di Genetica) pp. 480–487.
78
———. 1955. Natural selection. Transactions of the Bose Research Institute of

Calcutta 20: 17–20.
———. 1956. The estimation of viabilities. Journal of Genetics 54: 294–296.
———. 1957. The cost of natural selection. Journal of Genetics 55: 511–524.
———. 1958. A defense of beanbag genetics. Perspectives in Biology and
Medicine 7: 343–359.
———. 1958. The present position of Darwinism. Journal of Scientific Indian
Research 17: 97–103.
———. 1958. The theory of evolution, before and after Bateson. Journal of
Genetics 56: 11–27.
———. 1959. More precise expressions for the cost of natural selection. Journal
of Genetics 47: 351–360.
———. 1959. The theory of natural selection today. Nature 183: 710–713.
Haldane, J. B. S. and S. D. Jayakar. 1963. Polymorphism due to selection in
varying directions. Journal of Genetics 58: 237–247.
*Hall, Sydney. 1829. A new general atlas. London: Longman, Brown, Green &
Longmans. [Down, on B, ED]
*———. 1831. An alphabetical index of all the names contained in a new
general atlas of fifty-nine maps. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Browne &
Green. [CUL, on B, S]
Haller, Albrecht van. 1757-66. Elementa physiologiae corporis humani. Lau-
sanne.
*Hallez, Paul. 1879. Contributions à l’histoire naturelle des Turbellariés. Lille:
L. Danel. [Down, I]
Hamberger, Georg Christoph and Johann Georg Meusel. 1796-1834. Das gelehrte
Teutschland, oder Lexikon der jetzt lebendenteutschen Schriftsteller. 23 vols in
24. Lemgo.
Hamilton, Francis Buchanan. 1807. A journey from Madras through the countries
of Mysore, Canara, and Malabar. 3 vols. London: T. Cadell and W. Davies.
———. 1838. The history, antiquities, topography, and statistics of Eastern
India . . . Collated from the original documents. . . by Montgomery Martin. 3
vols. London.
Hamilton, W. D. 1964. The genetical evolution of social behavior, pts. 1 & 2.
Journal of Theoretical Biology 7: 1–52.
*Hancock, Albany. 1857. On the organization of the Brachiopoda. [Down, I]
79
Hancock, Thomas. 1824. Essay on instinct, and its physical and moral relations.
London.
*Hansen, Adolph. 1881. Vergleichende Untersuchngen über Adventivbildungen
bei den Pflanzen. Frankfurt: a.M. [1881 said to belong to CD but no indication
Botany School]
Harcourt, Edward William Vernon. 1851. A sketch of Madeira; containing

information for the traveller or invalid visitor. London.
Hardcastle, Lucy. 1830. An introduction to the elements of the Linnæan system
of botany, for young persons. Derby and London: T. Richardson (Derby) and
Hurst, Chance, and Co. (London).
Hardy, A. C. 1965. The living stream: A restatement of evolution theory.
London: Collins.
Hardy, G. H. 1908. Mendelian proportions in a mixed population. Science 28:
49–50.
Harris, Arthur J. 1911. The biometric proof of the pure line theory. American
*Harris, George. 1869. The theory of the arts. London: Trübner & Co. [Down,
vol. 1 only, I]
Harris, H. 1966. Enzyme polymorphisms in man. Proceedings. Royal Society of
London. Series B. Biological Sciences 164: 298–310.
*Harris, Thaddeus William. 1842. A treatise on some of the insects of New
England, which are injurious to vegetation. Cambridge, Mass.: John Owen.
[CUL]
*———. 1862. A treatise on some of the insects injurious to vegetation. new
ed. Boston: Crosby & Nichols. [Down, I]
*———. 1869. Entomological correspondence. Boston: Society of Natural
History. [Down, I by editor]
Hartl, D. L. 1979. Four volume treatise on population biology. BioScience 29:

179–180.
*Hartmann, Eduard Von. 1875. Wahrheit und Irrthum im Darwinismus. Berlin:
Carl Ducker. [Down, two copies]
Hartmann, Georg Leonhard. 1827. Helvetische Ichthyologie, oder ausführliche
Naturgeschichte in der Schweiz sich vorfindenden Fische. Zürich: Orell, Füssli
and Co.
*Hartung, Georg. 1857. Die geologischen Ver-hältnisse der Inseln Lanzarote
und Fuerta-ventura. Zürich. [CUL]
80
Harvey, William Henry. 1838. The genera of South African plants, arranged
according to the natural system. Cape Town, South Africa: A. S. Robertson.
———. 1847. Nereis Australis, or algae of the Southern Ocean: being figures
and descriptions of marine plants, collected on the shores of the Cape of Good
Hope, the extra-tropical Australian colonies, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the
Antarctic regions; deposited in the herbarium of the Dublin University. London:
Reeve Brothers.
*———. 1849. Nereis australis, or algae of the southern ocean. London: Reeve,
Benham & Reeve. [Down, I]
*———. 1849. The sea-side book. new ed. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL]
———. 1849. The sea-side book; being an introduction to the natural history of
the British coasts. London.
———. 1854. The sea-side book; being an introduction to the natural history of
the British coasts. 3rd ed. London: Van Voorst.
Harvey, William Henry and Otto Wilhelm Sonder. 1859-65. Flora Capensis:
being a scientific description of the plants of the Cape Colony, Caffraria, &
Port Natal. 3 vols. Dublin: Hodges, Smith & Co.
*Hasse, Carl. 1879. Das natürliche System der Elasmobranchier. Jena: Gustav
Fischer. [Down]
Hasselquist, Frederik. 1766. Voyages and travels in the Levant. London: L.
Davis and C. Reymers.
*Haughton, Samuel. 1880. Six lectures on physical geography. Dublin: Hodges,
Foster & Figgs. [Down, I]
Hawkesworth, John. 1773. An account of the voyages undertaken by . . .
Commodore Byron, Captain Wallis, Captain Carteret and Captain Cook. 3
vols. London: W. Strahan and T. Cadell.
*Hawkins, Benjamin Waterhouse. 1860. A com-parative view of the human and
animal frame. London: Chapman & Hall. [Down]
*Hawkins, Richard. 1847. The observations of Sir Richard Hawkins, Knt, in
his voyage into the South Sea in the year 1593. London: The Haakluyt Society.
[Down]
Haworth, Adrian Hardy. 1803-28. Lepidoptera Britannica: sistens digestionem
novam insectorum Lepidopterorum. London: John Murray.
Head, Francis Bond. 1826. Rough notes taken during some rapid journeys
across the Pampas and among the Andes. London: John Murray.
81
*———. 1826. Rough notes taken during some rapid journeys across the Pampas
and among the Andes. London. [Down, pre-B]
Hearne, Samuel. 1795. A journey from Prince of Wales’s Fort in Hudson’s Bay
to the Northern ocean . . . in the years 1769, 1770, 1771 & 1772. London: A.
Strahan and T. Cadell.
Heber, Reginald. 1828. Narrative of a journey through the upper provinces

of India from Calcutta to Bombay 1824–25. (With notes upon Ceylon.) An
account of a journey to Madras and the Southern provinces, 1826, and letters
written in India. 2 vols. London. Edited by Amelia Heber.
*Heckel, Édouard. 1875. Du mouvement végétal. Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I]

*Hedericus, Benjamin. 1816. Graecium lexicon. London: J, Rivington. [Botany
School, pre-B, ED]
Heer, Oswald. 1855-9. Flora tertiaria Helvetiae. Die tertiäre Flora der Schweiz.
3 vols. Winterthur, Switzerland: J. Wurster.
*———. 1860. Untersuchungen über das Klima und die Vegetationsverhältnisse
der Tertiärlandes. Winterthur: Wurster & Co,. [Botany School, I]
*———. 1861. Recherches sur le climat et la végétation du pays tertiaire.
Winterthur: J. Wurster & Co. [Botany School]
*———. 1869. Contributions to the fossil flora of North Greenland, being a
description of the plants collected by Mr. Edward Whymper during the summer
of 1867. [CUL, I]
*———. 1870. Die Miocene Flora und Fauna Spitzbergens. Stockholm: P.A.
Norstedt. [Botany School, I, FD]
*———. 1872. Le Monde primitif de la Suisse. Genève & Bâle. [CUL]
*———. 1875. Flora fossilis arctica. Zürich: Wurster. [CUL]
*———. 1876-77. Flora fossilis Helvetiae. Zürich: J. Wurster & Co. [Botany
School]
*Héliu. 1878. La loi unique et suprême. 1, Genèse terrestre. Paris: Brasseur.
[Down]
*Heller, Karl Bartholomaeus. 1869. Darwin und der Darwinismus. Wien:
Universitäts-Buchhandlung. [Linnean Society of London]
*Helmholtz, Hermann. 1873. Popular lectures on scientific subjects. London:

Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL, S]
*Henfrey, Arthur. 1847. Outlines of structural and physiological botany. London:
John Van Voorst. [Down]
82
———. 1852. Principles of the anatomy and physiology of the vegetable cell.
By Hugo von Mohl. London: John van Voorst.
Henfrey, Arthur, ed. 1853. Botanical and physiological memoirs. London: Ray
Society.
*Henfrey, Arthur. 1853. Botanical and physiological memoirs. London: The

Ray Society. [CUL]
*Henfrey, Arthur (Ed.). 1849. Reports and papers on botany. London: The Ray
Society. [CUL]
*Henle, Jacob. 1858. Handbuch der systematischen Anatomie des Menschen.
Braunschweig: Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn. [CUL]
Hennig, Willi. 1965. Phylogetic systematics. Annual Review of Entomology 10:
97–116.
———. 1966. Phylogetic Systematics. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press.
Henry, Doris P. 1848. Syllabus of a course of lectures on botany, suggesting
matter for a pass-examination at Cambridge in this subject. Cambridge.
*Henry, William. 1823. The elements of experimental chemistry. London:
Baldwin, Cradock & Joy & R. Hunter. [CUL, vol. 2 only, pre-B, S]
Henslow, George. 1888. The origin of floral structures through insect and other
agencies. London: Kegan Paul.
———. 1894. The origin of plant structures by self-adaptation to the envi-
ronment, exemplified by desert or xerophilous plants. Journal of the Linnean
Society of London (Botany) 30: 218–263.
———. 1894. The origin of species without the aid of natural selection—a
reply. Natural Science 5: 257–264.
———. 1895. The origin of plant structures by self-adaptation to the environ-
ment, exemplified by desert or xerophilous plants. London: Kegan Paul, Trench,
Trübner, & co.
———. 1897. Does natural selection play any part in the origin of species
among plants? Natural Science 11: 166–180.
———. 1898. Scientific proofs vs. ‘a priori ’ assumptions. Natural Science 13:
103–108.
Henslow, John Stevens. 1835. A catalogue of British plants, arranged according

to the natural system, with the synonyms of De Candolle, Smith, Lindley, and
Hooker. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Metcalfe.
83
*———. 1837. Descriptive and physiological botany (Lardner’s Cabinet cy-

clopedia). new ed. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman.
[CUL]
———. 1837. Descriptive and physiological botany. New edition. Part of Diony-
sius Lardner’s Cabinet cyclopædia. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Greene,
& Longmans; John Taylor.
———. 1843. An account of the Roman antiquities, found at Rougham, near
Bury St. Edmund’s, on the fifteenth of September. Place Unknown.
———. 1843. Letters to the farmers of Suffolk, with a glossary of terms used.
London.
———. 1844. Suggestions towards an enquiry into the present condition of the
labouring population of Suffolk. Hadleigh.
———. 1853. Syllabus of lectures on botany: with an appendix, containing
copious demonstrations of fourteen common plants for the illustration of terms.
Cambridge.
———. 1855. British plants growing wild in the parish of Hitcham, Suffolk.
2nd ed.
———. 1858. Appendix to Hitcham allotment report for 1857. Hadleigh, Suffolk.
*———. n.d. A dictionary of botanical terms. London: Groombridge & Sons.
[Down, S]
*Herbert, William. 1837. Amaryllidaceae. London: J. Ridgway & Sons. [CUL]
———. 1837. Amaryllidaceæ; preceded by an attempt to arrange the mono-
cotyledonous orders, and followed by a treatise on cross-bred vegetables, and
supplement. London: James Ridgway & Sons.
*Hermann, H.c. 1860. The Italian alp-bee. G. Neighbour & Sons. [CUL]
*Hermann, Ludimar. 1875. Elements of human physiology. London. [Down]
*———. 1881. Handbuch der physio-logie. Leipzig: F.C.W. Vogel. [Down, I]
*Herschel, John Frederick William. 1831. A preliminary discourse on the study
of natural philosophy. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green & John
Taylor. [CUL, on B]
*———. 1833. A treatise of astronomy. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown,
Green & Longman & John Taylor. [CUL, S 1838]
*———. 1849. A manual of scientific enquiry. London: John Murray. [CUL]
84
Herschel, John Frederick William, ed. 1849. A manual of scientific enquiry:

prepared for the use of Her Majesty’s Navy: and adapted for travellers in general.
London: John Murray.
*Herschel, John Frederick William. 1861. Phy-sical geography. Edinburgh:
Adam & Charles Black. [Down, FD]
*Herschel, Mrs John. 1876. Memoir and cor-respondence of Caroline Herschel.
London: John Murray. [Down]
*Hertwig, Oscar. 1874. Über das Zahnsystem der Amphibien. Bonn: by the
author. [CUL.1900]
*Hervey-Saint-Denys, Léon D’. 1850. Re-cherches sur l’agriculture et
l’horticulture des Chinois. Paris: Allonard & Kaeppelin. [CUL]
Hewitson, William Chapman. 1831-44. British oology; being illustrations of the
eggs of British birds, with figures of each species, as far as practicable, drawn
and coloured from nature: accompanied by descriptions of the materials and
situation of their nests, number of eggs, etc. 2 vols. Newcastle upon Tyne.
Includes additional supplement.
*Hewson, William. 1846. The works of William Hewson, F.R.S. London: The
Sydenham Society. [CUL, I by editor]
*Heyworth, Lawrence. 1866. Glimpses at the origin, mission and the destiny of
man. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down, I]
*Hibberd, Shirley. 1872. The fern garden. 4th ed. London: Groombridge &
Sons. [Down]
*Higginson, Thomas Wentworth. 1871. Out-door papers. Boston: James G.
Osgood & Co. [Down]
*Hildebrand, Friedrich. 1867. Die Geschlechter-Vertheilung bei den Pflanzen.
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, S]
*———. 1873. Die Verbreit-ungsmittel der Pflanzen. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engel-
mann. [CUL, bound together with previous item, I]
*Hildebrant, Gustav. 1861. Die Verbreitung der Coniferen. Bonn: Carl Georgi.
[Down]
Hill, John. 1748-52. A general natural history: or, new and accurate descriptions
of the animals, vegetables, and minerals, of the different parts of the world;
with their virtues and uses . . . in medicine and mechanics. 3 vols. London: T.
Osborne.
*Hinds, Richard Brinsley. 1843. The regions of vegetation, being an analysis of
the distribution of vegetable forms over the surface of the globe in connection
with climate and physical agents. London: G.J. Palmer. [CUL, I]
85
———. 1843. The regions of vegetation; being an analysis of the distribution

of vegetable forms over the surface of the globe in connexion with climate and
physical agents. 2 vols. London: G.J. Palmer. Appendix to vol. 2 of Belcher,
Edward, Narrative of a voyage round the world, performed in H.M.S. Sulphur,
1836–42.
His, Wilhelm. 1870. Ueber die Bedeutung der Entwicklungsgeschichte für die
Auffassung der organischen Natur. Leipzig: F. C. W. Vogel.
———. 1874. Unsere Körperform und das physiologische Problem ihrer Entste-
hung. Leipzig: F. C. W. Vogel.
Hitchcock, Edward. 1841. Final report on the geology of Massachusetts. 2 vols.

Northampton, Massachusetts: J.H. Butler.
*———. 1841. Final report on the geology of Massachussets. Amhurst: J.S. &
C. Adams. [Down, I]
*Hochstetter, Ferdinand Von. 1866. Reise der Österreichischen Fregatte Novara
um die Erde ... Wien: K.K. Hof & Staatsdruckerei / Karl Gerold’s Sohn
respectively. [Down]
*Hodge, Charles. 1874. What is Darwinism? London and Edinburgh: T.
Nelson & Sons. [Down]
*Hodgson, Shadworth H. 1870. The theory of practice. London: Longmans,
Green, Reader & Dyer. [Down, I]
*Hoek, Paulus Peronius Cato. 1876. Embryologie von Balanus. Leiden: E.J.
Brill. [Down]
*———. 1881. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger: 10. Report on
the Pycnogonida. London: Longmans & Co. [Down, I]
*Hoernes, Rudolf and M. Auinger. 1879-1882. Die Gasteropoden der Meeres-
Ablandungen der ersten une zweiten Miocären Mediterran-Stufe. Wien: J.C.
Fischer & Co. [Down, I by Hoernes]
Hoeven, Jan van der. 1856-8. Handbook of zoology. London.

*Hofacker, J.d. 1828. Über die Eigenschaften welche sich bei Menschen und
Thieren von den Eltern auf die Nachkommen vererben, mit besonderer Rücksicht
auf die Pferdezucht, mit Beiträgen von F. Notter. Tübingen: G.F. Dsiander.
[CUL, on B]
Hoffmann, Hermann. 1852. Pflanzenverbreitung und Pflanzenwanderung; eine

botanisch-geographische Untersuchung. Darmstadt: Darmstadt, Jonghaus.
*———. 1875. Zur Speciesfrage. Haarlem: De Erven Loosjes. [CUL]
86
*Hoffmann, L. 1881. Thier-Psychologie. Stuttgart: Schickhardt & Ebner.

[Down, I]
*Hofmann, August Wilhelm. 1876. The life-work of Liebig. London: Macmillan
& Co. [Down, I]
*Hofmeister, Wilhelm. 1862. On the germination, development and fructification
of the higher Cryptogamia. London: The Ray Society. [Down, S]
*———. 1867. Die Lehre von der Pflanzenzelle. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.
[Down]
Hofmeister, Wilhelm Friedrich Benedict. 1851. Vergleichende Untersuchungen
der Keimung, Entfaltung und Fruchtbildung höherer Kryptogamen (Moose,
Farrn, Equisetaceen, Rhizocarpeen und Lycopodiaceen) und der Samenbildung
der Coniferen. Leipzig: Friedrich Hofmeister.
Hogben, Lancelot. 1919. The progressive reduction of the jugal in the Mammalia.
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London pp. 71–78.
*Hogg, Jabez. 1861. Elements of experimental and natural philosophy. London:
Henry G. Bohn. [Down, S of Henrietta Crofts-Adel]
*Hölder, H. Von. 1876. Zusammenstellung der in Württemberg vorkommenden
Schädelformen. Stuttgart: E. Schweizerbart. [Down]
*Holland, Henry. 1839. Medical notes and reflections. London: Longman, Orme,
Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL]
———. 1852. Chapters on mental physiology. London.
*———. 1852. Chapters on mental physiology. London: Longman, Brown,
Green & Longman. [CUL]
———. 1855. Medical notes and reflections. 3rd ed. London.
*———. 1855. Medical notes and reflections. 3rd ed. London: Longman, Brown,
Green & Longmans. [CUL, I]
*———. 1858. Chapters on mental physiology. 2nd ed. London: Longman,
Brown, Green, Longmans & Roberts. [CUL, I]
*———. 1862. Essays on scientific and other subjects. London: Longman,
Green, Longman & Roberts. [Down, I]
*———. 1868. Recollections of past life. London: Spottiswoode & Co. [Down,
I]
Holmes, S. J. 1915. Are recessive characters due to loss? Science 42: 300–303.
*Holub, Emil. 1881. Seven years in South Africa. 2nd ed. London: Sampson
Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington. [Down]
87
*Holub, Emil and August Von Pelzen. 1882. Beiträge zur Ornithologie
Südafrikas. Wien: Alfred Hölder. [Down, I]
*Hooke, Robert. 1667. Micrographia. London: James Allestry. [Botany School,
pre-B, ED, FD]
*Hooker, Joseph Dalton. 1844-47. The botany of the antarctic voyage of H.M.S.
Erebus and Terror in the years 1839–1843: 1. Flora antarctica. London: Reeve.
[CUL]
———. 1844-7. Flora Antarctica. 1 vol. and 1 vol. of plates. Pt 1 of The botany
of the Antarctic voyage of HM discovery ships Erebus and Terror in the years
1839–1843, under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. London:
Reeve Brothers.
———. 1845. Testimonials in favour of Joseph Dalton Hooker R.N., M.D.,
F.L.S. as a candidate for the vacant chair of botany in the University of
Edinburgh in four series. 4 vols in 1. Edinburgh.
———. 1848. Notes of a tour in the plains of India, the Himalä, and Bor-
neo; being extracts from private letters, written during a government botanical
mission to those countries. 2 pts. London: Reeve, Benham, and Reeve.
———. 1849. The rhododendrons of Sikkim-Himalaya; being an account, botan-
ical and geographical, of the rhododendrons recently discovered in the mountains
of eastern Himalaya, from drawings and descriptions made on the spot, during
a government botanical mission to that country. Edited by William Jackson
Hooker. London: Reeve, Benham, and Reeve.
———. 1853. Introductory essay to the flora of New Zealand. London: Lovell
Reeve.
*———. 1853. Introductory essay to the flora of New Zealand. London: Lovell
Reeve. [CUL]
———. 1853-5. Flora Novæ-Zelandiæ. 2 vols. Pt 2 of The botany of the Antarctic
voyage of HM discovery ships Erebus and Terror, in the years 1839–1843, under
the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. London: Lovell Reeve.
*———. 1854. Himalayan journals. London: John Murray. [CUL, I in vol. 1]
———. 1854. Himalayan journals; or, notes of a naturalist in Bengal, the
Sikkim and Nepal Himalayas, the Khasia Mountains, &c. 2 vols. London: John
Murray.
———. 1855. Illustrations of Himalayan plants. London: Lovell Reeve.

———. 1855-60. Flora Tasmaniæ. Pt 3 of The botany of the Antarctic voyage
of HM Discovery Ships Erebs and Terror, in the years 1839–1843, under the
command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. 2 vols. London.
88
*———. 1859. On the flora of Australia. London: Lovell Reeve. [CUL]

———. 1859. On the flora of Australia, its origin, affinities, and distribution;
being an introductory essay to the flora of Tasmania. London: Lovell Reeve.
———. 1860. On the origination and distrubution of vegetable species—
introductory essay to the flora of Tasmania. American Journal of Science
29: 1–25, 305–326.
*———. 1876. Botany. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I]
———. 1882. Presidential Address to Section E (Geography) pp. 727–738.
*———. n.d. Introductory essay to the flora of New Zealand

*———. n.d. Memoirs of the geological survey of Great Britain. Vol. 2, part 2.
[CUL, I]
*Hooker, Joseph Dalton and John Ball. 1878. Journal of a tour in Marocco and
the Great Atlas. London: Macmillan & Co. [Botany School]
*Hooker, Joseph Dalton and Thomas Thomson. 1855. Flora Indica. London:
W. Pamplin. [CUL, vol. 1 only, I]
———. 1855. Flora Indica: being a systematic account of the plants of British
India, together with observations on the structure and affinities of their natural
orders and genera. London: W. Pamplin.
*Hooker, William Dawson. 1838. Notes on Norway. 2nd ed. Glasgow: George
Richardson. [CUL, I by J.D. Hooker]
Hooker, William Jackson. 1818-20. Musci exotici; containing figures and
descriptions of new or little known foreign mosses and other cryptogamic
subjects. 2 vols. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown.
———. 1821. Flora Scotica; or a description of Scottish plants, arranged both
according to the artificial and natural methods. 2 pts. London.
———. 1830. The British flora; comprising the phænogamous, or flowering
plants, and the ferns. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green.
*———. 1838. The British flora. 4th ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green &
Longmans. [CUL S C. Darwin April 1841]
———. 1838. The British flora; in two volumes. Vol. 1, comprising the phænog-
amous, or flowering plants, and the ferns. 4th ed. London: Longman, Orme,
Brown, Green, and Longmans.
———. 1840. Flora Boreali-Americana; or the botany of the northern parts of
British America: compiled principally from the plants collected by Dr. Richard-
son & Mr. Drummond on the late northern expeditions, under command of
89
Captain Sir John Franklin R.N. To which are added . . . those of Mr. Douglas,
from north-west America, and of other naturalists. 2 vols. London: Henry G.
Bohn.
———. 1849. Niger flora; or, an enumeration of the plants of western tropical
Africa . . . including Spicilegia Gorgonea, by P. B. Well . . . and flora Nigritiana,
by Dr. J. D. Hooker . . . and George Bentham. London: H. Baillière.
———. 1851. Victoria regia; or illustrations of the Royal water-lily . . . by
Walter Fitch; with descriptions by William Jackson Hooker. London: Reeve
and Benham.
*———. n.d. The British flora. 4th ed. London: Longman, Orme, Brown,
Green & Longmans. [Down, FD, 1st vol. only]
Hooker, William Jackson and George Arnott Walker Arnott. 1850. The British
flora: comprising the phænogamous or flowering plants, and the ferns. 6th ed.
of Hooker, William Jackson, The British flora. London: Longman, Brown,
Green, and Longmans.
*———. 1855. The British Flora. 7th ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green &
Longmans. [CUL]
———. 1855. The British flora: comprising the phænogamous or flowering
plants, and the ferns. 7th ed. London.
*Hooker, William Jackson Et Al. 1831-65. Sup-plement to the English botany
of the late Sir J.E. Smith and Mr Sowerby. London: J.D.C. & C.E. Sowerby.
[Botany School]
*Hope, Frederick William. 1837. The coleopterist’s manual. London: Henry G.
Bohn. [Down, I]
*Hopkins, Evan. 1844. On the connexion of geology with terrestrial magnetism.
London: Richard & John Edward Taylor. [Down, I]
Hopkins, William. 1860. Physical theories of the phenomena of life. Fraser’s
Magazine 61: 739–752.
———. 1860. Physical theories of the phenomena of life (part 2). Fraser’s
Magazine 62: 74–90.
Hopkirk, Thomas. 1817. Flora anomoia. A general view of the anomalies in
the vegetable kingdom. Glasgow: John Smith & son.
*Horner, Leonard. 1858. Alluvial land of Egypt. London: Taylor & Francis.
[Down, I]
Horsfield, Thomas. 1824. Zoological researches in Java, and the neighbouring
islands. London: Black, Kingsbury, Parbury, & Allen.
90
*Houghton, William. n.d. Gleanings from the natural history of the ancients.
London: Cassell, Petter, Galpin & Co. [Down, I]
*Hovelacque, Abel. 1878. Notre ancêtre. Paris: E. Leroux. [Down]
*Howorth, Henry Hoyle. 1876. History of the Mongols. London: Longmans,
*Hromada, Adolf. 1879. Die vorsokratische Nat-urphilosophie und die moderne
Natur-wissenschaft. Prague: Druck der Stadt-haltereidruckerei. [Down]
Hubby, J. L. and Richard C. Lewontin. 1966. A molecular approach to the
study of genic heterozygosity in natural populations. i. the number of alleles at
different loci in Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 54: 577–594.
———. 1966. The number of alleles at different loci in Drosophila pseudoobscura.
Genetics 54: 577–594.
*Huber, François. 1814. Nouvelles observations sur les abeilles. Paris–Genève:
J.J. Paschoud. [CUL, pre-B]
Huber, François. 1814. Nouvelles observations sur les abeilles. Appendix edited
by Jean Pierre Huber. 2nd ed. Paris: J.J. Paschoud.
Huber, Jean Pierre. 1810. Recherches sur les moeurs des fourmis indigènes.
Paris and Geneva.
*Huber, Johannes. 1871. Die Lehre Darwin’s. München: F. Leutner. [Down]
*Huber, Pierre. 1810. Recherches sur les moeurs des fourmis indigènes. Paris:
J.J. Paschoud. [CUL, pre-B]
*Hubrecht, Ambrosius Arnold Willem. 1882. Studien zur Phylogenie des Ner-
vensystems. Amsterdam: Johannes Müller. [Down, I]
*Huc, Evariste Régis. 1852. Recollections of a journey through Tartary, Thibet
and China. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [Down, S]
Huc, Évariste Régis. 1855. The Chinese empire: forming a sequel to the work
entitled “Recollections of a journey through Tartary and Thibet”. London:
Huc, Évariste Régis and Joseph Gabet. 1852. Travels in Tartary, Thibet, and
China, during the years 1844–5–6. London.
Hudson, John, ed. 1842. A complete guide to the Lakes . . . with Mr.
Wordsworth’s description of the scenery of the country . . . and three letters on
the geology of the Lake district by Professor [Adam] Sedgwick. Kendal.
Hudson, R. R. 1983. Testing the constant rate neutral model with protein
sequence data. Evolution 37: 711–719.
91
Hudson, R. R., M. Kreitman, and M. Aguadé. 1987. A test for neutral molecular
evolution based on nucleotide data. Genetics 116: 153–159.
Hudson, William. 1762. Flora Anglica: exhibens plantas per regnum Angliæ
sponte crescentes, distributas secundum systema sexuale. London. London.
———. 1798. Flora Anglica. 3rd ed. London: R. Faulder.

Hull, David. 1980. Individuality and selection. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics 11: 311–322.
Hull, David L. 1964. Consistency and monophyly. Systematic Zoology 13: 1–11.
———. 1965. The effect of essentialism on taxonomy—two thousand years of

stasis. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science 15 & 16: 314–366 & 1–18.
———. 1967. Certainty and circularity in evolutionary taxonomy. Evolution
21: 174–189.
———. 1970. Contemporary systematic philosophies. Annual Review of Ecology
———. 1976. Are species really individuals? Systematic Zoology 25: 174–191.
———. 1978. A matter of individuality. Philosophy of Science 45: 335–360.
Hull, David L., Rodney E. Langman, and Sigrid S. Glenn. 2001. A general
account of selection: Biology, immunology, and behavior. Biology and Philosophy
24: 511–573.
Humboldt, Alexander von. 1797. Versuche über die gereizte Muskel- und
Nervenfaser, nebst Vermuthungen über den chemischen Process des Lebens in
der Thier- und Pflanzenwelt. 2 vols. Berlin.
———. 1805-34. Voyages aux régions équinoxiales du Nouveau Continent, fait
en 1799 . . . 1804 par A. de Humboldt et A. Bonpland. 34 vols. Paris.
———. 1808. Ansichten der Natur mit wissenschaftlichen Erläuterungen. 1 vol.
(no more published). Tübingen.
*Humboldt, Alexander Von. 1811. Political essay on the kingdom of New Spain.
New York: I. Riley. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S Chas Darwin Buenos Ayres]
Humboldt, Alexander von. 1814-29. Personal narrative of travels to the equinoc-
tial regions of the New Continent, during the years 1799–1804, by Alexander
de Humboldt and Aimé Bonpland . . translated into English by Helen Maria
Williams. 7 vols. London.
*Humboldt, Alexander Von. 1826. Essai géo-gnostique sur le gisement des
roches dans les deux hémisphères. 2nd ed. Paris & Strasbourg: F.G. Levrault.
[CUL, pre-B, S]
92
Humboldt, Alexander von. 1828. Tableaux de la nature. Translated from the

German by J. B. B. Eyriès. 2 vols. 2nd ed. Paris.
———. 1831. Fragmens de géologie et de climatologie asiatiques. 2 vols. Paris.
*Humboldt, Alexander Von. 1831. Fragmens de géologie et de climatologie
asiatiques. Paris: Gide, A. Phian Delaforest, Delaunay. [CUL, on B, S in both
vols., vol. 2 Chas Darwin Monte Video Novem: 1832]
Humboldt, Alexander von. 1836-9. Examen critique de l’histoire de la géographie
du Nouveau Continent, et des progrès de l’astronomie nautique au 15e et 16e
siècles. 5 vols. Paris.
———. 1845-62. Kosmos. Entwurf einer physischen Weltbeschreibung. 5 vols.

Stuttgart and Tübingen.
———. 1845-8. Kosmos; a general survey of the physical phenomena of the
universe. 2 vols. London. Translated by Augustin Prichard.
*Humboldt, Alexander Von. 1846. Cosmos. London: Longman, Brown, Green
& Longmans. [Down]
Humboldt, Alexander von. 1846-58. Cosmos: sketch of a physical description of
the universe. Translated [by Elizabeth Juliana Sabine] under the superintendence
of Edward Sabine. 4 vols. London.
———. 1849. Aspects of nature, in different lands and different climates; with
scientific elucidations. 2 vols. London. Translated by Mrs. [Elizabeth Juliana]
Sabine.
———. 1849-58. Cosmos: a sketch of a physical description of the universe. 5
vols. London: H.G. Bohn. Translated from the German by E. C. Otté, B. H.
Paul, and W. S. Dallas.
*Humboldt, Alexander Von and Aimé Bonpland. 1819- 1829. Personal narrative
of travels to the equinoctial regions of the New Continent during the years 1799–
1804, by Alexander von Humboldt and Aimé Bonpland. London: Longman,
hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL trans. M.H. Williams, I in vol. 1 by Henslow:
J.S. Henslow to his friend C. Darwin on his departure from England upon a
voyage round the World 21 Septr 1831; CUL]
Humboldt, Alexander von and Aimé Jacques Alexandre Bonpland. 1811-33.
Recueil d’observations de zoologie et d’anatomie comparée. 2 vols. Paris: F.
Schoell et G. Dufour. Pt 2 of Voyage aux régions équinoxiales.
———. 1815-25. Nova genera et species plantarum quas in peregrinatione orbis
novi collegerunt, descripserunt, partim adumbraverunt Amat. Bonpland et Alex.
de Humboldt. 7 vols. Paris: Libraire Grecque-Latine-Allemande. Pt 6 of Voyage
de Humboldt et Bonpland.
93
———. 1819-29. Personal narrative. Place Unknown.

Hume, Abraham. 1845. Examination of the theory contained in the “Vestiges
of creation”. London.
Hummel, Arvid-David. 1821-29. Essais entomologiques. 7 pts. St Petersburg.
*Humphrey, George Murray. 1860. Observations on the limbs of vertebrate

animals. Cambridge & London: Macmillan. [Down, I]
*Hunt, Robert. 1854. Researches on light in its chemical relations. 2nd ed.
London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL]
*Hunter, John. 1778. The natural history of the human teeth. London: J.
Johnson. [Down, Robert Darwin]
———. 1778. The natural history of the human teeth. London. 2nd ed.
———. 1837. Observations on certain parts of the animal oeconomy. Vol. 4 of
James F. Palmer, ed., The works of John Hunter, F.R.S. with notes. 4 vols.
London.
*———. 1860. Memoranda on vegetation. London: Taylor & Francis. [CUL, I]
*———. n.d. Essays and observations on natural history, anatomy, physiology,
psychology and geology. [and]
*Huot, Jean Jacques Nicolas. 1837. Atlas complet du précis de la géographie
universelle de Malte-Brun. Paris: Aimé André. [Down, ED]
*Hussey, Mrs Thomas John. 1849. Illustrations of British mycology. London:
Reeve, Benham & Reeve. [Botany School, S]
Hutchinson, G. E. 1959. Homage to Santa Rosalia, or why are there so many
kinds of animals? American Naturalist 93: 145–159.
———. 1965. The ecological theater and the evolutionary play. New Haven:
Yale University Press.
———. 1968. When are species necessary? In R. C. Lewontin, ed., Population
Biology and Evolution, pp. 177–205. Syracuse: Syracuse University Press.
*Hutchinson, W.n. 1850. Dog breaking. 2nd ed. London: John Murray. [CUL,
S]
*Huth, Alfred Henry. 1875. The marriage of near kin. London: J. & A.
Churchill. [CUL]
Hutton, F. W. 1897. The place of isolation in organic evolution. Natural Science
11: 240–246.
94
Hutton, James. 1795. Theory of the earth, with proofs and illustrations. 2 vols.
Edinburgh and London.
*Hutton, Thomas. 1850. The chronology of creation. Calcutta: W. Thacker &
Co. [CUL]
———. 1850. The chronology of creation; or, geology and scripture reconciled.
Calcutta.
Huxham, John Corham. 1759-67. Observations on the air and epidemic diseases.
2 vols. London and Plymouth.
Huxley, J. 1924. Constant differential growth-ratios and their significance.
Nature 114: 895–896.
———. 1932. Problems of relative growth. London: Methuen.
Huxley, J., ed. 1940. The New Systematics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
———. 1942. Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. London: Allen and Unwin.
Huxley, J. 1953. Evolution in action; Based on the Pattern Foundation lectures
delivered at Indiana University in 1951. London: Chatto and Windus.
Huxley, J., ed. 1963. Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. 2nd ed. London: Allen
and Unwin.
———. 1974. Evolution: The Modern Synthesis. 3rd ed. London: Allen and
Unwin.
Huxley, J., A. C. Hardy, and E. B. Ford, eds. 1954. Evolution as a Process.
London: Allen and Unwin.
Huxley, Thomas Henry. 1851-1854. On the common plan of animal forms,
abstract of a Friday evening discourse at the Royal Institution, May 12, 1854.
Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain 1: 444–446.
———. 1857-1859. On the theory of the vertebrate skull. Proceedings of the
Royal Society 9: 538–606.
*———. 1858. The oceanic hydrozoa. London: The Ray Society. [Down]
———. 1858. Report on the examination of specimens of Bottom. In Joseph
Dayman, ed., Deep sea soundings in the North Atlantic Ocean between Ireland
and Newfoundland, made in H.M.S. Cyclops. London.
———. 1859. The oceanic Hydrozoa; a description of the Calycophoidæ and
Physophoridæ observed during the voyage of H.M.S. “Rattlesnake”, in the years
1846-1850. London.
———. 1859. On the theory of the vertebrate skull. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History 3: 414–439.
95
———. 1862. Anniversary address to the geological society. Quarterly Journal

of the Geological Society of London 18: xl–liv.
*———. 1862. Our knowledge of the causes of the phenomena of organic nature.
London: Robert Hardwicke. [CUL]
*———. 1863. Evidence as to man’s place in nature. London: Williams &

Norgate. [CUL, I]
*———. 1863. On our knowledge of the causes of the phenomena of organic
nature. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, FD]
*———. 1864. Lectures on the elements of comparative anatomy. London:
John Churchill & Sons. [CUL]
*———. 1869. An introduction to the classification of animals. London: John
Churchill & Sons. [CUL, I]
*———. 1870. Lay sermons, addresses and reviews. London: Macmillan & Co.
[Down, S]
*———. 1871. A manual of the anatomy of the vertebrated animals. London:
J. & A. Churchill. [CUL, I, S]
*———. 1873. Critiques and addresses. London: Macmillan & Co,. [CUL, I]
*———. 1873. Critiques and addresses. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, ED,
I to ED]
———. 1876-1877. [new york lectures on evolution]. Popular Science Monthly
10: 43–56, 207–223, 285–295.
*———. 1877. American addresses. London: Macmillan. [Down]
*———. 1877. A manual of the anatomy of invertebrated animals. London: J.
& A. Churchill. [Down, I, S, FD]
*———. 1877. Physiography. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down]
*———. 1879. Hume. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down]
*———. 1880. The crayfish. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [Down, I]
*———. 1881. Science and culture, and other essays. London: Macmillan &
Co. [Down]
———. 1892-1898. On the theory of the vertebrate skull. In Micheal Foster
and E. R. Lankester, eds, The Scientific Memoirs of Thomas Henry Huxley, 4
vols. New York: D. Appleton.
———. 1893. The coming of age of ‘The Origin of Species’. In Darwiniana.
London: Macmillan.
96
*Huxley, Thomas Henry and H.n. Martin. 1875. A course of practical instruction
on elementary biology. London: Macmillan & Co. [Botany School, FD]
Hyatt, Alpheus. 1866-1867. On the parallelism between the different stages
of life in the individual and those in the entire group of the Molluscous order
Tetrabranchiata. Boston Society of Natural History Memoirs 1, pt. 1: 193–209.
———. 1880. The genesis of the Tertiary species of Planorbis at Steinheim.

Anniversary Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History (1830-1880) pp.
1–114.
*———. 1880. The genesis of the Tertiary species of Planorbis at Steinheim.
Boston: Boston Society of Natural History. [Down, I]
———. 1880. Summary of “the genesis of the Tertiary species of Planorbis at
Steinheim”. Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science 29: 527–550.
———. 1882. Summary of “the genesis of the Tertiary species of Planorbis at
Steinheim”. American Naturalist 16: 441–455.
———. 1884. Evolution of the Cephalopoda. Science 3: 122–127.
———. 1889. Genesis of the Arietidae. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge,
no. 673 .
———. 1892. Bioplastology and related branches of biologic research. Proceed-
ings of the Boston Society of Natural History 26: 59–125.
———. 1893. Phylogeny of an acquired characteristic. Proceedings of the
———. 1896. Lost characterstics. American Naturalist 30: 9–17.
———. 1897. Cycle of life in the individual (ontogeny) and in the evolution
of the group (phylogeny). Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences 32: 209–224.
———. 1897. The influence of woman in the evolution of the human race.
Natural Science 11: 89–93.
*Ingersoll, Ernest. 1881. The history and present condition of the fishery
industries: the oyster industry. Washington: Government Printing Office.
[Down]
*Irmisch, Thilo. 1853. Beiträge zur Biologie und Morphologie der Orchideen.
Leipzig: Amrosius Abel. [CUL]
Isabelle, Arsène. 1835. Voyage à Buénos-Ayres et à Porto-Alègre, par la Banda-
Oriental, les Missions d’Uruguay et la province de Rio-Grande-do-Sul (de 1830
à 1834). Havre.
97
Jacob, Francois. 1977. Evolution and tinkering. Science 196: 1161–1166.

*Jaeger, Gustav. 1869. Die Darwin’sche Theorie und ihre Stellung zur Moral
und Religion. Stuttgart: Hoffmann. [Linnean Society of London, I]
*———. 1871-78. Lehrbuch der allgemeinen Zoologie. Leipzig. [Down]
*———. 1874. In Sachen Darwin’s insbesondere contra Wigand. Stuttgart: E.
Schweizerbart. [CUL]
*———. 1876. Zoologische Briefe. Wien: Wilhelm Braumüller. [Down]
*———. 1878. Seuchenfestigkeit und Constitutionskraft. Leipzig: Ernst Günther.
[Down, I]
*———. 1878. Seuchenfestigkeit und Constitutionskraft. Leipzig: Ernst Günther.
[CUL]
*———. n.d. Die Darwin’sche Theorie und ihre Stellung zu Moral und Religion.
Stuttgart: Julius Hoffmann. [CUL]
*James, Constantin. 1877. Du Darwinisme ou l’homme-singe. Paris: E. Plon
& Cie. [Down]
———. 1892. Moise et Darwin: l’Homme de la Gènese Comparé à l’Homme
Singe, ou l’Enseignement Religieux Opposé à l’Enseignement Athée. Lille:
Desclée, de Brouver et Cie.
*Jameson, Robert. 1816. A treatise on the external, chemical and physical
characters of minerals. Edinburgh: Archibald Constable & Co. [CUL, on B, S
C. Darwin Feb 13th 1826]
*———. 1821. Manual of mineralogy. Edinburgh: Archibald Constable & Co.
[CUL, pre-B, S]
Jardine, William. 1835. The natural history of the ruminating animals, contain-
ing deer, antelopes, camels, &c. Vol. 11 of William Jardine, ed., The naturalist’s
library. 40 vols. Edinburgh. Part 1 only.
*Jarrold, Thomas. 1808. Anthropologia: or, disser-tations on the form and
colour of man. London: Cadell & Davies. [CUL, pre-B]
*Jeffreys, Gwyn and Wil-Liam Benjamin Carpenter. 1876. The ’Valorous’
expedition. London: Taylor & Francis. [Down, I]
Jekel, Henri, ed. 1849. C. J. Schoenherr genera et species Curculionidum.
Catalogus . . . recensus et ordinatus. Paris: H. Jekel.
Jenkin, Fleeming. 1867. The origin of species. North British Review 46: 277–318.
Jenyns, Leonard. 1835. A manual of British vertebrate animals. Cambridge
and London.
98
Jenyns, Leonard, ed. 1843. The natural history of Selbourne by the late Rev.
Gilbert White, M.A. A new edition, with notes. London.
*Jenyns, Leonard. 1846. Observations in natural history. London: John Van
Voorst. [CUL, I]
———. 1846. Observations in natural history: with an introduction on habits

of observing, as connected with the study of that science. Also a calendar of
periodic phenomena in natural history; with remarks on the importance of such
registers. London: John Van Voorst.
Jenyns, Leonard, ed. 1847. Van Voorst’s naturalists’ almanack [The naturalists’
pocket almanack published by John Van Voorst.]. London.
*Jenyns, Leonard. 1858. Observations in met-eorology. London: John Van
Voorst. [Down, I]
*———. 1862. Memoir of the Rev. John Stevens Henslow. London: John Van
Voorst. [Down, I]
Jepsen, G. L., Ernst Mayr, and George Gaylord Simpson, eds. 1949. Genetics,
Paleontology, and Evolution. New York: Columbia University Press.
Jesse, Edward. 1835. Gleanings in natural history. Third and last series. London:
John Murray.
*Jevons, W. Stanley. 1881. Elementary lessons in logic. London: Macmillan &
Co. [Down]
Johannsen, W. L. 1907. Does hybridization increase fluctuating variability? In
Report of the Third International Congress of Genetics. International Congress
of Genetics.
———. 1955. Concerning Heredity in Populations and in Pure Lines [partial
translation]. In H. Gall and E. Putschar, eds, Concerning Heredity in Popula-
tions and in Pure Lines, Vol. III, pp. 172–215. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Johnson, George W., ed. 1857. The cottage gardeners’ dictionary. London: W.
Kent & Co.
*Johnson, Samuel. 1826. A dictionary of the English language. london: C. & J.
Rivington. [CUL, pre-B]
*Johnson, Samuel W. 1869. How crops grow. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down,
FD]
Johnston, Alexander Keith, ed. 1848. The physical atlas: a series of maps &
notes illustrating the geographical distribution of natural phenomena. Based on
the ”Physikalischer atlas” of Professor H. Berghaus. Edinburgh.
99
———. 1850. The physical atlas of natural phenomena. Reduced from the edition
in imperial folio for the use of colleges, academies, and families. Edinburgh
and London: William Blackwood and Sons.
———. 1856. The physical atlas of natural phenomena. A new and enlarged
edition in 5 pts. Edinburgh and London: William Blackwood and Sons.
*Johnston, George. 1853. The natural history of the eastern borders: vol. 1
botany. London: John Van Voorst. [Down]
———. 1853. Terra Lindisfarnensis. The natural history of the eastern borders.
Vol. I: The botany. London: J. Van Voorst.
*Jones, John Matthew. 1859. The naturalist in Bermuda. London: Reeves &
Turner. [CUL]
Jones, Thomas Rymer. 1841. A general outline of the animal kingdom, and
manual of comparative anatomy. London: John Van Voorst.
———. 1845-52. The natural history of animals; being the substance of three
courses of lectures delivered before the Royal Institution of Great Britain. 2
vols. London: John Van Voorst.
Jordan, Alexis. 1846-9. Observations sur plusieurs plantes nouvelles rares ou
critiques de la France. 6 pts. Paris and Leipzig.
Jordan, David Starr. 1905. The origin of species through isolation. Science 22:
545–562.
———. 1925. Isolation with segregation as a factor in organic evolution. In
Smithsonian Report for 1925, pp. 321–326. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian
Institution.
Jordan, David Starr and V. L. Kellog. 1907. Evolution and Animal Life. New
York: Appleton.
Jordan, K. 1896. On mechanical selection and other problems. Novitates
Zoologicae 3: 426–525.
Jourdy, Emile. 1875. Le transformisme devant le positivisme. La Philosophie

Positive 14: 37.
*Jouvencel, Paul De. 1859. Genèse selon la science. La Vie. Paris: Garnier
Frères. [CUL]
*Juan Y Santacilla, Jorge and Antonio De Ulloa. 1806. A voyage to South
America. trans. john adams, 4 ed. London: John Stockdale &c. [CUL, vol. 1
only, on B, I by FitzRoy]
*Judd, John Wesley. 1881. Volcanoes. London: C. Kegan Paul. [Down, I]
100
*Jukes, De La Beche Henry Smith Warington W., Joseph Beete and Robert
Hunt. 1853. Record of the School of Mines. London: Longman, Brown, Green
& Longmans. [Down, I by Jukes]
*Jukes, Joseph Beete. 1843. General report of the geological survey of New-
foundland. London. [CUL.1900]
———. 1847. Narrative of the surveying voyage of H.M.S. Fly, commanded

by Captain F. P. Blackwood, R.N. in Torres Strait, New Guinea, and other
islands of the Eastern Archipelago, during the years 1842–1846: together with
an excursion into the interior of the eastern part of Java. 2 vols. London: T.
& W. Boone.
———. 1850. A sketch of the physical structure of Australia, so far as it is

present known. London: T. & W. Boone.
———. 1857. The student’s manual of geology. Edinburgh: A. and C. Black.
*———. 1857. The student’s manual of geology. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles
Black. [CUL]
*———. 1862. The student’s manual of geology. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles
Black. [Down, I]
Jussieu, Adrien de. 1842. Botanique. Cours élémentaire d’histoire naturelle
à l’usage des collèges et des maisons d’éducation, rédigé conformément au
programme de l’université du 14 Septembre 1840. 3 vols. Paris.
Jussieu, Adrien Henri Laurent de. 1843. Monographie des Malpighiacées, ou
Exposition des caractères de cette famille de plantes, des genres, et espèces qui
la composent. Paris: Gide.
———. 1848. Taxonomie. Coup d’oeil sur l’histoire et les principes des classifi-
cations botaniques. Paris.
Jussieu, Antoine Laurent de. 1789. Genera plantarum secundum ordines nat-
urales disposita, juxta methodum in horto regio Parisiensi exaratum. Paris:
Herissant & Barrois.
Kammerer, Paul. 1909. Vererberung erzwunger Fortplflanzungsanpassungen. 3.
Mittielung. Die Nachkommen der nicht Bruptpflegenden Alytes obstetricans.
Archiv für Entwickelungsmechanik 28: 447–546.
———. 1912. Adaptation and inheritance in the light of modern experimental
investigation. In Smithsonian Institute Annual Report, pp. 421–441. Washington,
D.C.
———. 1913. Experimente über Fortpflanzung . . . IV Mitteilung. Das Farbkleid
des Feuersalamanders, Salamandra maculosa Laurenti, in seiner Abhängigkeit
von der Umwelt. Archiv für Entwickelungsmechanik 36: 4–193.
101
———. 1923. Breeding experiments on the inheritance of acquired characteris-

tics. Nature 111: 637–640.
———. 1924. The inheriance of acquired characteristics. New York: Boni and
Liveright.
*Kaspary, Joachim. 1876. Natural laws. London: J.A. Brook & Co. [Down, I]
*Kater, Henry and Dionysus Lardner. 1830. Mechanics (Lardner’s Cabinet
cyclopaedia). London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, on B]
Kauffman, Stuart. 1993. Origins of Order. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
*Keir, James. 1859. Sketch of the life of James Keir. London: R.E. Taylor
(printed for private circulation). [Down, I by editor]
Kellog, V. L. 1906. Is there determinate variation? Science 24: 621–628.
———. 1907. Darwinism Today. New York: Henry Holt.
———. 1908. Darwinism Today: A Discussion of Present-Day Scientific Selec-
tion Theories, Together with a Brief Account of the Principal Other Proposed
Auxiliary and Alternative Theories of Species-Formation. London: Bell.
Kellog, V. L. and R. G. Bell. 1903. Variation induced in larval, pupal, and
imaginal stages of Bombyx mori by controlled varying food supply. Science 18:
741–748.
Kelvin, William Thomson, Baron. 1894. Popular lectures and addresses. London:
Macmillan.
Kerner, Anton. 1869. Die Abhängigkeit der Pflanzen der Klima und Boden.
Innsbruck: Wagner.
*Kerner, Anton Joseph. 1864. Die Cultur der Alpenpflanzen. Innsbruck: Verlag
der Wagner’schen Universität. [CUL]
*———. 1878. Flowers and their unbidden guests. London: C. Kegan Paul &
Co. [CUL, S]
Kerr, Robert. 1792. The animal kingdom, or, zoological system of . . . C.

Linnaeus. Class I. Mammalia . . . being a translation of that part of the
Systema Naturaea . . . with numerous additions from more recent zoological
writers. London: J. Murray and R. Faulder.
———. 1811-24. A general history and collection of voyages and travels . . .
forming a complete history of the origin and progress of navigation, discovery,
and commerce, by sea and land, from the earliest ages to the present time. 18
vols. Edinburgh: W. Blackwood.
102
Kerr, Warwick E. and Sewall Wright. 1954. Experimental studies of the distri-
bution of gene frequencies in very small populations of Drosophila melanogaster :
I. forked. Evolution 8: 172–177.
———. 1954. Experimental studies of the distribution of gene frequencies in
very small populations of Drosophila melanogaster. III. aristapedia and spineless.
Kettlewell, H. B. D. 1955. Further selection experiments on industrial melanism
in the Lepidoptera. Heredity 10: 287–301.
———. 1955. Selection experiments on industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera.
Heredity 9: 323–342.
———. 1956. A résumé of investigations on the evolution of melanism in
the Lepidoptera. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological
Sciences 145: 297–303.
———. 1961. The phenomenon of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera.
Annual Review of Entomology 6: 245–262.
*Key, Axel and Gustaf Retzius. 1875-1876. Studien in der Anatomie des
Nervensystems und des Bindegewes. Stockholm: Central-Tryckeriet. [Down, I
by Retzius]
Kidd, Walter. 1901. Use-inheritance, illustrated by the direction of hair on the
bodies of animals. London: A. and C. Black.
———. 1920. Initiative in evolution. London: H. F. & G. Witherby.
*Kidd, William. n.d. The canary. London: Groombridge & Sons. [CUL]
Kier, P. M. 1965. Evolutionary trends in Paleozoic echinoids. Journal of
Paleontology 39: 436–465.
Kimura, Motoo. 1951. Effect of random fluctuation of selection value on the
distribution of gene frequencies in natural populations. Annual Report of the
National Institute of Genetics 1: 45–47.
———. 1952. Fluctuations of adaptive values and the frequency distribution of
heterotic genes in natural populations. Annual Report of the National Institute
of Genetics 2: 53–56.
———. 1952. On “effective size of populations”. Annual Report of the National
Institute of Genetics 2: 57–60.
———. 1952. On the process of decay of variability due to random extinction
of alleles. Annual Report of the National Institute of Genetics 2: 60–61.
———. 1952. Process of irregular change of gene frequencies due to the random
fluctuation of selection intensities. Annual Report of the National Institute of
Genetics 2: 56–57.
103
———. 1954. Processes leading to quasi-fixation of genes in natural populations

due to random fluctuation of selection intensities. Genetics 39: 280–295.
———. 1955. Random genetic drift in a multi-allelic locus. Evolution 9:
419–435.
———. 1955. Solution of a process of random genetic drift with a continuous

model. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America)
41: 144–150.
———. 1955. Stochastic processes and distribution of gene frequencies under
natural selection. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 20:
33–53.
———. 1958. On the change of population fitness by natural selection. Heredity
12: 145–167.
———. 1960. Optimum rate and degree of dominance as determined by the
principle of minimum genetic load. Journal of Genetics 57: 21–34.
———. 1962. On the probability of fixation of mutant genes in a population.
Genetics 47: 713–719.
———. 1964. Diffusion models in population genetics. Journals of Applied
Probability 1: 177–232.
———. 1965. Simulation studies on the number of self-sterility alleles main-
tained in a small population. Annual Report of the National Institute of Genetics
16: 86–88.
———. 1969. The rate of molecular evolution considered from the standpoint
of population genetics. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United
States of America) 63: 1181–1188.
———. 1971. Population genetics, molecular biometry, and evolution. In
Proceedings of the Sixth Berkeley Symposium on Mathematical Statistics and
Probability, pp. 43–68. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.
———. 1971. Theoretical foundations of population genetics at the molecular

level. Theoretical Population Biology 2: 174–208.
———. 1976. How genes evolve: A population geneticist’s view. Annales de
Génétique 19: 153–168.
———. 1979. The neutral theory of molecular evolution. Scientific American
241: 98–126.
———. 1983. The neutral theory of molecular evolution. In Masotashi Nei and
R. K. Koehn, eds, Evolution of Genes and Proteins. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer.
104
———. 1983. The Neutral Theory of Molecular Evolution. Cambridge: Cam-

bridge University Press.
———. 1985. Blooming of diffusion models of population genetics in the age of
molecular biology. In J. Gani, ed., The Craft of Probabilistic Modelling. New
York: Springer Verlag.
———. 1987. Molecular evolutionary clock and the neutral allele theory. Journal
of Molecular Evolution 26: 24–33.
———. 1990. The present state of the neutral theory. In N. Takahata and James
Crow, eds, Population biology of genes and molecules. Mishima: Baifukan.
Kimura, Motoo and James Crow. 1963. The measurement of effective population
number. Evolution 17: 279–288.
Kimura, Motoo and Tomoko Ohta. 1971. Protein polymorphism as a phase of
molecular evolution. Nature 229: 467–469.
———. 1971. Theoretical Aspects of Population Genetics. Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
———. 1973. Mutation and the rate of evolution at the molecular level. Genetics
73 (suppl.): 19–35.
King, Clarence. 1877. Catastrophism and evolution. American Naturalist 11:
449–470.
King, Jack Lester and Thomas H. Jukes. 1969. Non-Darwinian evolution.
Science 164: 788–798.
King, Richard. 1855. The Franklin expedition from first to last. London.
Kingsley, Charles. 1855. Glaucus; or, the wonders of the shore. 2nd ed.
Cambridge.
Kinsey, A. C. 1930. The gall wasp genus Cynips: A study in the origin of
species. In Indiana University Studies, Vol. 16, nos. 84, 85, & 86.
*Kirby, William. 1802. Monographia apum angliae. Ipswich: J. Raw. [CUL,
pre-B]
Kirby, William and William Spence. 1815-26. An introduction to entomology:
or elements of the natural history of insects. London.
*———. 1818, 1826. An introduction to entomology. Vol. 1-4. London: Longman,
Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL, pre-B]
———. 1828. An introduction to entomology: or elements of the natural history
of insects. 4 vols. 5th ed. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown.
*Kirchhof, F. 1835. Das Ganze der Landwirtschaft. Leipzig and Torgau. [CUL]
105
*Klein, Burdon-Sanderson John Scott Foster Michael, Edward Emmanuel

and Thomas Lauder-Brunton. 1873. Handbook for the physiological laboratory.
London: J. & A. Churchill. [Down, I, FD]
*Klein, Edward Emmanuel. 1875. The anatomy of the lymphatic system. London:
Elder & Co. [Down, I]
Knox, Arthur Edward. 1849. Ornithological rambles in Sussex; with a systematic

catalogue of the birds of that county, and remarks on their local distribution.
London: J. Van Voorst.
Knox, Robert. 1850. The races of men: a fragment. London.
*Kobell, F. Von. 1852. Sketches from the animal kingdom. London: Henry G.
Bohn. [CUL]
*Kobell, Franz Von. 1838. Grundzüge der Mineralogie. Nürnberg: Johan
Leonhard Schrag. [Down]
*Kohlrausch, Otto. 1877. Leitfaden der praktischen Physik. Leipzig: B.G.
Teubner. [Down]
Kojima, K. 1971. Is there a constant fitness for a given genotype? Evolution
25: 281–285.
Kojima, K. and T. M. Kelleher. 1961. Changes of mean fitness in random mating
populations when epistasis and linkage are present. Genetics 46: 527–540.
Koken, Ernst. 1902. Paleontologie und Descendenzlehre. Jena: G. Fischer.
Koller, P. C. 1939. Genetics of natural populations, III: Gene arrangements in
populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura from contiguous localities. Genetics
24: 22–33.
Kölliker, Albert von. 1864. Ueber die Darwin’sche Schöpfungstheorie. Zeitschrift
für wissenschaftliche Zoologie 14: 179–181.
*Kölliker, Albert Von. 1870. Anatomisch-systematische Beschreibung der Alcy-
onarien. Frankfurt am Main: Christian Winter. [Down, I]
*Kölreuter, Johann Gottlieb. 1761-66. Vorläufige Nachricht von einigen das
Geschlecht der Pflanzen betreffenden Versuchen. Leipzig: in der Gleditschischen
Handlung. [CUL, pre-B]
Kölreuter, Joseph Gottlieb. 1761-6. Vorläufige Nachricht von einigen das
Geschlecht der Pflanzen betreffenden Versuchen und Beobachtungen. Leipzig:
In der Gleditschischen Handlung.
*Koninck, Laurent Guillaume and Henri Le Hon. 1854. Recherches sur les
Crinoı̈des du terrain Carbonifère. Bruxelles: Académie Royale de Belgique.
[Down, I by Koninck]
106
Kordes, Berend. 1797. Lexikon der jetztlebenden schleswig-holsteinischen und

eutinischen Schriftsteller. Schleswig, Germany: Johann Gottlob Röhss.
*Körner, Friedrich. 1872. Thierseele und Men-schengeist. Leipzig: Otto Wigand.
[Down]
Kotzebue, Otto von. 1821. Entdeckungs-Reise in die SüdSee und nach der
Berings-Strasse zur Erforschung einer nordöstlichen Durchfahrt. Unternommen
in den Jahren 1815 . . . 1818. 3 vols. Weimar: Gebruder Hoffman.
*Kowalewsky, Wladimir. 1873. Monografie der Gattung Anthracotherium Cuv.
Cassel: Theodor Fischer. [CUL, I]
Kreitman, M. 1983. Nucleotide polymorphism at the alcohol dehydrogenase

locus of Drosophial melanogaster. Nature 304: 412–417.
Kropotkin, Peter. 1910. The direct action of the environment on plants. Nine-
teenth Century and After pp. 58–77.
———. 1912. Inheritance of acquired characteristics. Nineteenth Century and
After 71: 511–531.
———. 1914. Mutual aid: A factor in evolution. reprint ed. Boston: Extending
Horizon Books.
———. 1918. The direct action of environment and evolution. In Smithsonian
Institute Annual Report, pp. 409–427. Washington, D.C.
———. 1919. The direct action of environment and evolution. Nineteenth
Century and After 85: 70–89.
*Krusenstern, Paul Von. 1846. Wissen-schaftlichen Beobachtungem auf einer
Reisein das Petschora-Land im Jahre 1843. St. Petersburg: Carl Kray. [Down,
I by Murchison]
*Kuhl, Joseph. 1879. Die Descendenzlehre und der neue Glaube. München:
Ackermann. [CUL]
*Kühne, H. 1878. Die Bedeutung des Anpas-sungsgesetzes für die Therapie.
Leipzig: Ernst Günther. [Down]
*Kühne, Wilhelm. 1864. Untersuchungen über das protoplasma und die Con-
tractilität. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down]
Kunth, Karl Sigismund. 1833-50. Enumeratio plantarum omnium hucusque
cognitarum, secundum familias naturales disposita, adjectis characteribus, dif-
ferentiis et synonymis. 5 vols. Stuttgart and Tübingen: Sumtibus J. G. Cottae.
*Kuntze, Otto. 1879. Methodik der Species-beschreibung und Rubus. Leipzig:
Arthur Felix. [Botany School, I]
107
*Kuntze, Otto. 1881. Um die Erde. Leipzig: Paul Frohberg. [Down, I]

Kurr, Johann Gottlob von. 1833. Untersuchungen über die Bedeutung der
Nektarien in den Blumen. Stuttgart: Henne.
*Kurr, Johann Gottlob Von. 1833. Untersuchungen über die Bedeutung der
Nektarien in den Blumen. Stuttgart: Henneschen Buch-handlung. [CUL]
*Kurtz, F. 1876. Die elektrischen und Bewegungs-Erscheinungen am Blatte der
Dionaea muscipula. Leipzig: Veit & Co. [Down]
*Labillardière, J.j. De. 1791. Relation du voyage à la recherche de la Perouse.
Paris: H.J. Jansen. [Down, pre-B]
Lacaze-Duthiers, Henri de. 1865. Zoologie: De la série animale. La Revue des
Cours Scientifiques 2: 86.
———. 1872. Review of Joachim Barrande’s “Epreuves des Théories
Paléontologiques par la Réalité”. Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale
1: xxxiv.
———. 1872. Une election à l’Académie des Sciences. Archives de Zoologie
Expérimentale et Générale 1: xlix–l.
———. 1873. Title not known. Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale
2: L.
*Lacepède, Bernard Germain Étienne De. 1809. Histoire naturelle des cétacées.
Paris: Plassan. [Down, pre-B]
Lack, David L. 1944. Ecological aspects of species formation in passerine birds.
Ibis 86: 260–286.
———. 1947. Darwin’s Finches. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
———. 1949. The significance of ecological speciation. In Jepsen et al. [1622].
———. 1954. The Natural Regulation of Animal Numbers. Oxford: Clarendon
Press.
———. 1961. Darwin’s Finches: An Essay on the General Biological Theory of

Evolution. New York: Harper.
———. 1966. Population Studies of Birds. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
———. 1968. Ecological Adaptations for Breeding in Birds. London: Methuen.
Lacordaire, Jean Théodore. 1854-75. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Genera

des Coléoptères, etc. 11 vols in 12. Paris. Vols. 10 and 11 by F. Chapuis.
*Laing, Sidney Herbert. 1871. Darwinism refuted. London: Elliot Stock. [Down]
108
*Lamarck, Jean Baptiste De. 1809. Philosophie zoologique. Vol. 1. Paris:

Duminil-Leseur. [CUL, pre-B, cover is that of 1830 edn.]
*———. 1816-17. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. 1st ed. Paris:
Verdière. [CUL, pre-B, on B?]
*———. 1835-45. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. 2nd ed. [CUL]
*———. 1873. Philosophie zoologique. new, revised and introduced by charles
martin, 2 vols. ed. Paris: F. Savy. [Down, I by Martin]
Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de Monet de and Jean Louis Marie Poiret.
1783-1817. Encyclopédie méthodique. Botanique. 8 vols. Paris: Panckoucke;
Agasse. Includes supplement, additional 5 vols.
*Lambert, Charles. 1862. Le système du monde moral. Paris: Michel Lévy
Frères. [Down]
*———. 1865. L’Immortalité selon le Christ. Paris: Michel Lévy Frères. [Down,
I]
*Lambertye, Léonce. 1864. Le Fraisier. Paris: Auguste Goin. [CUL]
*Lamont, James. 1861. Seasons with the sea-horses. London: Hurst & Blackett.
[Down, I]
Lamotte, M. 1951. Recherche sur la structure génétique des populations
naturelles de Cepaea nemoralis l. Bulletin Biologique du France et Belgique
suppl., 35: 1–239.
———. 1952. Le rôle des fluctuations fortuites dans la diversité des populations
naturelles de Cepaea nemoralis l. Heredity 6: 333–343.
———. 1959. Polymorphism of natural populations of Cepaea nemoralis. Cold
Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology 24: 65–86.
———. 1966. Les facteurs de la diversité du polymorphisme dans las populations
du Cepaea nemoralis. Lavori delle Società Malacologica Italiana 3: 33–73.
———. 1988. Phénomènes fortuits et l’évolution. In M. Maurois, ed., L’évolution
dans sa réalité et ses diverses modalités, pp. 241–268. Paris: Masson.
Lamotte, M. and J. Coursol. 1974. Mutations, sélection diversifiante et fluctu-
ations fortuites comme maintien du polymorphisme. Mémoires de la Socièté
Zoologique de France 37: 443–471.
Lamouroux, Jean Vincent Félix. 1821. Exposition méthodique des genres de

l’ordre des Polypiers. Paris: Agasse.
*———. 1821. Exposition méthodique des genres de l’ordre des Polypiers. Paris:
Veuve Agasse. [CUL, pre-B, S]
109
*Lanciano, Raffaele. 1872. L’Universo, l’artro e l’individuo. Napoli: Tipografia

Italiana. [Down, I]
Lande, Russell. 1976. Natural selection and random drift in phenotypic evolution.
*Lanessan, Jean Louis. 1876. Du protoplasma végétal. Paris: A. Parent. [Down]

*———. 1881. La Lutte pour l’existence et l’association pour la lutte. Paris:
Octave Doin. [Down]
Langley, C. H. and W. M. Fitch. 1973. The constancy of evolution: A statistical
analysis of the alpha and beta haemoglobins, cytochrome c, and fibrinopeptide.
In N. E. Morton, ed., Genetic Structure of Populations. 246-262: University of
Hawaii Press.
———. 1974. An estimation of the constancy of the rate of molecular evolution.
Journal of Molecular Evolution 3: 161–177.
Lankester, E. R. 1880. Degeneration: A chapter in Darwinism. London.
———. 1888-9. Inheritance of acquired characters. Nature 39: 485.
———. 1890. The advancement of science: Occasional essays and addresses.
London: Macmillan.
———. 1894-95. Acquired characters. Nature 54: 102–103.
———. 1894-95. Are specific characters useful? Nature 54: 245–246.
———. 1906. President’s address pp. 3–42.
*Lankester, Edwin Ray. 1870. On comparative longevity in man and the lower
animals. London: Macmillan. [CUL, I]
*———. 1880. Degeneration. A chapter in Darwinism. London: Macmillan.
[CUL]
*Lardner, Dionysius (Ed.). 1830. The cabinet cyclopaedia. London: Longman,
Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [Down, I Charles Darwin 1839]
Latham, John. 1781-1802. A general synopsis of birds. 3 vols. London: Leigh
& Sotheby. Includes 2 additional supplements.
———. 1821-8. A general history of birds. 11 vols. Winchester.
*Latham, Robert Gordon. 1851. Man and his migrations. London: John Van
Voorst. [CUL]
*Latreille, Pierre André. 1802. Histoire naturelle des fourmis. Paris: Théophile
Barrois père. [CUL, pre-B]
110
———. 1802. Histoire naturelle des Fourmis, et recueil de mémoires et

d’observations sur les Abeilles, les Araignées, les Faucheurs, et autres insectes.
Paris.
———. 1802-5. Histoire naturelle, générale et particulliere, des Crustacés et
des insectes. (Suites à Buffon). 14 vols. Paris: F. Dufart.
Laugel, Auguste. 1859. [In favor of transformism]. Revue Germanique .
———. 1860. [Review of ‘the origin of species’]. Revue des Deux Mondes .
*———. 1863. Science et philosophie. Paris: Mallet-Bachelier. [Down, I]
*———. 1864. Les Problèmes de la nature. Paris: Germer Baillière. [Down, I]
*Lavater, Jean-Gaspard. 1820. L’Art de connaı̂tre les hommes par la phys-
ionomie. new by m. moreau de la sarthe, 10 vols. ed. Paris: Depélafol. [CUL,
pre-B]
*Lawrence, John. 1829. The horse in all his varieties and uses. London:
Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, on B]
Lawrence, William. 1819. Lectures on physiology, zoology, and the natural
history of man. London.
*———. 1822. Lectures on physiology, zoology, and the natural history of man.
London: Benbow. [CUL, pre-B]
*Lawson, Peter and Son. 1851. Lists of seeds and plants. Edinburgh: Peter
Lawson & Son. [CUL, I by W.J. Hooker]
*———. n.d. Treatise on the cultivated grasses and other herbage and forage
plants. [bound with previous item]
*Layman, [scientific. 1880. The new truth and the old faith. London: C. Kegan
Paul & Co. [Down, I]
*Le Brun, Charles. 1701. The conference of Monsieur Le Brun, chief painter
to the French King, chancellor and director of the Academy of painting and
sculpture. London: John Smith. [Down, pre-B]
Le Conte, Joseph. 1899. Evolution: Its nature, its evidences, and its relation to
religious thought. 2nd ed. New York.
*Le Couteur, John. 1872. On the varieties, properties, and classification of
wheat. 2nd ed. London: W.J. Johnson. [Down, I]
*———. n.d. On the varieties of wheat. Jersey–London: H. Payn & H. Wright.
[CUL, I to C Darwin Octob 1841]
Le Dantec, Félix. 1899. Lamarckiens et Darwiniens: Discussion de quelques
théories sur la formation des espèces. Paris: Alcan.
111
———. 1907. Eléments de la philosophie biologique. Paris: Alcan.

———. 1907. The nature and origin of life in the light of new knowledge.
London: Hodder & Stoughton.
*Le Hon, Henri. 1867. L’Homme fossile en Europe. Bruxelles: C. Muquardt.
[Down]
*Le Maout, Emmanuel and Joseph Decaisne. 1868. Traité général de botanique.
Paris: Firmin Didot frères. [Botany School, FD]
*Lecoq, Henri. 1845. De la fécondation naturelle et artificielle des végétaux et
de l’hybridation. Paris: Audot. [CUL]
———. 1845. De la fécondation naturelle et artificielle des végétaux et de
l’hybridation, considérée dans ses rapports avec l’horticulture, l’agriculture et
la sylviculture . . . Contentant les moyens pratiques d’opérer l’hybridation et de
créer facilement des variétés nouvelles. Paris: Audot.
———. 1854-8. Etudes sur la géographie botanique de l’Europe et en particulier
sur la végétation du plateau central de la France. 9 vols. Paris: J. B. Baillière.
*———. 1862. De la fécondation naturelle et artificielle des végétaux et de
l’hybridation. 2nd ed. Paris: Libraire agricole de la Maison rustique. [CUL]
Ledebour, Karl Friedrich von. 1842-53. Flora Rossica sive enumeratio plantarum
in totius imperii Rossici provinciis Europaeis, Asiaticis et Americanis hucusque
observatarum. . 4 vols. Stuttgart.
Lee, Alice and Karl Pearson. 1897. Mathematical contributions to the theory of
evolution. on the relative variation and correlation in civilised and uncivilised
races. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 61: 343–357.
*Lees, William. 1877. Elements of acoustics, light and heat. London & Glasgow:
William Collins & Sons. [Down]
*Leidy, Joseph. 1853. The ancient fauna of Nebraska. Washington–New York:
G.P. Putnam & Co. [CUL]
*———. 1873. Contributions to the extinct vertebrate fauna of the Western

Territories. Washington: Govern-ment Printing Office. [Down]
*Leighton, William Allport. 1872. Lichen-flora. Shrewsbury: printed for the
author. [Down, I]
*Lemoine, Albert. 1865. De la physionomie et de la parole. Paris: Germer
Baillière. [CUL, S]
*Lemoine, Victor. 1878. Recherches sur les oiseaux fossiles des terrains tertiaires
inférieurs des environs de Reims. Reims: F. Keller. [Down, I]
112
Lenz, Wilhelm, ed. 1970. DBBL: Deutschbaltisches Biographisches Lexikon

1710–1960. Cologne and Vienna: Böhlau.
*Lepelletier De La Sarthe, Alme. 1864. Traité complet de physiognomie. Paris:
Victor Masson & Fils. [Down]
Lerner, Isadore Michael. 1954. The Genetic Basis of Selection. New York: John
Wiley and Sons.
———. 1954. Genetic Homeostasis. Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd.
Leroy, Charles Georges. 1802. Lettres philosophiques sur l’intelligence et la
perfectibilité des animaux, avec quelques lettres sur l’homme. Paris.
*Lesson, René-Primevère. 1827. Manuel de mammalogie. Paris: Roret. [Down,
pre-B]
*———. 1828. Manuel d’ornithologie. Paris: Roret. [Down, pre-B]
Lesson, René Primevère and Prosper Garnot. 1826-30. Zoologie. In Louis Isidore
Duperrey, ed., Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du roi, sur la corvette
de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822–5. 2 vols. in 3 and atlas.
Paris: A. Bertrand.
*Letourneau, Charles. 1868. Physiologie des passions. Paris: Germer Baillière.
[Down]
Leuckart, Karl Georg Friedrich Rudolf. 1851. Über den Polymorphismus der
Individuen oder die Erscheinungen der Arbeitstheilung in der Natur. Giessen.
Leuckart, Rudolf. 1852. Vesicula Prostatica. In Robert Bentley Todd, ed., vol.
4 of The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology, 5 vols. London.
Levaillant, François. 1790. Travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior
parts of Africa. Translated from the French.. 2 vols. London.
———. 1790. Voyage dans l’intérieur de l’Afrique par le Cap de Bonne
Espérance, dans les années 1780–85. 2 vols. Paris.
Lewes, George Henry. 1855. The life and works of Goethe: with sketches of
his age and contemporaries, from published and unpublished sources. 2 vols.
London: David Nutt.
*———. 1860. The physiology of common life. Edinburgh & London: William
Blackwood. [Down, vol. 2 only]
*———. 1867. The history of philosophy. 3rd ed. London: Longmans, Green
& Co. [Down]
*———. 1877. The physical basis of mind. London: Trübner & Co. [CUL, I]
113
Lewis, Tayler. 1855. The Six Days of Creation. Schenectady: G. Y. van

Debogert.
Lewontin, Richard C. 1970. The units of selection. Annual Review of Ecology
and Systematics 1.
———. 1974. The bases of conflict in biological explanation. Journal of the

History of Biology 2: 35–45.
———. 1974. The Genetic Basis of Evolutionary Change. New York: Columbia
University Press.
———. 1979. Sociobiology as an adaptationist program. Behavioral Science
24: 5–14.
———. 1983. Elementary errors about evolution. Behavioral and Brain Sciences
6: 367–368.
Lewontin, Richard C. and J. L. Hubby. 1966. A molecular approach to the
study of genic heterozygosity in natural populations. II. amount of variation and
degree of heterozygosity in natural populations of Drosophila Pseudoobscura.
Genetics 54: 595–609.
Lewontin, Richard C. and M. J. D. White. 1960. Interaction between inversion
polymorphisms and two character pairs in the grasshopper, Moraba scurra.
*Leybold, Federico. 1873. Escursion a las Pampas Argentinas. Santiago:
Imprenta Nacional. [Down, I]
Li, C. C. 1955. Population Genetics. University of Chicago Press.
Li, W.-H., M. Tanimura, and P. M. Sharp. 1987. An evaluation of the molecular
clock hypothesis using mammalian DNA sequences. Journal of Molecular
Lichtenstein, Martin Heinrich Karl. 1812-15. Travels in southern Africa, in the
years 1803–6. 2 vols. London: Henry Colburn. Translated from the original
German, by Anne Plumtre.
Liebig, Justus von. 1840. Organic chemistry in its applications to agriculture
and physiology. London: Taylor and Walton.
*Liebig, Justus Von. 1840. Organic chemistry in its applications to agriculture
and physiology. London: Taylor & Walton. [CUL, S Charles Darwin 1841]
Liebig, Justus von. 1840-4. Traité de chimie organique. 3 vols. Paris: Fortin,
Masson & Cie.
———. 1842. Chemistry in its application to agriculture and physiology. 2nd
ed. London.
114
———. 1851. Familiar letters on chemistry, in its relations to physiology,

dietetics, agriculture, commerce, and political economy. 3rd ed. London.
Lightfoot, John. 1777. Flora Scotica; or, a systematic arrangement in the
Linnæan method, of the native plants of Scotland and the Hebrides. 2 vols.
London: B. White.
*Lindemuth, Hugo. 1878. Vegetative Bastard-erzeugung durch Impfung. Berlin:

Wiegandt, Hempel & Parey. [Down, S]
Lindley, John. 1830. An introduction to the natural system of botany: or, a sys-
tematic view of the organisation, natural affinities, and geographical distribution,
of the whole vegetable kingdom; together with the uses of the most important
species in medicine, the arts, and rural or domestic economy. London.
*———. 1830. An outline of the first principles of Botany. London: Longmans.
[CUL, S]
———. 1835. A synopsis of the British flora, arranged according to the natural
orders; containing Vasculares, or flowering plants. 2nd ed. London: Longman,
Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman.
*———. 1836. A natural system of botany. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Rees,
Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL, I Charles Darwin 1840]
———. 1836. A natural system of botany; or, a systematic view of the organi-
sation, natural affinities, and geographical distribution, of the whole vegetable
kingdom; together with the uses of the most important species in medicine, the
arts, and rural or domestic economy. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Rees, Orme,
Brown, Green, and Longman.
———. 1837. Dionæ. In Penny Encyclopedia 8: 508. 27 vols. in 12. Supplement
3 vols. London.
———. 1840. The theory of horticulture; or, an attempt to explain the principal
operations of gardening upon physiological principles. London: Longman, Orme,
———. 1841. Elements of botany, structural, physiological, systematical, and
medical; being a fourth edition of the Outline of the first principles of botany.
London: Taylor and Walton.
———. 1846. The vegetable kingdom. London: Bradbury and Evans.
———. 1848. An introduction to botany. 2 vols. 4th ed. London: Longman,

———. 1852-5. Folia orchidacea. An enumeration of the known species of
orchids. London: J. Matthews.
115
———. 1853. The vegetable kingdom; or, the structure, classification, and uses
of plants, illustrated upon the natural system. 3rd ed. London: Bradbury and
Evans.
———. 1854. School botany, and vegetable physiology; or, the rudiments of
botanical science. A new edition. London.
———. 1855. The theory and practice of horticulture; or an attempt to explain

the chief operations of gardening upon physiological grounds. 2nd ed. London:
Longman, Brown, Green, & Longmans.
*———. 1856. School botany and vegetable physiology. new ed. London:
Bradbury & Evans. [Down]
Lindley, John and William Hutton. 1831-7. The fossil flora of Great Britain. 3
vols. London: J. Ridgway.
Link, Heinrich Friedrich. 1821. Die Urwelt und das Alterthum, erläutert durch
die Naturkunde. Berlin.
*———. 1821. Die Urwelt und das Alterthum, erläutert durch die Naturkunde.
Berlin: Ferdinand Dümmler. [CUL, pre-B]
*Linnaeus, Carl. 1735. Systema naturae. Lund. [Botany School, pre-B]
*———. 1783. Philosophia botanica. 2nd ed. Vienna: Johan Thomas de
Trattern. [CUL, pre-B]
*———. 1789-96. Systema naturae. 13th ed. Lund. [Down, vol. 1 missing?]
*———. 1797. Systema vegetabilium. Göttingen: C. Dietrich. [Down, ED]
———. 1797. Systema vegetabilium. 15th ed. Gottingen.
———. 1825-8. Systema vegetabilium. 5 vols. 16th ed. Göttingen.
Linné, Carl von (Linnaeus). 1783. A system of vegetables . . . with their
character and differences, translated from the thirteenth edition . . . of the
Systema vegetabilium . . . and from the Supplementum plantarum . . . by a
botanical society at Lichfield. 2 vols. Lichfield and London.
———. 1811. Lachesis Lapponica; or, a tour in Lapland, now first published
from the original manuscript journal of the celebrated Linnæus; by J. E. Smith.
2 vols. London: White and Cochrane.
*Lippert, Julius. 1881. Die Religionen der Europäischen Culturvölker. Berlin:
Theodor Hoffmann. [Down, I]
*Lisle, Edward. 1757. Observations in husbandry. 2nd ed. London. [Down,
pre-B]
116
Livingstone, David. 1857. Missionary travels and researches in South Africa;

including a sketch of sixteen years’ residence in the interior of Africa, and a
journey from the Cape of Good Hope to Loanda on the west coast; thence across
the Continent, down the river Zambesi, to the Eastern Ocean. London.
*Locard, Arnould. 1881. Études sur les variations malacologiques ... du bassin
du Rhône. Lyon: Henri Georg. [Down, I]
Lock, R. H. (Robert Heath). 1907. Recent progress in the study of variety,
heredity, and evolution. London: John Murray.
*Locke, John. 1726. An essay concerning human understanding. London.
[CUL.1900]
*Loiseleur-Deslongchamps, Jean Louis Auguste. 1842. Considérations sur les
céréales, et principalement sur les froments. Paris: Bouchard-Huzard. [CUL]
*Lombardini, Luigi. 1879. Ricerche sui Cammelli. Pisa: T. Nistri. [Down, I]
London Geological Society. 1808. Geological enquiries. London.
Loomis, F.B. 1905. Momentum in variation. American Naturalist 39: 839–843.
Lorenz, Konrad. 1966. On aggression. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World.
Lotka, Alfred J. 1922. Contributions to the energetics of evolution. Proceedings.
Lotsy, J. P. (Johannes Paulus). 1916. Evolution by means of hybridization. The
Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Loudon, ed, John Claudius, ed. 1830. Loudon’s Hortus Britannicus. A catalogue
of all the plants, indigenous, cultivated in, or introduced to Britain. London:
Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green.
Loudon, John Claudius. 1850. Loudon’s hortus Britannicus. A catalogue of all
the plants indigenous, cultivated in, or introduced to Britain. New ed. London.
*Loudon, John Claudius (Ed.). 1841. An encyclopaedia of plants. London:
Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL]
*Lovén, Sven Ludvig. 1875. Études sur les échinoı̈des. Stockholm: P.A. Norsted
& Söner. [Down, I]
*Low, David. 1845. On the domesticated animals of the British islands. London:
Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL]
———. 1845. On the domesticated animals of the British Islands . . . and
observations on the principles and practice of breeding. London.
Lowe, Richard Thomas. 1857-68. A manual flora of Madeira and the adjacent
islands of Porto Santo and the Desertas. Vol. 1. London: John Van Voorst.
117
———. 1857-72. A manual flora of Madeira and the adjacent islands of Porto
Santo and the Dezertas. 2 vols. London.
*Lowne, Benjamin Thompson. 1870. The anatomy and physiology of the blow-fly.
London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I]
*———. 1872. Descriptive catalogue of the teratological series in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. London: R. Hardwicke. [CUL, I]
*———. 1873. The phil-osophy of evolution. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL,
I]
*Lubbock, John. 1857. An account of the two methods of reproduction in
Daphnia ... [Down, I]
*———. 1858. On the ova and pseudova of insects. [Down]
*———. 1865. Prehistoric times. London: Williams & Norgate. [CUL, I]
*———. 1869. Prehistoric times. 2nd ed. London: Williams & Norgate. [CUL,
I, S]
*———. 1870. The origin of civilisation and the primitive condition of man.
London: Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL]
———. 1870. The origin of civilization and the primitive condition of man.
London.
*———. 1873. Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura. London: The
Ray Society. [Down]
*———. 1874. On the origin and metamorphoses of insects. London: Macmillan
& Co. [CUL]
*———. 1879. Addresses, political and educational. London: Macmillan & Co.
[Down, I]
*———. 1879. Scientific lectures. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I]
*———. 1882. Ants, bees, and wasps. 4th ed. London: Kegan Paul, Trench &
Co. [Down]
*Lucae, Johann Christian. 1881. Zur Statik und Mechanik der Quadrupeden.
Frankfurt am Main: Mahlau & Waldschmidt. [Down]
Lucae, Johann Christian Gustav. 1873. Affen- und Menschenschädel im Bau
und Wachsthum verglichen. Archiv für Anthropolgie 6: 13–38.
*———. 1882. Der Fuchs-Affe und das Faulthier. Frankfurt am Main: Mahlau
& Waldschmidt. [Down]
118
*Lucas, Prosper. 1847. Traité philosophique et physiologique de l’hérédité

naturelle. Paris: J.B. Baillière. [CUL]
———. 1847-50. Traité philosophique et physiologique de l’hérédité naturelle
dans les états de santé et de maladie du système nerveux avec l’application
méthodique des lois de la procréation au traitement général des affections dont
elle est le principe. 2 vols. Paris.
Ludwig, Fritz. 1867. Die Befruchtung der Pflanzen durch Hülfe der Insekten
und die Theorie Darwin’s von der Entstehung der Arten. Bielefeld: Velhagen &
Klasing.
*Luerssen, Christian. 1879-82. Handbuch der systematischen Botanik. Leipzig:

H. Haessel. [Botany School, FD]
Lull, Richard Swann. 1917. Organic evolution. New York: Macmillan.
———. 1924. Dinosaurian climactic response. In M. R. Thorpe, ed., Organic
adaptation to the environment, pp. 225–279. New Haven: Yale University Press.
*Lunze, Gustav. 1877. Die Hundezucht im Lichte der Darwin’sche Theorie.
Berlin: Louis Gerschel. [Down]
Lütke, Fedor Petrovich. 1835-6. Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre de
Sa Majesté l’empereur Nicolas 1er, sur la corvette le Séniavine, dans les années
1826, 1827, 1828 et 1829. 4 vols. Paris: Typ. de Firmin Didot frères. Includes
additional atlas, 2 vols.
Lyell, Charles. 1830-3. Principles of geology, being an attempt to explain the
former changes of the Earth’s surface, by reference to causes now in operation.
3 vols. London: John Murray.
*———. 1830-33. Principles of geology. 1st ed. London: John Murray. [CUL,
on B, S]
*———. 1837. Principles of geology. 5th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL]
———. 1837. Principles of geology: being an inquiry how far the former changes
of the Earth’s surface are referable to causes now in operation. 4 vols. 5th ed.
London.
———. 1838. Elements of geology. London: John Murray.
*———. 1838. Elements of geology. London: Murray. [CUL, I]
*———. 1840. Principles of geology. 6th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, S]
———. 1840. Principles of geology: or, the modern changes of the Earth and
its inhabitants, considered as illustrative of geology. 3 vols. 6th ed. London:
John Murray.
119
———. 1841. Elements of geology. 2 vols. 2nd ed. London.

*———. 1845. Travels in North America. London: John Murray. [CUL]
———. 1845. Travels in North America; with geological observations on the
United States, Canada, and Nova Scotia. 2 vols. London.
*———. 1847. Principles of geology. 7th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, I, S]
———. 1847. Principles of geology; or, the modern changes of the Earth and its
inhabitants considered as illustrative of geology. 7th ed. London: John Murray.
*———. 1849. A second visit to the United States of America. London: John
Murray. [CUL]
———. 1849. A second visit to the United States of North America. 2 vols.
London.
*———. 1851. A manual of elementary geology. 3rd ed. London: John Murray.
[CUL]
———. 1851. A manual of elementary geology: or, the ancient changes of
the Earth and its inhabitants as illustrated by geological monuments. 3rd ed.
———. 1852. A manual of elementary geology. 4th ed. London.
*———. 1852. A manual of elementary geology. 4th ed. London: John Murray.
[CUL]
*———. 1853. Principles of geology. 0000th ed. London: John Murray. [Down]
*———. 1853. Principles of geology. London: John Murray. [CUL, I]
———. 1853. Principles of geology; or, the modern changes of the Earth and its
inhabitants considered as illustrative of geology. 9th ed. London: John Murray.
*———. 1855. A manual of elementary geology. 5th ed. [CUL, S]
———. 1855. A manual of elementary geology: or, the ancient changes of
the Earth and its inhabitants as illustrated by geological monuments. 5th ed.
———. 1857. Supplement to the fifth edition of a “ Manual of elementary
geology”. London: John Murray.
———. 1857. Supplement to the fifth edition of a “ Manual of elementary
geology”. 2nd ed. London.
*———. 1857. Supplement to the fifth edition of A manual of elementary
geology. 1st ed. London: John Murray. [CUL]
120
*———. 1857. Supplement to the fifth edition of A manual of elementary

geology. 2nd ed. London: John Murray. [CUL]
*———. 1863. The geological evidences of the antiquity of man. London: John
Murray. [CUL, I]
*———. 1863. The geological evidences of the antiquity of man. 3rd ed. London:
John Murray. [Down, I]
*———. 1865. Elements of geology. 6th ed. London: John Murray. [Down, I]
———. 1867-1868. Principles of Geology. 2 vols. 10th ed. London: John
Murray.
*———. 1867-68. Principles of geology. 10th ed. London: John Murray. [Down]
*———. 1867-68. Principles of geology. 10th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL,
I]
*———. 1871. The student’s elements of geology. London: John Murray. [CUL,
I]
*———. 1872. Principles of geology. 11th ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, I]
*———. 1873. The geological evidences of the antiquity of man. 4th ed. London:
John Murray. [CUL, I]
*———. 1874. The student’s elements of geology. 2nd ed. London: John Murray.
[Down, I]
*Lyell, James Carmichael. 1881. Fancy pigeons. London: The Bazaar Office.
[Down]
*Lyman, Theodore. 1871. Supplement to the Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae.
Cambridge, Mass.: University Press. [Down]
*———. 1875. Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae. Cambridge, Mass.: University
Press. [Down]
*Lyon, W.p. n.d. as “Homo”. London: Hamilton, Adams & Co. [Down]
MacArthur, R. and E. O. Wilson. 1967. The Theory of Island Biogeography.

*Macaulay, Grant Brewin, James and Abiathar Wall. 1881. Vivisection scien-
tifically and ethically considered. London: Marshall Japp & Co. [Down, I by H.
Gillespie]
MacBride, Ernest William. 1914. Textbook of embryology. Vol 1: Invertebrata.
London: Macmillan.
121
———. 1924. An introduction to the study of heredity. London: Williams and

Norgate.
———. 1927. Evolution. London: Ernest Benn.
———. 1932. The inheritance of acquired characters. Nature 130: 128.
———. 1932. The inheritance of acquired characters. Nature 129: 900.

*Macculloch, John. 1821. A geological clas-sification of rocks, with descriptive
synopses of the species and varieties comprising the elements of practical geology.
London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [CUL, S Chas. Darwin June
1837]
MacCulloch, John. 1837. Proofs and illustrations of the attributes of God, from
the facts and laws of the physical universe. 3 vols. London.
MacDougal, D. T. 1905. Discontinuous variation and the origin of species.
Science 21: 540–543.
Macdougal, William. 1927. An experiment for the testing of the hypothesis of
Lamarck. British Journal of Psychology 17: 267–304.
*Macgillivray, William. 1837-52. A history of British birds. London: Scott,
Webster & Geary. [CUL]
———. 1837-52. History of British birds, indigenous and migratory. 5 vols.
London: Scott, Webster, and Geary.
*———. 1855. The natural history of Dee Side and Braemar. London. [CUL]
*Mackintosh, James. 1837. Dissertation on the progress of ethical philosophy.
2nd ed. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [CUL, S]
*———. n.d. The history of England. Vol. 1
*Maclaren, James. 1876. A critical examination of some of the principal
arguments for and against Darwinism. London: Edward Bumpus. [Down, I]
*———. 1877. Some chemical difficulties of evolution. London: Edward
Bumpus. [Down, I]
*———. 1878. Natural theology in the nineteenth century. London: Edward
Bumpus. [Down, I]
*Macleay, William Sharp. 1819. Horae entomo-logicae. London: S. Bagster.
[CUL, pre-B]
———. 1819-21. Horæ entomologicæ: or essays on the annulose animals. 2
pts. London: S. Bagster.
122
*Macquart, Justin. 1850. Facultés intérieurs des animaux invertébrés. Lille: L.

Daniel. [CUL]
Macquart, Justin Pierre Marie. 1834-5. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Diptères.
2 vols. Paris: Roret.
MaCurdy, H. and William Ernest Castle. 1907. Selection and cross-breeding in
relation to the inheritance of coat-patterns in rats and guinea-pigs. Carnegie
Institution Publications 70.
*Magnus, Paul Wilhelm. 1870. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Gattung Najas L.
Berlin: Georg Reimer. [Linnean Society of London, I]
Mahoudeau. 1889. Transformisme. In Dictionnaire des Sciences Anthropoloiques.
Place Unknown.
Main, Robert, ed. 1859. A manual of scientific enquiry; prepared for the use of
officers in Her Majesty’s Navy; and travellers in general. 3rd ed. London.
Malécot, G. 1945. La diffusion des gènes dans une population mendélienne.
Comptes Rendus de l’Académie des Science de Paris 221 & 222: 340 & 841.
———. 1948. Les Mathématiques de l’hérèdité. Paris: Masson.
*Mallery, Garrick. 1880. A collection of gestures and signals of the North
American Indians. Washington: Government printing office. [Down]
*———. 1880. Introduction to the study of sign language among the North
American Indians. Washington: Government printing office. [Down]
*———. 1881. Sign language among American Indians, compared with that
among other peoples and deaf-mutes. Washington: Government printing office.
[Down, I]
Mallet, J. 2005. Speciation in the 21st century. Heredity 95: 105–109.
Mallet, J. and M. Joron. 1999. Evolution of diversity in warning colour and
mimicry: Polymorphisms, shifting balance and speciation. Annual Review of
Ecology and Systematics 30: 201–233.
Mallet, J. and M. C. Singer. 1987. Individual selection, kin selection, and the
shifting balance in the evolution of warning colours: The evidence of butterflies.
Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 32: 337–350.
Mallet, J. and J. R. G. Turner. 1996. Did forest islands drive the diversity
of warningly coloured butterflies? biotic drift and the shifting balance the-
ory. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological
Sciences. 351: 835–845.
———. 1998. Biotic drift or the shifting balance: did forest islands drive the
diversity of warningly coloured butterflies? In P. R. Grant, ed., Evolution on
Islands. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
123
*Malm, August Wilhelm. 1877. Göteborgs och Bohusläns Fauna, Ryggradsdjuren.

Göteborg: Göteborgs Handelstidnings Aktie-Bolags Tryckeri. [Down, I]
*Malthus, Thomas Robert. 1826. An essay on the principle of population. 6th
ed. London: John Murray. [CUL, pre-B but S in vol. 1 C. Darwin April 1841]
*———. 1826. An essay on the principle of population. Vol. 2. 6th ed. London:
John Murray. [Down, pre-B, ED]
———. 1826. An essay on the principle of population; or, a view of its past
and present effects on human happiness; with an inquiry into our prospects
respecting the future removal or mitigation of the evils which it occasions. 2
vols. 6th ed. London: John Murray.
*Mantegazza, Paolo. 1867. Rio de la Plata e Tenerife. Milano: Gaetano Brigola.
[CUL, I]
*———. 1870. Fisiologia del piacere. 5th ed. Milano: G. Bernardoni. [CUL]
*———. 1877. Studii antropologici ed etnografici. Firenze: Tipografia dell’arte
della stampa. [Down, I]
*———. 1878. Il terzo molare nelle razze umane. Firenze. [Down, I]
*———. 1881. Fisionomia e mimica. Milano: Fratelli Dumolard. [Down, I]
*Marchand, Étienne. 1792. Voyage autour du monde. Paris: Imprimérie de la
République. [Down, pre-B]
Margulis, Lynn. 1970. Origin of Eukaryotic Cells: Evidence of Research and
Implications for a Theory of the Origin and Evolution of Microbial, Plant, and
Animal Cells on the Precambrian Earth. New Haven: Yale University Press.
———. 1981. Symbiosis in Cell Evolution: Life and Its Environment on the
Early Earth. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
Marsh, Othniel Charles. 1872. Preliminary description of Hesperornis regalis . .
. American Journal of Science 3: 360–365.
———. 1873. On a new sub-class of fossil birds (Odontornithes). American
Journal of Science 5: 161–162.
———. 1874. Notice of some equine mammals from the Tertiary formation.
American Journal of Science 7: 247–258.
———. 1876. Notice of some new Tertiary mammals. American Journal of
Science 12: 401–404.
———. 1876. Recent discoveries of extinct mammals. American Journal of
Science 12: 59–61.
124
———. 1878. Introduction and succession of vertebrate life in America. Popular

Science Monthly 12: 695.
———. 1878. Introduction and Succession of Vertebrate Life in North America.
New York: Appleton.
———. 1880. Odontornithes: A monograph on the extinct toothed birds of

North America. In Report of the Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel:
Made by order of the Secretary of War according to the acts of Congress of
March 2, 1867, and March 3, 1869, under the direction of A.A. Humphreys,
Chief of Engineers, by Clarence King, U.S. geologist. Washington, D. C.: G.P.O.
———. 1886. Dinocerata: A monograph on an extinct order of gigantic

mammals. In Monographs of the U.S. Geological Survey, Vol. 10. Washington,
D.C.: United States Geological Survey: G.P.O.
*Marshall, William. 1778. Minutes of agriculture made on a farm of 300 acres
of various soils, New Croydon, Surrey. London: J. Dodsley. [CUL, pre-B, I]
*———. 1808. A review of the reports to the Board of Agriculture from the
northern department of England. York: Thomas Wilson & Son. [CUL, pre-B,
belonged to Josiah Wedgwood]
*Marshall, William E. 1873. A phrenologist amongst the Todas. London:
Longmans, Green & Co. [CUL, S]
*Marsham, Thomas. 1802. Coleoptera Britannica. London: J. White. [CUL,
vol. 1 only, pre-B, S]
———. 1802. Coleoptera britannica, sistens insecta Coleoptera britanniae
indigena. Vol. 1. London: J. White.
*Martin, W.c.l. 1845. The history of the dog. London: Charles Knight & Co.
[CUL]
*Martin, William Charles Linnaeus. 1845. The history of the horse. London:
Charles Knight & Co. [CUL]
———. 1855. The poultry yard: comprising the management of fowls, for use
and exhibition. London and New York.
*Martin-Saint-Ange, Gaspard Joseph. 1835. Mémoire sur l’organisation des
cirripèdes. Paris: J.B. Baillière. [CUL]
*Marx, Karl. 1873. Das Kapital. Hamburg: Otto Meissner. [Down, I]
*Masaryk, Thomas Garrigue. 1881. Der Selbst-mord als sociale Massenerschei-

nung der modernen Civilisation. Wien: Carl Konegen. [Down]
*Maskelyne, Nevil. 1802. Tables requisite to be used with the Nautical ephemeris.
3rd ed. London. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S]
125
*Masters, Maxwell Tylden. 1869. Vegetable teratology. London: The Ray

Society. [CUL]
Mather, K. 1943. Polygenic inheritance and natural selection. Biological Review
18: 32–64.
———. 1973. Genetical Structure of Populations. London: Chapman and Hall.

Mather, K. and J. L. Jinks. 1977. Introduction to Biometrical Genetics. Ithaca:
Cornell University Press.
Matthen, Mohan and André Ariew. 2002. Two ways of thinking about fitness
and natural selection. Journal of Philosophy 99: 55–83.
*Matthes, Benno. 1861. Betrachtungen über Wir-belthiere. Dresden. [CUL.1900]
*Matthew, Patrick. 1831. On naval timber and arboriculture. Edinburgh: Adam
Black. [CUL, S C. Darwin Apr. 13th 1860]
———. 1831. On naval timber and arboriculture; with critical notes on authors
who have recently treated the subject of planting. London and Edinburgh:
Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green (London) and Adam Black (Edinburgh).
Matthew, W. D. 1910. The paleontologic record. the continuity of development.
Popular Science Monthly 77: 473–478.
———. 1910. The phylogeny of the Felidae. Bulletin of the American Museum
of Natural History 28: 289–316.
*Maudsley, Henry. 1868. The physiology and pathology of mind. London:
Macmillan & Co. [CUL]
*———. 1870. Body and mind. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL]
*———. 1873. Body and mind. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I]
*———. 1876. The physiology of mind. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down, I by
publisher]
*Mawe, John. 1825. Travels in the gold and diamond districts of Brazil. new
ed. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green. [CUL, pre-B, on
B, S Chas. Darwin Octob: 1832 Buenos Ayres]
*Maxwell, James Clerk. 1882. Matter and motion. London: Society for
promoting Christian knowledge. [Down, FD]
Maynard Smith, John. 1972. On Evolution. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University
Press.
———. 1975. The Theory of Evolution. Harmondsworth: Penguin.
———. 1978. The Evolution of Sex. Cambridge University Press.
126
Mayr, Ernst. 1939. The sex ratio in wild birds. American Naturalist 73:
156–179.
———. 1940. Speciation phenomena in birds. American Naturalist 74: 249–278.
———. 1944. Wallace’s line in the light of recent zoogeographic studies.
Quarterly Review of Biology 19: 1–14.
———. 1946. Experiments on sexual isolation in Drosophila. VI. isolation
between Drosophila pseudoobscura and Drosophila persimilis and their hybrids.
57–59.
———. 1946. Experiments on sexual isolation in Drosophila. VII. the nature of
the isolating mechanisms between Drosophila pseudoobscura and Drosophila per-
similis. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America)
32: 128–137.
———. 1947. Ecological factors in speciation. Evolution 1: 263–288.
———. 1949. Speciation and selection. Proceedings of the American Philosoph-
ical Society 93: 514–519.
———. 1954. Change of genetic environment and evolution. In J. Huxley, A. C.
Hardy, and E. B. Ford, eds, Evolution as a Process. London: Allen and Unwin.
———. 1954. Geographic speciation in tropical echinoids. Evolution 8: 1–18.
———. 1955. Integration of genotypes: Synthesis. Cold Spring Harbor Symposia
on Quantitative Biology 20: 327–333.
———. 1959. Isolation as an evolutionary factor. Proceedings of the American
———. 1959. Where are we? Cold Spring Harbor Symposia on Quantitative
Biology 24: 409–440.
———. 1961. Cause and effect in biology. Science 134: 1501–1506.
———. 1963. Animal Species and Evolution. Cambridge: Harvard University
Press.
———. 1964. The evolution of living systems. Proceedings. National Academy
of Sciences (United States of America) 51: 934–941.
———. 1964. Inferences concerning the tertiary American bird faunas. Proceed-
ings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 51: 280–288.
———. 1965. Avifauna: Turnover on islands. Science 150: 1587–1588.
———. 1965. Numerical phenetics and taxonomic theory. Systematic Zoology
14: 73–97.
127
———. 1968. The role of systematics in biology. Science 159: 595–599.

———. 1978. Origin and history of some terms in systematic and evolutionary
biology. Systematic Zoology 27: 83–88.
———. 1981. Biological classification: Toward a synthesis of opposing method-
ologies. Science 214: 510–516.
———. 1982. Speciation and macroevolution. Evolution 36: 1119–1132.
———. 1983. How to carry out the adaptationist program? American Naturalist
121: 324–334.
———. 1992. Haldane’s ’Causes of evolution’ after 60 years. Quarterly Review

of Biology 67: 175–186.
———. 1992. The idea of teleology. Journal of the History of Ideas 53: 117–135.
———. 1992. A local flora and the biological species concept. American Journal
of Botany 79: 222–238.
———. 1994. Recapitulation reinterpreted: The somatic program. Quarterly
Review of Biology 69: 223–232.
———. 1996. The autonomy of biology: The position of biology among the
sciences. Quarterly Review of Biology 71: 97–106.
———. 1996. What is a species, and what is not? Philosophy of Science 63:
262–277.
———. 1997. The objects of selection. Proceedings. National Academy of
———. 1998. Two empires or three? Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences
(United States of America) 95: 9720–9723.
———. 1999. Systematics and the Origin of Species From the Point of View of
a Zoologist. reprint ed. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Mayr, Ernst and Jared M. Diamond. 1976. Birds on islands in the sky: Origin of
the Montane Avifauna of Northern Melanesia. Proceedings. National Academy
Mayr, Ernst and Theodosius Dobzhansky. 1945. Experiments on sexual isolation
in Drosophila. iv. modification of the degree of isolation between Drosophila
pseudoobscura and Drosophila persimilis and of sexual preferences in Drosophila
prosaltans. Proceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of Amer-
ica) 31: 75–82.
Mayr, Ernst and Robert J. O’Hara. 1986. The biogeographic evidence supporting
the Pleistocene forest refuge hypothesis. Evolution 40: 55–67.
128
Mayr, Ernst and Erwin Stresemann. 1950. Polymorphism in the chat genus
Oenanthe (aves). Evolution 4: 291–300.
*Mazaroz, Jean Paul. 1877. La Genèse des sociétés modernes. Paris: A. Lévy.
[Down]
*Mcalpine, Daniel. 1881. Zoological atlas. Edin-burgh & London: W. & A.

Johnston. [Down]
*———. 1882. The botanical atlas, part 1. Edinburgh & London: W. & A.
Johnston. [Down]
*Mcclelland, John. 1839. Indian Cyprinidae, part 2. Calcutta: Bishop’s College
Press. [CUL, I]
*Mcclintock, Francis Leopold. 1859. A narrative of the discovery of the fate
of Sir John Franklin and his companions. London: John Murray. [Down, I by
publisher to Mrs Darwin]
McCosh, James and George Dickie. 1856. Typical forms and special ends in
creation. Edinburgh: Thomas Constable.
*Mcintosh, William Carmichael. 1873-74. A monograph of the British Annelids.
*Mclennan, John Ferguson. 1865. Primitive marriage. Edinburgh: Adam &
Charles Black. [CUL]
*———. 1876. Studies in ancient history, comprising a reprint of Primitive
marriage. London: Bernard Quasitch. [CUL, I]
*Medlicott, Henry Benedict and William Thomas Blandford. 1879. A manual
of the geology of India. Calcutta. [Down, I]
Meehan, Thomas. 1870. Bud varieties. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy
of Natural Sciences pp. 128–130.
*———. 1878. The native flowers and ferns of the United States. Boston:
Prang & Co. [Down]
Meek, F. W. and A. H. Worthen. 1869. Description of new Carboniferous fossils
from the Western United States. Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Sciences pp. 137–172.
*Meetkerke, Cecilia Elizabeth. 1881. The guests of flowers. London: Griffith &
Farran. [Down, I]
*Meitzen, Ernst. 1872. Bhawani. Leipzig: E.H. Manen. [Down]
Meldola, R. 1888. Lamarkism versus Darwinism. Nature 38: 388–389.
129
———. 1896. The President’s address. Proceedings of the Entomological Society

of London 1: xii–xcii.
*Melia, Pius. 1872. Hints and facts on the origin of man. London: Longmans,
Green & Co. [CUL]
Meneghini, Giuseppe. 1853. On the animal nature of the Diatomeæ, with

an organographical revision of the genera established by Kützing. In Arthur
Henfrey, ed., Botanical and physiological memoirs. London.
Ménétriès, Edouard. 1859. Lépidoptères de la Sibérie orientale et en particulier
des rives de l’Amour. In Reisen und Forschungen im Amur-Lande in den
Jahren 1854–1856 im Auftrage der Kaiserl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
St Petersburg ausgeführt und in Verbindung mit mehreren Gelehrten, 4 vols. in
5. St Petersburg: Kaiserlich.
*Mengozzi, Giovanni Ettore. 1869. Della filosofia della medicina. Livorno:
Scuola italica. [Linnean Society of London, I]
Merriam, C. Hart. 1905. Is mutation a factor in the evolution of the higher
vertebrates? Science 21: 241–256.
*Merriam, Clinton Hart. 1877. A review of the birds of Connecticut. New
Haven: Tuttle, Morehouse & Taylor. [Down]
Mertens, Franz Karl and Wilhelm Daniel Joseph Koch. 1823-39. J. C. Röhlings
Deutschlands Flora. Nach einem veränderten und erweiterten Plane bearbeitet.
5 vols. Frankfurt-am-Main: F. Wilmans.
Metcalf, Maynard M. 1905. Determinate mutation. Science 21: 355–356.
———. 1913. Adaptation through natural selection and orthogenesis. American
———. 1913. Trends in evolution: A discussion of data bearing on orthogenesis.
Journal of Anatomy and Physiology 45: 1–45.
*Metzger, Johann. 1841. Die Getreidearten und Wiesengräser. Heidelberg: C.F.
Winter. [CUL]
Meyen, Franz Julius Ferdinand. 1837. Über die Secretionsorgane der Pflanzen.
Berlin: F. J. Morin.
*———. 1837-39. Neues System der Pflanzen-Physiologie. Berlin: Haude und
Spenersche Buchhandlung. [Botany School, FD]
*———. 1846. Outlines of the geography of plants. London: The Ray Society.
[CUL]
*———. n.d. Beiträge zur Zoologie gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde.
[including]
130
*Meyer, Friedrich Albrecht Anton. 1792. Versuch einer vollständigen

Naturgeschichte der Hausthiere, im Grundrisse. Göttingen: Johann Chris-
tian Dieterich. [CUL, pre-B]
*Michell, John. 1760. Conjectures concerning the cause, and observations upon
the phaenomena of earthquakes. London. [CUL, pre-B, S, I “the Author’s
Present”, i.e. not to CD]
Michod, Richard E. 1982. The theory of kin selection. Annual Review of Ecology
———. 1999. Darwinian Dynamics: Evolutionary Transitions in Fitness and
Individuality. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Middendorf, Aleksandr Fedorovich. 1848-75. Reise in den äussersten Norden und
Osten Sibiriens während der Jahre 1843 und 1844 mit allerhöchster Genehmi-
gung auf Veranstaltung der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu St.
Petersburg ausgeführt und in Verbindung mit vielen Gelehrten herausgegeben. 4
vols. St Petersburg.
*Miers, John. 1826. Travels in Chile and La Plata. London: Baldwin, Cradock
& Joy. [CUL, pre-B, S in both vols.]
Milkman, R. D. 1967. Heterosis as a major cause of heterozygosity in nature.
Genetics 55: 493–495.
Miller, Hugh. 1841. The Old Red Sandstone; or, new walks in an old field.
Edinburgh.
*———. 1849. Footprints of the creator. London: Johnton & Hunter. [Botany
School]
———. 1849. Footprints of the Creator: or, the Asterolepis of Stromness.
London.
———. 1858. The Old Red Sandstone; or, new walks in an old field. To which
is appended a series of geological papers read before the Royal Physical Society
of Edinburgh. 7th ed. Edinburgh.
Miller, Philip. 1745. The gardeners kalendar, directing what works are necessary
to be done every month in the kitchen, fruit and pleasure-gardens, and in the
conservatory. 7th ed. London: J. Rivington.
*———. 1748. The gardener’s dictionary. 3rd ed. London: for the author.
[Down, vols. 1 and 3 only]
*Miller, William Allen. 1864. Elements of chemistry: Part 2, inorganic chem-
istry. 3rd ed. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts & Green. [Down,
FD]
131
*Milligan, Edward. 1826. A. Corn. Celsi medicinae libri octo. Edinburgh:

Maclachlan & Stewart. [Down, S]
*Milne Edwards, Henri. 1834-40. Histoire naturelle des crustacés. Paris. [CUL]
Milne-Edwards, Henri. 1834-40. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, comprenant
l’anatomie, la physiologie et la classification de ces animaux. 3 vols. Paris:
Roret.
*———. 1851. Introduction à la zoologie générale. Paris: Victor Masson. [CUL]
———. 1851. Introduction à la zoologie générale, ou considérations sur les
tendances de la nature dans la constitution du regne animal. Paris.
———. 1870. Sur les travaux de Ch. Darwin. La Revue des Cours Scientifiques
7: 591.
Milne-Home, David. 1847. On the parallel roads of Lochaber; with remarks on
the change of relative levels of land and sea in Scotland, and on the detrital
deposits in that country. Edinburgh: privately printed.
Miquel, Frederich Anton Wilhelm. 1837. Disquisitio geographico-botanica de
plantarum Regni Batavi distributione. Leiden.
*Mitchell, Silas Weir. 1861. Researches upon the venom of the rattlesnake.
Washington, The Smithsonian Institute: New York, Appleton & Co. [CUL, S]
Mitchell, Thomas Livingston. 1838. Three expeditions into the interior of
eastern Australia. 2 vols. London: T. & W. Boone.
Mivart, St. George. 1870. Genesis of Species. London: Macmillan.
———. 1871. On the Genesis of Species. New York: D. Appleton.
———. 1884. On the development of the individual and of the species. Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London pp. 462–474.
———. 1887-88. On the possible dual origin of the Mammalia. Proceedings of
the Royal Society of London 4: 372–379.
———. 1896. Are specific characters the result of natural selection? Nature
54: 246–247.
*Mivart, St George Jackson. 1867. On the appendicular skeleton of primates.
[CUL, I]
*———. 1871. On the genesis of species. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I]
*———. 1871. On the genesis of species. 2nd ed. London and New York:
Macmillan & Co. [Down, S]
132
*———. 1873. Lessons in elementary anatomy. London: Macmillan & Co.

[CUL, S]
*———. 1873. Man and apes. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, S]
*Moggridge, John Traherne. 1873. Harvesting ants and trap spiders. London:
L. Reeve & Co. [CUL]
Mohl, Hugo von. 1827. Über den Bau und das Winden der Ranken und
Schlingpflanzen. Tübingen, Germany: Heinrich Laupp.
*Mohl, Hugo Von. 1827. Über den Bau und das Winden der Ranken und
Schlingpflanzen. Tübingen: Heinrich Laupp. [CUL, pre-B]
Mohl, Hugo von. 1851. Grundzüge der Anatomie und Physiologie der vegetabilis-
chen Zelle. Brunswick, Germany: F. Vieweg.
*Mohl, Hugo Von. 1852. Principles of the anatomy and physiology of the
vegetable cell. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, S]
Mohl, Hugo von. 1853. Die vegetabilische Zelle. In vol. 4 of Handwörterbuch
der Physiologie mit Rücksicht auf physiologische Pathologie, 4 vols. Brunswick,
Germany: Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn.
*Mohl, Jules. 1879-80. Vingt–sept ans d’histoire des études orientales. Paris:
G. Reinwald. [Down]
*Mojsvár, Edmund Mojsisovics Von. 1873-75. Das Gebirge um Hallstatt. Wien:
K.K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei. [Down, I]
*———. 1874. Über die Triadischen Pelecypoden-Gattungen Daonella und
Halobia. Wien: K.K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei. [Down, I]
*———. 1878. Die Dolomit-Riffe von Südtirol und Venetien. Wien: Alfred
Hölder. [Down, I]
*———. n.d. Geologische Übersichtskarte Tirolisch-Venetianischen Hochlandes.
[Down, I]
*Moleschott, Jacob. 1866. La Circulation de la vie. Paris: Germer Baillière.
[Down]
*———. 1877. Der Kreislauf des Lebens. Mainz: Victor von Zabern. [Down]
*Moleschott, Jacob and S. Fubini. 1879. Sull’influenza della luce :n t100 mista
e aromatica nell’esalazione di acido carbonico per l’organismo animale. Torino:
G.B. Paravia. [Down]
*Molina, Juan Ignatio. 1788-95. Compendio de la historia geografica, natural
y civil, del reyno de Chile. [CUL, pre-B, on B, S in vol. 1 Charles Darwin,
Valparaiso 1834]
133
Möller, Hans Peter Christian. 1842. Index Molluscorum Groenlandiæ. Hafniæ:

C. A. Reitzelii.
Monet de Lamarck, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de. 1801. Systême des animaux
sans vertèbres, ou tableau général des classes, des ordres et des genres de ces
animaux; . . . et suivant l’arrangement établi dans les galeries du Muséum
d’Hist. Naturelle, . . . Précédé du discours d’ouverture ducours de zoologie,
donné dans le Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle l’an 8 de la République.
Paris: the author; Deterville.
———. 1809. Philosophie zoologique; ou exposition des considérations relatives
à l’histoire naturelle des animaux; à la diversité de leur organisation . . . ;
enfin, à celles qui produisent, les unes le sentiment, et les autres l’intelligence
de ceux qui en sont doués. 2 vols. Paris: Dentu; the author.
———. 1815-22. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres, présentant
les caractères généraux et particuliers de ces animaux, leur distribution, leurs
classes, leurs familles, leurs genres, et la citation des principales espèces qui s’y
rapportent; précédée d’une introduction offrant la détermination des caractères
essentiels de l’animal, sa distinction du végétal et des autres corps naturels,
enfin, l’exposition des principes fondamentaux de la zoologie. 7 vols. Paris:
Verdière [& others].
———. 1830. Philosophie zoologique, ou exposition des considérations relatives
à l’histoire naturelle des animaux; à la diversité leur organisation . . . et les
autres l’intelligence de ceux qui en sont doués. 2 vols. new ed. Paris: J. B.
Baillière.
*Moniez, Romain. 1881. Mémoires sur les cestodes. Paris: Octavo Doin. [Down,
I by Alfred Giard]
*Mons, Jean Baptiste Van. 1835-36. Arbres fruitiers. Louvain: L. Dusart & H.
Vandenbrock. [CUL]
Mons, Jean Baptiste van. 1835-6. Arbres fruitieres. 2 vols. Louvain.
Montagu, George. 1803-8. Testacea Britannica; or, natural history of British
shells. 2 pts. and supplement. London.
Montémont, Albert Étienne de. 1833-6. Bibliothèque universelle des voyages
effectués par mer ou par terre dans les diverses parties du monde, depuis les
premières découvertes jusqu’à nos jours. 46 vols. Paris.
Montucci, Henri. 1869. Notes critiques sur la marche et le développement des
sciences. Revue Contemporaine 15: 165.
Moor, J. H. 1837. 1837. Notices of the Indian archipelago, and adjacent countries.
Pt 1 (no more published). Singapore.
134
*Moore, David and Alexander Goodman More. 1866. Contributions towards a

Cybele Hibernica. Dublin: Hodges, Smith & Co. [Down]
*Moore, Frederic. 1879. Descriptions of new Indian lepidopterous insects.
Calcutta & London: Taylor & Francis. [Down]
*Moore, George. 1866. The first man and his place in creation. London:
Longmans, Green & Co. [Down]
*Moore, J. 1735. Columbarinus, or the pigeon-house, being an introduction to
a natural history of tame pigeons. London: J. Wilford. [pre-B]
Moore, John. 1735. Columbarium; or, the pigeon-house. Being an introduction
to a natural history of tame pigeons. London: J. Wilford.
———. 1765. A treatise on domestic pigeons; comprehending all the different
species known in England . . . Carefully compiled from the best of authors. To
which is added, a most ample description of that celebrated and beautiful pigeon
called the almond tumbler. London: C. Barry.
*Moore, Thomas. 1847. The poetical works. London: Longman, Brown, Green
& Longman. [Down]
———. 1855. The ferns of Great Britain and Ireland. London: Bradbury and
Evans.
*Moquin-Tandon, Alfred. 1841. Éléments de tératologie végétale. Paris: P.:
Loss. [CUL]
Moquin-Tandon, Horace Bénédict Alfred. 1841. Eléments de tératologie végétale,
ou histoire abrégée des anomalies de l’organisation dans les végétaux. Paris:
P.-J. Loss.
Moran, P. A. P. 1962. The Statistical Processes of Evolutionary Theory. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
———. 1964. On the non-existence of adaptive topographies. Annals of Human
Genetics 27: 383–393.
*Morgan, Lewis Henry. 1868. The American beaver and his works. Philadelphia:
J.B. Lippincott. [CUL]
*———. 1871. Systems of consanguinity and affinity of the human family.
Washington: The Smithsonian Institute. [Down, I]
Morgan, Thomas Hunt. 1907. Experimental Zoology. New York: Macmillan.
———. 1908. Evolution and adaptation. reprint ed. New York: Macmillan.
———. 1909. For Darwin. Popular Science Monthly 74: 367–380.
135
———. 1910. Chance or purpose in the origin and evolution of adaptation.

Science 31: 201–210.
———. 1916. A Critique of the Theory of Evolution. Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
———. 1919. The physical basis of heredity. Philadelphia: J. B.Lippincott.

———. 1925. Evolution and genetics. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
———. 1928. The theory of the gene. New Haven: Yale University Press.
———. 1932. The Scientific Basis of Evolution. W. W. Norton and Company.
Morgan, Thomas Hunt, A. H. Sturtevant, H. J. Muller, and Bridges C. B. 1915.

The Mechanism of Mendelian Heredity. New York: Holt.
*Morren, Édouard. 1871. Principes élémentaires de physiologie végétale. Gand:
C. Annoot-Braeckman. [Down]
*———. 1877. Actes du congrès de botanique horticole. Liège: Fédération des
sociétés d’horticulture. [Down]
*Morris, John. 1854. A catalogue of British fossils. 2nd ed. London: by the
author. [Down]
Morris, Simon Conway. 1998. The crucible of creation: The Burgess Shale and
the rise of animals. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Morse, Edward S. 1876. What American scientists have done for evolution.
Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 25:
137–176.
*Morton, Samuel George. 1854. Types of mankind. Philadelphia; London:
Lippincott & Grambo ;Trübner & Co. [CUL]
*Moseley, Henry Nottidge. 1874. On the structure and development of Peripatus
capensis. [Down, I]
*———. 1878. Oregon: its resources, climate, people and productions. London:
Edward Stanford. [Down, S]
*———. 1879. Notes by a naturalist on the “Challenger”. London: Macmillan
& Co. [CUL, I]
*Mosso, Angelo. 1881. Kreislauf des Blutes im menschlichen Gehirn. Leipzig:
Veit. [Down, I]
*Moubray, B. 1834. A practical treatise on breeding poultry, pigeons and rabbits.
7th ed. London. [CUL]
136
*Muir, John (?). 1874. Supernatural religion. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Green
& Co,. [Down, I]
Mulder, Gerrit Jan van. 1849. The chemistry of vegetable & animal physiology.
Edinburgh and London: William Blackwood & Sons.
*Müller, Ferdinand Von. 1869-71. Fragmenta phytographiae australiae. Mel-

bourn: J. Ferres. [Down, I]
*Müller, Friedrich. 1868. Reise der Österreichischen Fregatte Novara um die
Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859: anthropologischer Theil. Wien: Kai-
serlich-Königlichen Hof- und Staats-druckerei. [CUL]
*———. 1873. Allgemeine Ethnographie. Wien: Alfred Hölder. [Down, I]

Müller, Fritz. 1864. Für Darwin. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.
*———. 1864. Für Darwin. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, I]
———. 1869. Facts and arguments for Darwin. London: John Murray.
*———. 1869. Facts and arguments for Darwin. London: John Murray. [CULR]
Muller, H. J. 1914. The bearing of the experiments of Castle and Phillips on
the variability of genes. American Naturalist 48: 567–576.
———. 1922. Variation due to change in the individual gene. American
———. 1932. Further studies on the nature and causes of gene mutations.
Proceedings of the Sixth International Congress of Genetics I: 213–255.
———. 1939. Reversibility in evolution considered from the standpoint of
genetics. Biological Reviews 14: 261–280.
———. 1945. The gene. Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B.
Biological Sciences 134: 1–37.
———. 1950. Our load of mutations. American Journal of Human Genetics 2:
111–176.
*Müller, Hermann. 1873. Befruchtung der Blumen durch Insekten. Leipzig:

Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL, I]
*———. 1879. Die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Blumen und den ihre Kreuzung
vermittlenden Insekten. Breslau: Trewendt. [Linnean Society of London]
*———. 1881. Alpenblumen. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I]
Müller, Johann Karl August. 1849-51. Synopsis muscorum frondosorum omnium
hucusque cognitorum. 2 vols. Berlin: Alb. Foerstner.
137
*Müller, Johannes. 1838-42. Elements of physiology. London: Taylor & Walton.

[CUL]
*———. n.d. Über die Gattungen der Seeigellarven. Berlin: K. Akademie der
Wissenschaften. [Down, I]
Müller, Johannes Peter. 1826. Zur vergleichenden Physiologie des Gesichtssinnes

des Menschen und der Thiere, nebst einem Versuch über die Bewegungen der
Augen und über den menschlichen Blick. Leipzig.
———. 1834-7. Handbuch der Physiologie des Menschen für Vorlesungen. 2
vols. Coblenz.
———. 1838-42. Elements of physiology. Translated from the German by

William Baly. 2 vols. London.
Müller, Salomon and Coenraad Jacob Temminck. 1839-45. Verhandelingen over
de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche Overzeesche Bezittingen, door
de Leden der Natuurkundige Commissie in Oost-Indië en andere Schrijvers.
Uitgegeven op last van den Koning door C. J. Temminck: Zoologie. 2 vols.
Leiden.
Munson, R. 1971. Biological adaptation. Philosophy of Science 38: 200–215.
*Murchison, Roderick Impey. 1839. The Silurian system. London: John Murray.
[CUL]
———. 1839. The Silurian system, founded on geological researches in the
counties of Salop, Hereford, Radnor, Montgomery, Caermarthen, Brecon, Pem-
broke, Monmouth, Gloucester, Worcester, and Stafford; with descriptions of the
coal-fields and overlying formations. 2 pts. London: John Murray.
*———. 1841. The Silurian system. Edinburgh review. [Down, I]
———. 1854. Siluria; the history of the oldest known rocks containing organic
remains, with a brief sketch of the distribution of gold over the Earth. London:
John Murray.
*Murphy, Joseph John. 1869. Habit and intelligence. London: Macmillan.
[CUL, I from publisher in vol. 1]
*———. 1879. Habit and intelligence. 2nd ed. London: Macmillan & Co.
[Down]
*Murray, Andrew. 1866. The geographical distribution of mammals. London:
Day & Son. [Down]
*———. 1866. The geographical distribution of mammals. London: Day & Son.
[CUL]
138
Murray, Charles Augustus. 1839. Travels in North America during the years
1834, 1835, & 1836. Including a summer residence with the Pawnee tribe of
Indians, in the remote prairies of the Missouri, and a visit to Cuba and the
Azore Islands. 2 vols. London: R. Bentley.
Murray, John. 1845. Strictures on morphology: its unwarrantable assumptions,
and atheistical tendency. London.
*Murray, Lindley. 1824. An English grammar. 5th ed. York: T. Wilson & Sons.
[CUL, pre-B, on B, S Robt FitzRoy 1831]
Musschenbroek, Peter van. 1744. Elements of natural philosophy. Translated
from the Dutch by John Colson. 2 vols. London.
*Nägeli, Carl Von. 1866. Botanische Mittheilungen. München: F. Staub. [CUL]
*———. 1877. Die niederen Pilze in ihren Beziehungen. München: R. Olden-
bourg. [Down]
*Nägeli, Carl Von and Carl Cramer. 1855. Pflanzenphysiologische Untersuchun-
gen. Zürich: F. Schulthess. [Botany School]
Nägeli, Carl Wilhelm von. 1858-68. Beiträge zur Wissenschaftlichen Botanik. 4
pts in 1 vol. Leipzig: Wilhelm Englemann.
———. 1865. Entstehung und Begriff der naturhistorischen Art. Munich: Franz.
———. 1865, pt. 2. Ueber den Einfluss der äusseren Verhaltenisse auf die
Verietätenbildung im Pflanzenreiche. Sitzungsberichte der königlichen bayrischen
Akademie der Wissenschaften, München pp. 228–232, 258–260, 277–284.
———. 1872. Die gesellschaftliche Entstehung neuer Species. Sitzungsberichte
der methematisch-physikalischen Classe der königlichen bayrischen Akademie
der Wissenschaften zu München 2: 305–344.
———. 1884. Mechanisch-physiologische Theorie der Abstammungslehre. Mu-
nich: R. Aldenbourg.
———. 1898. A mechanico-physiological theory of organic evolution. Chicago:
Open Court.
Nägeli, Carl Wilhelm von and Carl Cramer. 1855-8. Pflanzenphysiologische
Untersuchungen. 4 pts in 1 vol. Zurich: Friedrich Schulthess.
*Nash, Wallis. 1878. Oregon: there and back in 1877. London: Macmillan &
Co. [Down, S]
*Nathusius, Hermann Von. 1864. Abbildungen von Schweineschaedeln zu den
Vorstudien für Geschichte und Zucht der Hausthiere. Berlin: Wiegandt &
Hempel. [CUL, S]
139
*———. 1864. Vorstudien für Geschichte und Zucht der Hausthiere zunaechst
am Schweineschaedel. Berlin: Wiegandt & Hempel. [CUL]
*———. 1872-80. Vorträge über Viehzucht und Rassenkenntnis. Berlin: Wie-
gandt & Hempel. [CUL]
*Naudin, Charles. 1862. Nouvelles recherches sur l’hybridité dans les végétaux.
Paris. [CUL, I]
———. 1867. Cas de monstruosités devenus le point de départ de nouvelles
races dans les végétaux. Académie des Sciences: Comptes Rendus 64: 929–933.
———. 1874. Les espèces affinés et la théorie de l’évolution. Bulletin de la
Société Botanique 21: 240–272.
Naudin, Charles Victor. 1853. Melastomacearum, quæ in Musæo Parisiensi
continentur monographicæ descriptionis et secundum affinitates distributionis
tentamen. Paris: V. Masson.
Naumann, Karl Friedrich. 1845. Über den Quincunx als Grundgesetz der
Blattstellung vieler Pflanzen. Dresden and Leipzig: Arnoldische Buchhandlung.
Nei, Masotashi. 1975. Molecular Population Genetics and Evolution. Amster-
dam: North-Holland.
———. 1987. Molecular Evolutionary Genetics. New York: Columbia University
Press.
———. 2005. Selectionism and neutralism in molecular evolution. Molecular
Biology and Evolution 22: 2318–2342.
Nei, Masotashi and D. Graur. 1984. Extent of protein polymorphism and the
neutral mutation theory. Evolutionary Biology 17: 73–118.
Nei, Masotashi and R. K. Koehn, eds. 1983. Evolution of Genes and Proteins.
Sunderland, MA: Sinauer.
*Netter, Abraham. 1879. De l’intuition dans les découvertes et inventions.
Strasbourg: Trenttel & Wurtz. [Down]
*Neumayr, Melchior. 1879. Zur Kenntnis der Fauna des untersten Lias in den
Nordalpen. Wien: J.C. Fischer. [CUL, I]
*Neumayr, Melchior and Carl Maria Paul. 1875. Die Congerien- und paludi-
nenschichten Slavoniens und deren Faunen. Wien: Alfred Hölder. [CUL,
I]
Neumeister, Gottlob. 1837. Das Ganze der Taubenzucht. Weimar.
*———. 1837. Das Ganze der Taubenzucht. Weimar: B.F. Voigt. [CUL]
140
Nevo, Eviatar. 1978. Genetic variation in natural populations: Patterns and

theory. Theoretical Population Biology 13: 121–177.
Nevo, Eviatar and R. Ben-Shlomo. 1984. The evolutionary significance of
genetic diversity: Ecological, demographic, and life history correlates. In G. S.
Mani, ed., Evolutionary Dynamics of Genetic Diversity, pp. 13–213. Berlin:
Springer Verlag.
Newberry, J. S. 1868. President’s address. Proceedings of the American Associ-
ation for the Advancement of Science 16: 1–15.
*Newberry, John Strong. 1875. The structure and relations of Dinichtyes.
Columbus: Nevins & Myers. [Down, I]
Newell, N. D. 1952. Periodicity in invertebrate evolution. Journal of Paleontology
26: 371–385.
Newman, Edward. 1854. A history of British ferns. 3rd ed. London: J. van
Voorst.
Newman, H. H. (Horatio Hackett). 1921. Readings in Evolution, Genetics, and
Eugenics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
*Newton, Alfred. 1874. Zoology. London: Society for promoting Christian
knowledge. [Down, I]
*Nicholson, Edward. 1874. An elementary treatise of ophiology. Madras:
Higginbotham. [Down, I]
Nicol, James. 1844. Guide to the geology of Scotland; containing an account of
the character, distribution, and more interesting appearances of its rocks and
minerals. Edinburgh and London.
Niebuhr, Carsten. 1779. Description de l’Arabie, d’après les observations et
recherches fait dans le pays même. [Translated from the German by F. L.
Mourier. New edition revised by Joseph de Guignes.]. Paris.
*Niemeyer, Felix Von. 1871. A textbook of practical medicine. revised, vol. 1 ed.
London: H.K. Lewis. [Down, FD]
*———. 1871. A textbook of practical medicine. London: H.K. Lewis. [Botany
School, F.D.]
*Nilsson, Sven. 1868. The primitive inhabitants of Scandinavia. 3rd ed. London:
John Murray. [Down, I]
Nitschke, Theodor Rudolf Joseph. 1858. Commentatio anatomicophysiologica

de Droserae rotundifoliae irritabilitate. Doctoral dissertation. Breslau.
*Nitzch, Christian L. 1867. Pterylography. London: The Ray Society. [Down]
141
*Nogueira, A.f. 1880. A raça negra sob o ponto de vista da civilisação da Africa.
Lisboa: Minerva. [Linnean Society of London, I]
*Noiré, Ludwig. 1874. Die Welt als Entwickelung des Geistes. Leipzig: Beit.
[Down, I]
*———. 1877. Der Ursprung der Sprache. Mainz: Victor von Zabern. [Down,
I]
*———. 1880. Das Werkzeug. Mainz: Diemer. [Down]
*Nordenskiöld, Nils Adolf Erik. 1881. The voyage of the Vega round Asia and
Europe. London: Macmillan & Co. [Down]
Nott, Josiah Clark and George R. Gliddon. 1854. Types of mankind: or,
Ethnological researches . . . illustrated by selections from the in edited papers of
S. G. Morton . . . and by additional contributions from L. Agassiz, W. Usher,
and . . . H. S. Patterson. Philadelphia and London.
Nott, Josiah Clark and George R. Gliddon, eds. 1857. Indigenous races of the
earth; or, new chapters of ethnological inquiry . . . by Louis Ferdinand Alfred
Maury . . . with communications from J. Leidy and L. Agassiz. London and
Philadelphia: J. B.Lippincott.
*Nusbaum, Jozef. n.d. L’Embryologie de Mysis chameleo. Warsaw. [Down]
Nuttall, Thomas. 1818. The genera of North American plants and a catalogue
of the species to the year 1817. 2 vols. Philadelphia.
*Odart, Alexandre Pierre. 1849. Ampélographie universelle ou traité des cépages.
2nd ed. Paris: De Dusacq. [CUL]
Odell, G., G. Oster, B. Burnside, and Pere Alberch. 1985. The mechanical
basis of morphogenesis. i. epithelial folding and invagination. Developmental
Biology 85: 446–462.
*of Magellan, Idx Missing Strait. 1871. Edinburgh. Edinburgh: Edmonton and
Douglas. [Down, I]
*Ogle, John William. 1881. The Harveian oration, 1880. London. [Down]
Ohta, Tomoko. 1972. Evolutionary rate of cistrons and DNA divergence. Journal
of Molecular Evolution 1: 150–157.
———. 1973. Slightly deleterious mutant substitutions in evolution. Nature
246: 96–98.
———. 1976. Role of very slightly deleterious mutations in molecular evolution
and polymorphism. Theoretical Population Biology 10: 254–275.
142
———. 1977. Extension of the neutral mutation drift hypothesis. In Motoo

Kimura, ed., Molecular Evolution and Polymorphism, pp. 148–167. Mishima:
National Institute of Genetics.
———. 1992. The nearly neutral theory of molecular evolution. Annual Review
of Ecology and Systematics 23: 263–286.
———. 2000. Mechanisms of molecular evolution. Philosophical Transactions.

Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 355: 1623–1626.
———. 2002. Near-neutrality in evolution of genes and gene regulation. Pro-
ceedings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 99: 16,134–
16,137.
Ohta, Tomoko and Motoo Kimura. 1971. On the constancy of the evolutionary
rate of cistrons. Journal of Molecular Evolution 1: 18–25.
———. 1974. On some principles governing molecular evolution. Proceedings.
Oken, Lorenz. 1807. Über die Bedeutung der Schädelknochen. Ein Programm
beim Antritt der Professur an der Gesammt-Universität zu Jena. Bamberg: J.
A. Göbhardt.
———. 1813-25. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte. 3 vols in 5. Leipzig and Jena.
*———. 1847. Elements of physiophilosophy. London: The Ray Society. [Down]
*O’Neill, T. Warren. 1880. The refutation of Darwinism. Philadelphia: J.B.
Lippincott. [Down]
*Ontario, Province of. 1873. Annual report on agriculture and arts for the year
1872. Toronto: Hunter, Rose & Co. [Down]
*Oppert, Gustav. 1879. On the classification of languages. Madras: Higgin-
botham & Co. [Down, I]
Orbigny, Alcide Charles Victor Dessalines d’. 1835-47. Voyage dans l’Amérique
Méridionale (le Brésil, la République Orientale de l’Uruguay, la République
Argentine, la Patagonie, la République du Chili, la République de Bolivia, la
République du Pérou), exécuté pendant les années 1826 . . . 1833 4 atlases. 6 .
Paris and Strasbourg.
———. 1845-7. Mollusques vivants et fossiles, ou description de toutes les
espèces de coquilles et de mollusques classées suivant leur distribution géologique
et géographique. Vol. 1 (no more published) and atlas. Paris.
———. 1849-52. Cours élémentaire de paléontologie et de géologie strati-
graphiques. 3 vols. Paris: V. Masson.
143
———. 1850-2. Prodrome de paléontologie stratigraphique universelle des ani-

maux mollusques et rayonnés faisant suite au cours élémentaire de paléontologie
et de géologie stratigraphiques. 3 vols. Paris: V. Masson.
*Ord, William Miller. 1879. On the influence of colloids upon crystalline form
and cohesion. London: Edward Stanford. [CUL, I]
*Ordinaire, C.n. 1802. Histoire naturelle des volcans. Paris: Levrault. [Down,
pre-B]
Orgel, L. E. and F. H. C. Crick. 1980. Selfish DNA: The ultimate parasite.
Nature 284: 604–607.
*Ormathwaite, John Benn Walsh. 1872. Astronomy and geology compared.

London: John Murray. [Down]
*Orton, James. 1870. The Andes and the Amazon. New York: Harper &
Brothers. [CUL]
*———. 1876. The Andes and the Amazon. 3rd ed. New York: Harper &
Brothers. [Down]
Orton, Reginald. 1855. On the physiology of breeding. Two lectures, delivered
to the Newcastle Farmers’ Club. 2nd ed. Sunderland.
Osbeck, Per. 1771. A voyage to China and the East Indies . . . Translated from
the German, by John Reinhold Forster. . 2 vols. London: B. White.
Osborn, H. F. 1889. Are acquired characters inherited? American Naturalist
25: 191–216.
———. 1889. Paleontological evidence for the transmission of acquired charac-
ters. American Naturalist 23: 561–566.
———. 1894. The hereditary mechanism and the search for the unknown
factors in evolution. Biological Lectures, Woods Hole 3: 79–100.
———. 1895. The hereditary mechanism and the search for the unknown
factors in evolution. American Naturalist 29: 418–439.
———. 1897. The limits of organic selection. American Naturalist 31: 944–951.
———. 1907. The evolution of mammalian molar teeth to and from the
triangular type. In Booktitle Unknown. New York: Macmillan.
———. 1908. The four inseparable factors of evolution . . . Science 27: 148–150.
———. 1910. The Age of Mammals. New York: Scribners.
———. 1912. The continuous origin of certain unit characters as observed by a
paleontologist. American Naturalist 46: 185–206, 249–278.
144
———. 1917. The origin and evolution of life on the theory of action, reaction
and interaction of energy. New York: Scribners.
———. 1922. William Bateson on Darwinism. Science 55: 194.
———. 1927. The origin of species, V: Speciation and mutation. American
———. 1932. The nine principles of evolution revealed by paleontology. Amer-
ican Naturalist 66: 52–60.
———. 1934. Aristogenesis: The creative principle in the origin of species.
*Osborne, J. 1881. The horsebreeder’s handbook. London: Benjamin Clegg.
[Down, I]
Oster, G. and P. Alberch. 1982. Evolution and bifurcation of developmental
programs. Evolution 36: 444–459.
*Otley, Joseph. 1830. A concise description of the English lakes. 4th ed. Keswick.
[CUL.1900]
Otto, Adolph Wilhelm. 1831. A compendium of human & comparative patholog-
ical anatomy. Translated from the German, with additional notes and references
by John F. South. London: B. Fellowes.
*Ovington, John. 1696. A voyage to Suratt. London: Jacob Tonson. [CUL,
pre-B]
*Owen, David Dale. 1852. Report of a geological survey of Wisconsin, Iowa and
Minnesota. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo & Co. [Department of Earth
Sciences Library, I by J.D. Dana]
*Owen, John Pickard. 1873. i.e. Samuel Butler. London: Trübner & Co. [CUL,
I, S]
Owen, Richard. 1834. On the generation of the marsupial animals, with a de-
scription of the impregnated uterus of the kangaroo. Philosophical Transactions
———. 1840-5. Odontography; or, a treatise on the comparative anatomy of
the teeth; their physiological relations, mode of development, and microscopic
structure, in the vertebrate animals. 2 vols. London: H. Baillière.
———. 1842. Description of the skeleton of an extinct gigantic sloth, Mylodon
robustus, Owen, with observations on the osteology, natural affinities, and
probable habits of the Megatheroid quadrupeds in general. London: Royal
College of Surgeons.
145
*———. 1842. Description of the skeleton of an extinct gigantic sloth (Mylodon).

London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I]
———. 1843. Lectures on the comparative anatomy and physiology of the
invertebrate animals . . . from notes taken by William White Cooper. London:
*———. 1846. A history of British fossil mammals and birds. London: John
Van Voorst. [CUL, S]
———. 1846. Report on the archetype and homologies of the vertebrate
skeleton. In Report of the Sixteenth Meeting of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science. London: John Murray.
———. 1848. On the archetypes and homologies of the vertebrate skeleton.
London: John Van Voorst.
———. 1848. Report on the Archetype and Homologies of the Vertebrate
Skeleton. London: Van Voorst.
*———. 1849. On parthenogenesis. London: John Van Voorst. [Botany School,
I to Alexander Bain]
*———. 1849. On parthenogenesis. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I]
———. 1849. On parthenogenesis, or the successive production of procreating
individuals from a single ovum. London: John van Voorst.
*———. 1849. On the nature of limbs. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL]
———. 1849. On the nature of limbs. A discourse delivered on Friday, February
9, at an evening meeting of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. London:
John van Voorst.
———. 1851. Lyell on life and its successive development. Quarterly Review
89: 412–451.
*———. 1855. Lectures on the comparative anatomy and physiology of the
invertebrate animals. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman.
[CUL, S]
———. 1855. Lectures on the comparative anatomy and physiology of the
invertebrate animals, delivered at the Royal College of Surgeons. 2nd ed.
London.
———. 1855. Principes d’ostéologie comparée ou recherches sur l’archétype et

les homologies du squelette vertébré. Paris: J.-B.Baillière.
———. 1858. Presidential address .
146
———. 1859. On the classification and geographical distribution of the Mam-

malia, being the lecture on Sir Robert Reade’s Foundation, delivered before the
University of Cambridge, in the Senate House, May 10, 1859. To which is
added an appendix “On the gorilla”, and “On the extinction and transmutation
of species”. London: John W. Parker.
———. 1860. on the origin of species. Edinburgh Review 111: 487–532.
*———. 1860. Palaeontology. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black. [CUL]
———. 1860. Paleontology: Or a systematic Study of extinct animals and their
geological relations. Edinburgh.
*———. 1861. The introductory lectures on the Hunterian collection of fossil
remains. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL]
*———. 1861. Palaeontology. 2nd ed. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black.
[Down, S]
———. 1863. On the archaeopteryx of von Meyer, with a description of the
fossil remains of a long-tailed species, from the lithographic stone of Solenhofen.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 153: 33–47.
———. 1866-1868. On the anatomy of vertebrates. 3 vols. London: Longmans,
Green.
*———. 1866-68. On the anatomy of vertebrates. London: Longmans, Green
& Co. [CUL]
———. 1869. Derivative hypotheis of life and species. American Journal of
Science 97: 33–67.
Owen, William Fitzwilliam. 1833. Narrative of voyages to explore the shores of
Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar; performed in HM Ships Leven and Barracouta.
2 vols. London. Edited by H. B. Robinson.
Packard, Alpheus S. 1870. On the embryology of Limulus polyphemus. Proceed-
ings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 19: 247–255.
———. 1872. On the development of Limulus polyphemus. Memoirs of the
Boston Society of Natural History 2 (pt. 2): 155–201.
———. 1876. A century’s progress in American zoology. Independent 28: 9.
———. 1880. The law of evolution. Independent 10: 10.
———. 1884. On the inheritance of acquired characters in animals with a
complete metamorphosis. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences 29: 331–370.
———. 1888. The cave fauna of North America. Memoirs of the National
Academy of Sciences 4 (pt. 1): 1–156.
147
———. 1890. Hints on the evolution of the bristles, spines and tubercules of
certain carterpillars. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 24:
494–500.
———. 1894. On the origin of the subterranean fauna of North America.
———. 1901. Lamark: The founder of evolution. His life and work. New York:
Longmans, Green.
Packard, Alpheus S. and F. W. Putnam. 1872. The Mammoth cave and its
inhabitants. Salem, MA: Salem Press.
*Packard, Alpheus Spring (the Younger). 1868. A guide to the study of insects.
Salem: Essex Institute. [Down]
*———. 1881. Insects injurious to forest and shade trees. Washington: Gov-
ernment printing office. [Down]
*Page, David. 1867. Man, where, whence and whither. Edinburgh: Edmonton
& Douglas. [CUL]
*Paget, James. 1853. Lectures on surgical pathology. London: Longman, Brown,
Green & Longman. [CUL]
*———. 1870. Lectures on surgical pathology. 3rd ed. London: Longmans,
Paley, William. 1794. A view of the evidences of Christianity. London.
———. 1802. Natural theology; or, evidences of the existence and attributes of
the Deity, collected from the appearances of nature. London.
*———. 1822. A view of the evidences of Christianity. London. [CUL.1900]
Pallas, Pyotr Simon. 1767-80. Spicilegia zoologica quibus novae imprimis
et obscurae animalium species iconibus, descriptionibus atque commentariis
illustrantur. 2 vols. Berlin. 14 pts.
———. 1771-6. Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des russischen Reichs. 3

vols. St Petersburg.
———. 1811-31. Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, sistens omnium animalium in
extenso imperio Rossico et adjacentibus maribus observatorum recensionem,
domicilia, mores et descriptiones, anatomen atque icones plurimorum. 3 vols.
St Petersburg: Caes. Academiae Scientiarum Impress.
*Palm, Ludwig Heinrich. 1827. Über das Winden der Pflanzen. Tübingen: C.
Richter. [CUL, pre-B]
148
———. 1827. Über das Winden der Pflanzen: eine botanisch-physiologische

Abhandlung, welche von der medicinischen Facultät der Universität Tübingen
im Jahr 1826 als Preisschrift gekrönt wurde. Tübingen: Christian Richter.
*Paolucci, Luigi. 1878. Il Canto degli uccelli. Milano: G. Bernardoni. [CUL, I]
*———. 1878. Il Canto degli uccelli. Milano: G. Bernardoni. [Down, I]

*Paris, John Ayrton. 1825. The elements of medical chemistry. London: W.
Phillips. [Down, pre-B, S]
*———. 1825. Pharmacologia. 6th ed. London: W. Phillips. [Down, S]
Park, Mungo. 1799. Travels in the interior districts of Africa: performed under
the direction and patronage of the African Association, in the years 1795, 1796,
and 1797 . . . with an appendix, containing geographical illustrations of Africa
by Major Rennell. London: W. Bulmer and Co.
*Parker, William Kitchen. 1868. A monograph on the structure and development
of the shoulder-girdle and sternum in the Vertebrata. London: The Ray Society.
[Down]
*Parkes, Edmund a. 1873. A manual of practical hygiene. 4th ed. London: J.
& A. Churchill. [Down, FD]
*Parkinson, James. 1822. An introduction to the study of fossil organic remains.
London: Sherwood, Neely, Jones & W. Phillips. [CUL, ED, S (Erasmus crossed
out and replaced by Charles)]
Parkyns, Mansfield. 1853. Life in Abyssinia: being notes collected during three
years’ residence and travels in that country. 2 vols. London.
Parrot, J. J. F. W. (Friedrich) von. 1845. Journey to Ararat. London.
Parry, William Edward. 1824. A supplement to the appendix of Captain Parry’s
voyage for the discovery of a north-west passage, in the years 1819–20. Con-
taining an account of the subjects of natural history. London: John Murray.
———. 1824-5. Journal of a second voyage for the discovery of a North-West
passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific; performed in the years 1821–22–23, in
His Majesty’s Ships Fury and Hecla. 2 vols. London: John Murray.
Pasteur, Louis. 1864. Chemie appliquée à la physiologie: Des générations
spontanées. La Revue des Cours Scientifiques 1: 257.
Patterson, Robert. 1846. Introduction to zoology, for the use of schools. Pt 1.
London.
*Pauchon, a. 1880. Recherches sur le rôle de la lumière dans la germination.
Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I]
149
Pearl, R. 1913. A contribution towards an analysis of the problem of inbreeding.

———. 1914. On the results of inbreeding a mendelian population: A correction
and extension of previous conclusions. American Naturalist 48: 57–62.
———. 1917. The selection problem. American Naturalist 51: 65–91.

Pearl, R. and Frank Surface. 1909. Is there a cumulative effect of selection?
Zeitschrift für Induktive Abstammungs und Vererbungslehre pp. 257–75.
Pearson, Karl. 1893. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution.
Journal of the Royal Statistical Society 56: 675–679.
———. 1893. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. [abstract].
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 54: 329–333.
———. 1894. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. Philo-
sophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and
Physical Sciences. 185: 71–110.
———. 1894. Socialism and natural selection. Fortnightly Review 56: 1–21.
———. 1894-1895. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. II.
skew variation in homogeneous material. [abstract]. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of London 57: 257–260.
———. 1895. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. II. skew
variation in homogeneous material. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society
of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 186: 343–414.
———. 1895-1896. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution. III.
regression, heredity, and panmixia. [abstract]. Proceedings of the Royal Society
of London 59: 69–71.
———. 1895-1896. Contributions to the mathematical theory of evolution.
note on reproductive selection. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 59:
300–305.
———. 1896. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. III.
regression, heredity, and panmixia. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society
———. 1896. Regression, heredity, and panmixia. Philosophical Transactions.
Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 197:
253–318.
———. 1896-1897. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.–on
a form of spurious correlation which may arise when indices are used in the
measurement of organs. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 60: 489–498.
150
———. 1897-1898. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. on

the law of ancestral heredity. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 62:
386–412.
———. 1898. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. v. on the
reconstruction of the stature of prehistoric races. [abstract]. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of London 63: 417–420.
———. 1899. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. v. on the
reconstruction of the stature of prehistoric races. Philosophical Transactions.
169–244.
———. 1899-1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.–on
the law of reversion. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 66: 140–164.
———. 1899-1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VIII.
on the correlation of characters not quantitatively measurable. Proceedings of
———. 1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VII.
on the correlation of characters not quantitatively measurable. Philosophical
Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical
Sciences. 195: 1–47+405.
———. 1901. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. IX. on the
principle of homotyposis and its relation to heredity, to the variability of the
individual, and to that of the race. part i. homotypos in the vegetable kingdom.
Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical
and Physical Sciences. 197: 285–379.
———. 1901. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. x. supple-
ment to a memoir on skew variation. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society
———. 1901. On the fundamental conceptions of biology. Biometrika 1:
320–344.
———. 1901 - 1902. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.
XI.–on the influence of natural selection on the variability and correlation of
organs. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 69: 330–333.
———. 1902 - 1903. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.–on
homotyposis in homologous but differentiated organs. Proceedings of the Royal
———. 1903. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. XI. on
the influence of natural selection on the variability and correlation of organs.
Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical
and Physical Sciences. 200: 1–66.
151
———. 1903 - 1904. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.

XII. –on a generalised theory of alternative inheritance, with special reference
to Mendel’s laws. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 72: 505–509.
———. 1904. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. XII.
on a generalised theory of alternative inheritance, with special reference to
Mendel’s laws. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series A.
Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 203: 53–86.
———. 1909. The theory of ancestral contributions in heredity. Proceedings.
Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 81: 219–224.
———. 1916. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. XIX.
second supplement to a memoir on skew variation. Philosophical Transactions.
429–457.
———. 1925. Further contributions to the theory of small samples. Biometrika
17: 176–200.
Pearson, Karl and L. N. G. Filon. 1897-1898. Mathematical contributions to
the theory of evolution. IV. on the probable errors of frequency constants and
on the influence of random selection on variation and correlation. [abstract].
———. 1898. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. IV. on the
probable errors of frequency constants and on the influence of random selection
on variation and correlation. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of
London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 191: 229–311.
Pearson, Karl and F. Galton. 1896. Contributions to the mathematical theory
of evolution. note on reproductive selection. Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society 59: 398–402.
Pearson, Karl and Alice Lee. 1896-1897. Mathematical contributions to the
theory of evolution. on telegony in man, .
c Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London 60: 273–283.
———. 1897. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. on telegony
in man. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society 60: 440–449.
———. 1899-1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution.
VII.–on the application of certain formulae in the theory of correlation to the
inheritance of characters not capable of quantitative measurement. Proceedings
———. 1900. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VIII. on
the inheritance of characters not capable of exact quantitative measurement.
part i. introductory. part II. on the inheritance of coat-colour in horses. part
III. on the inheritance of eye-colour in man. Philosophical Transactions. Royal
Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 195: 79–150.
152
Pearson, Karl, Alice Lee, and Leslie Bramley-Moore. 1898-1899. Mathematical

contributions to the theory of evolution. VI. reproductive or genetic selection.
part i. theoretical. and part II. on the inheritance of fertility in man. and part
III. on the inheritance of fecundity in thoroughbred race-horses. [abstract].
———. 1899. Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. VI. genetic

(reproductive) selection: Inheritance of fertility in man, and of fecundity in
thoroughbred racehorses. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London.
Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences. 192: 257–330.
Pearson, Karl, Alice Lee, Ernest Warren, Agnes Fry, and Cicely D. Fawcett. 1901.
Mathematical contributions to the theory of evolution. IX.–on the principle of
homotyposis and its relation to heredity, to the variability of the individual, and
to that of the race. part i.–homotyposis in the vegetable kingdom. Proceedings
Pemberton, Christopher Robert. 1806. A practical treatise on various diseases
of the abdominal viscera. London.
*Pennant, Thomas. 1769. History of quadrupeds. 3rd ed. London. [CUL, S in
vol. 2]
———. 1771. Synopsis of quadrupeds. Chester.
———. 1781. History of quadrupeds. 2 vols. London: B. White.
———. 1793. History of quadrupeds. 2 vols. 3rd ed. London: B. & J. White.
*Pernety, Antoine Joseph. 1763-64. Journal historique d’un voyage aux Îles
Malouines en 1763 et 1764. Berlin: Étienne de Bordeaux. [CUL, pre-B]
———. 1769. Journal historique d’un voyage fait aux Iles Malouines en 1763
& 1764. 2 vols. Berlin.
Perrier, Edmond. 1871. Title not known. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 1:
301.
———. 1873. La transformisme en Angelterre: L’origine de l’homme d’après

Darwin. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 4: 717.
———. 1873. Title not known. La Revue Scientifique, 2nd ser. 4: 875.
———. 1879. Le transformisme et les sciences physiques. Revue Scientifique
16: 890–895.
———. 1879. Rôle de l’association dans le règne animal. La Revue Scientifique,

2nd ser. 17: 553.
*———. 1881. Les Colonies animales. Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I]
153
———. 1884. Le philosophie zoologique avant Darwin. Paris: F. Alcan.

———. 1925. Lamarck. Paris: Payot.
Perrier, Edmond and Charles Gravier. 1902. La tachygénèse, ou accéleration
embryogénique, son importance dans les modifcations de phénomènes embry-
ologéniques, son rôle dans la transformation des organismes. Annales des
Sciences Naturelles (Zoologie) 16: 133–374.
Perry, Matthew Calbraith. 1856-7. Narrative of the expedition of an American
squadron to the China Seas and Japan, performed in the years 1852, 1853, and
1854, under the command of Commodore M. C. Perry, United States Navy. 3
vols. New York, Washington, D.C., and London. Compiled from the original
notes and journals of Commodore Perry by Francis L. Hawks.
Persoon, Christiaan Henrik, ed. 1805-7. Synopsis Plantarum, seu enchirid-
ium botanicum, complectens enumerationem systematicam specierum hucusque
cognitarum. 2 pts. Paris and Tubingen.
*Persoon, Christian Henrick. 1805-07. Synopsis plantarum. Paris & Tübingen:
C.F. Cramer & J.C. Cottam. [CUL, ED]
Petit-Thouars, Abel Aubert Du. 1840-3. Voyage autour du monde sur la frégate
La Vénus, pendant les années 1836–1839. 4 vols. Paris: Gide. Includes
additional atlas.
*Pettigrew, James Bell. 1871. On the physiology of wings. Edinburgh: Neill &
Co. [Down, I]
*———. 1873. The physiology of the circulation in plants, in the lower animals,
and in man. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd. [Down, I]
Pfeiffer, Ludwig George Karl. 1848. Monographia heliceorum viventium. Sistens
descriptiones systematicas et criticas omnium huiuas familiae generum et
specierum hodie cognitarum. 2 vols. Leipzig: Brockhaus. Supplement, 4 vols in
6.
*Philippi, Federico. 1881. Catalogus plantorum vascularium chilensium. Santi-
ago de Chile: Imprenta Nacional. [Botany School, I]
Philips, J. C. and William Ernest Castle. 1914. Piebald rats and selection: an
experimental test of the effectiveness of selection and of the theory of gametic
purity in Mendelian crosses. Carnegie Institution Publications 195: 1–56.
Phillips, John. 1837-9. Treatise on geology. 2 vols. London: Longman, Orme,
*———. 1839. A treatise on geology. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green
& Longman. [CUL, S in vol. 1]
———. 1855. Manual of geology: practical and theoretical. London and Glasgow.
154
———. 1855. The rivers, mountains and sea-coast of Yorkshire. With essays on
the climate, scenery, and ancient inhabitants of the country. 2nd ed. London.
*———. 1860. Life on the earth. Cambridge & London: Macmillan & Co.
[CUL, I]
*———. 1869. Vesuvius. Oxford: The Clarendon Press. [Down]

*———. 1871. Geology of Oxford and the valley of the Thames. Oxford: The
Clarendon Press. [Down]
*Phillips, William. 1823. An elementary introduction to the knowledge of
mineralogy. 3rd ed. London: W. Phillips. [Down, pre-B]
*———. 1837. An elementary introduction to mineralogy. 4th ed. London:
Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL]
Pickering, Charles. 1848. The races of man: and their geographical distribution.
Vol. 9 of the United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–42 under
the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. London: John Murray.
*———. 1850. The races of man. new, to which is prefixed ed. London: H.G.
Bohn. [CUL]
———. 1850. The races of man; and their geographical distribution. New edition.
To which is prefixed, an analytical synopsis of the natural history of man, by
John Charles Hall. London.
*Pictet, François Jules. 1844-45. Traité élémentaire de paléontologie. Genève:
Cherbuliez. [CUL]
*———. 1853-57. Traité de paléontologie. 2nd ed. Paris: J.B. Baillière. [CUL]
Pictet de la Rive, François Jules. 1844-6. Traité élémentaire de paléontologie, ou
histoire naturelle des animaux fossiles considérés dans leurs rapports zoologiques
et géologiques. 4 vols. Geneva: Langlois et Leclerq.
———. 1853-7. Traité de paléontologie, ou histoire naturelle des animaux
fossiles considérés dans leurs rapports zoologiques et géologiques. 4 vols. 2nd
ed. Paris: J.-B. Baillière.
*Piderit, T. 1867. Wissenschaftliches System der Mimik und Physiognomik.
Detmold: Klingenberg. [CUL]
*Pistor, E.m.w. 1831. Das Ganze der Feld- und Hoftaubenzucht. Hanau: C.F.
Edler. [CUL, on B, S Ap. 10/56]
Pittendrigh, Colin S. 1958. Adaptation, natural selection, and behavior. In
Roe and Simpson [2690].
*Planck, Karl Christian. 1871. Seele und Geist. Leipzig: Fues. [Down]
155
*———. 1872. Wahrheit und Falschheit des Darwinismus. Nördlingen: Beck.

[Down]
Plate, Ludwig. 1900. Über Bedeutung und Tragweite des Darwin’schen Selec-
tionsprincips. Leipzig: Engelmann.
———. 1903. Über Bedeutung des Darwin’schen Selectionsprinzips und Prob-

leme de Artbildung. Leipzig: W. Engelmann.
———. 1913. Selectionsprinzips und Probleme de Artbildung. Ein Handbuch
des Darwinismus. Leipzig: W. Engelmann.
*Playfair, John. 1802. Illustrations of the Huttonian theory of the earth. Edin-
burgh: Cadell & Davies. [CUL, pre-B, S]
———. 1802. Illustrations of the Huttonian theory the Earth. Edinburgh: Ross
and Blackwood.
Plough, H. H. and P. T. Ives. 1934. Heat induced mutations in Drosophila.
268–273.
Poey y Aloy, Felipe. 1851-61. Memorias sobre la historia natural de la isla
de Cuba, accompañadas de sumarios Latinos y extractos en Frances. 2 vols.
Havanna.
*Pompper, Hermann. 1841. Die Säugethiere, Vögel und Amphibien nach ihrer
geographischen Verbreitung. Leipzig: F.C. Hinrich. [CUL]
Pöppig, Eduard Friedrich. 1835. Reise in Chile, Peru und auf dem Amazonen-
strome während der Jahre 1827–1832. 2 vols in 1. Leipzig: F. Fleischer.
*Porcher, F. 1844. Du Fuchsia, son histoire et sa culture. Paris: Audot. [CUL]
Porter, David. 1823. A voyage in the south seas, in the years 1812, 1813, and
1814. With particular details of the Galapagos and Washington Islands. London.
*Posnett, Hutcheson Macaulay. 1882. The hist-orical method in ethics, ju-
risprudence, and political economy. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down,
I]
Postans, Thomas. 1843. Personal observations on Sindh. London: Longman,
Pouchet, Félix Archimède. 1859. Hétérogénie ou traité de la génération spon-
tanée. Paris: J. B. Baillière.
*Pouchet, Georges. 1864. The plurality of the human race. trans. of 2nd edn by
j.c. beavan ed. London: Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts. [CUL]
Poulton, Edward Bagnall. 1894-95. Acquired characters. Nature 51: 126–127.
156
———. 1896. Charles Darwin and the Theory of Natural Selection. London:
Cassel and Co.
———. 1897. Protective mimicry as evidence for the validity of the theory
of natural selection. Report of the British Association of the Advancement of
Science 67: 692–694.
———. 1903. What is a species? Proceedings of the Entomological Society of

London pp. lxxvi–cxvi.
———. 1908. Essays on Evolution, 1889 – 1907. Oxford: Clarendon.
———. 1908. Theories of evolution. In Essays on Evolution, 1889 – 1907.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
———. 1931. A hundred years of evolution pp. 71–95.
Poulton, Edward Bagnall, Sir. 1890. The colors of animals: Their meaning and
use, especially considered in the case of insects. New York: Appleton.
*Pourtalès, Louis François De. 1871. Illustrated catalogue of the Museum of
comparative zoology, at Harvard College. No. IV: Deep-sea corals. Cambridge,
Mass.: Museum of comparative zoology. [Down]
Powell, Baden. 1855. Essays on the spirit of the inductive philosophy, the unity
of worlds, and the philosophy of creation. London.
———. 1856. Essays on the spirit of inductive philosophy, unity of worlds, and
the philosophy of creation. 2nd ed. London.
———. 1856. On the philosophy of creation. In The Unity of Worlds, pp.
329–512. London.
Powell, J. R., Theodosius G. Dobzhansky, J. E. Hook, and H. E. Wistrand. 1976.
Genetics of natural populations, XLIII: Further studies on rates of dispersal of
Drosophila pseudoobscura and its relatives. Genetics 82: 493–506.
*Powell, John Wesley. 1880. Inroduction to the study of Indian languages. 2nd
ed. Washington: Government printing office. [Down, 2 copies]
*Pozzi, Samuel. 1879. Du crane. Paris. [Down, I]
Prestwich, Joseph. 1851. A geological inquiry respecting the water-bearing strata
of the country around London. London.
*Preyer, Thierry William. 1870. Die Blausäure. Bonn: Max Cohen & Sohn.
[CUL]
*———. 1871. Die Blutkrystalle. Jena: Manke. [Down]
*———. 1874. Das myophysische Gesetz. Jena: Manke. [Down]
157
*———. 1880. Naturwissen-schaftliche Thatsachen und Probleme. Berlin:

Gebrüder Paetel. [Down]
*———. 1882. Die Seele des Kindes. Leipzig: Th. Grieben. [Down, S]
Price, G. R. 1972. Fisher’s ‘fundamental theorem’ made clear. Annals of Human
Genetics 36: 129–140.
*Price, John. 1863-64. Old Price’s remains. London: Virtue Brothers & Co.
[CUL]
Prichard, James Cowles. 1826. Researches into the physical history of mankind.
2 vols. 2nd ed. London.
*———. 1836. Researches into the physical history of mankind. 3rd ed. London:
Sherwood, Gilbert & Piper. [CUL]
———. 1836-7. Researches into the physical history of mankind. 2 vols. 3rd ed.
London: Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper.
*———. 1841-51. Researches in the history of mankind. 3rd ed. London:
Houlston & Stoneman. [CUL]
Pritzel, Georg August. 1851. Thesaurus literaturæ botanicæ omnium gentium.
Leipzig.
*Proctor, Richard a. 1879. Pleasant ways in science. London: Chatto & Windus.
[Down, I]
*Proctor, Robert. 1825. Narrative of a journey across the Cordillera of the
Andes. London: A. Constable. [Christ’s College Library, on B, S]
———. 1825. Narrative of a journey across the Cordillera of the Andes, and
of a residence in Lima, and other parts of Peru, in the years 1823 and 1824.
London.
*Pugin, Augustus Welby. 1841. Contrasts or parallels between the noble edifices
of the middle ages and corresponding buildings of the present day. London:
Charles Dolman. [Down]
*Pulteney, Richard. 1805. A general view of the writings of Linnaeus. London:
J. Mawman. [Botany School, pre-B, ED]
Punnett, R. C. 1907. Mendelism. Cambridge: Macmillan and Bowes.
———. 1915. Mimicry in Butterflies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Pursh, Frederick Traugott. 1814. Flora Americæ septentrionalis; or, a sys-

tematic arrangement and description of the plants of North America. 2 vols.
London: White, Cochrane, and Co.
158
*Pusey, Sidney Edward Bouverie. 1882. Per-manence and evolution. London:

Kegan Paul, Trench & Co. [Down, I]
*Putsche, Carl Wilhelm Ernst. 1830. Tauben-katechismus. Leipzig: Baumgart-
ner. [CUL, on B]
*Puvis, M.a. 1837. De la dégénération et de l’extinction des variétés de végétaux.

Paris: Huzard. [CUL]
*Quadri, Achille. 1869. Note alla teoria Darwiniana. Bologna: Giuseppe Vitali.
[CUL, I]
*Quatrefages De Bréau, J. 1867. Comptes rendus des scéances de l’Académie
des Sciences. [CUL, I]
*Quatrefages De Bréau, Jean Louis Armand De. 1854. Souvenirs d’un natural-
iste. Paris: Charpentier. [CUL]
*———. 1855. Physiologie comparée. Les méta-morphoses. Paris: Estrail de la
Reine des Deux Mondes. [CUL, I]
Quatrefages de Bréau, Jean Louis Armand de. 1859. Etudes sur les maladies
actuelles du ver à soie. Paris: Victor Masson.
*Quatrefages De Bréau, Jean Louis Armand De. 1859. Études sur les maladies
actuelles du ver à soie. Paris: V. Masson. [CUL, I]
*———. 1860. Nouvelles recherches faites en 1859 sur les maladies actuelles
du ver à soie. Paris: Victor Masson. [CUL, I]
*———. 1861. Unité de l’espèce humaine. Paris: J. Claye. [CUL]
*———. 1862. Métamorphoses de l’homme et des animaux. Paris: J.B. Baillière
& Fils. [CUL, I]
*———. 1865. Histoire naturelle des annelés. Paris: Roret. [Down, I]
Quatrefages de Bréau, Jean Louis Armand de. 1869. Histoire naturelle générale:
Origines des espéces animales et végétales; discussion des théories transformistes;
l’espèce et la race. Revue des Deux Mondes, 8th ser. 80: 672.
*Quatrefages De Bréau, Jean Louis Armand De. 1870. Charles Darwin et ses
précurseurs français. Paris: Germer Baillière. [CUL, I]
Quatrefages de Bréau, Jean Louis Armand de. 1870. Charles Darwin et ses
Précursors Français: Etude sur le Tansformisme. Place Unknown.
———. 1894. Les Emmules de Darwin. Place Unknown.

*Quetelet, a. 1835. Sur l’homme et le dév-eloppement de ses facultés. Paris:
Bachelier. [Down, ED]
159
Quoy, Jean René Constant and Joseph Paul Gaimard. 1830-4. Zoologie. 4 vols.
Paris: J. Tastu.
*Radcliffe, Charles Bland. 1871. Dynamics of nerve and muscle. London:
Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I]
*Radenhausen, Carl. 1874-76. Osiris: Weltgesetze in der Erdgeschichte. Ham-
burg: Otto Meissner. [Down]
Raffeneau-Delile, Alire. 1813. Flore d’Egypt. 2 vols. Paris.
Rafinesque, Constantine Samuel. 1836. New flora and botany of North America.
4 pts. Philadelphia.
*Ram, James. 1878. The philosophy of war. London: C. Kegan Paul & Co.
[Down]
*Rames, J.b. 1869. La création d’après la géologie et la philosophie naturelle.
Paris: F. Savy. [Down, I]
*Ramsay, Andrew. 1858. Descriptive catalogue of the rock specimens in the
Museum of practical geology. London: G.E. Eyre & W. Spottiswoode. [Down, I]
*Ramsay, Andrew Crombie. 1863. The physical geology and geography of Great
Britain. London: Edward Stanford. [Botany School, I]
*———. 1872. The physical geology and geography of Great Britain. 3rd ed.
London: E. Stanford. [CUL, I]
*———. 1878. The physical geology and geography of Great Britain. 5th ed.
London: Edward Stanford. [Down, I]
*Rang, Sander. 1829. Manuel de l’histoire naturelle des mollusques et de leurs
coquilles. Paris: Roret. [CUL, on B, S]
*Ranke, Johannes. 1875. Grundzüge der Physiologie des Menschen. 3rd ed.
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down]
Ranzani, Camillo. 1820. Osservazioni su i Balanidi. In Memorie di storia
naturale. Bologna.
Rapp, Wilhelm Ludwig von. 1854. Die Fische des Bodensees, untersucht und
beschreiben von W. v. Rapp. Stuttgart: Ebner & Seubert.
Raup, D. M. 1972. Taxnomic diversity during the Phanerozoic. Science 117:
1065–1071.
———. 1976. Species diversity in the Phanerozoic: An interpretation. Paleobi-
ology 2: 289–297.
———. 1976. Taxonomic survivorship curves and Van Valen’s Law. Paleobiology
1: 82–96.
160
Raup, D. M. and Stephen Jay Gould. 1974. Stochastic simulation and evolution
of morphology—towards a nomothetic paleontology. Systematic Zoology 23:
305–322.
Raup, D. M., Stephen Jay Gould, T. J. M. Schopf, and D. S. Simberloff. 1973.
Stochastic models of phylogeny and the evolution of diversity. Journal of
Geology 81: 525–542.
Raven, P. 1976. Systematics and plant population biology. Systematic Botany
1: 284–316.
———. 1977. The systematics and evolution of higher plants. In Changing
Scenes in Natural Sciences, Special Publication 12, pp. 59–83. Academy of
Natural Sciences.
*Ray, John. 1692. The wisdom of god manifested in the works of the creation.
2nd ed. London: Samuel Smith. [Botany School, S]
*———. 1846. Memorials of John Ray. London: The Ray Society. [Down]
*———. 1848. The correspondence of John Ray. London: The Ray Society.
[Down]
*Reade, Thomas Mellard. 1879. Chemical denud-ation in relation to geological
time. London: David Bogue. [Down, I]
*Reade, Winwood. 1872. The martyrdom of man. London: Trübner & Co.
[CUL, I]
*———. 1873. The African sketch-book. London: Smith, Elder & Co. [CUL]
Réaumur, René Antoine Ferchaultde. 1734-42. Memoires pour servir à l’histoire
des insectes. 6 vols. Paris.
*Rée, Paul. 1877. Der Ursprung der moralischen Empfindungen. Chemnitz:
Ernst Schmeitzer. [Down, S]
Reeve, Hudson Kern and Paul W. Sherman. 1993. Adaptation and the goals of
evolutionary research. Quarterly Review of Biology 68: 1–32.
*Reeve, Lovell. 1863. The land and freshwater mollusks indigenous or naturalized
in the British Isles. London: Reeve & Co. [Down, I]
*Reichenau, Wilhelm Von. 1880. Die Nester und Eier der Vögel. Leipzig: Ernst
Günther. [Down]
Reichenbach, Heinrich Gustav. 1852. De pollinis Orchidearum genesi ac struc-

tura, et de Orchideis in artem ac systema redigendis. Leipzig.
Reid, G. Archibald. 1908. The inheritance of ‘acquired’ characters. Nature 77:
293–294, 391.
161
*Reinke, Johannes. 1879. Untersuchungen über die Quellung einiger vegetabilis-

cher Substanzen. Adolph Marcus. [FD, Botany School I to Grisbach]
*Rendu, Victor. 1863. L’Intelligence des bêtes. Paris: L. Hachette & Cie.
[Down]
*Rengger, Johann Rudolph. 1830. Naturgeschichte der Saeugethiere von

Paraguay. Basel: Schweighauser. [CUL, on B]
———. 1830. Naturgeschichte der Saugethiere von Paraguay. Basel, Switzerland:
Schweighausersche Buchhandlung.
Rennie, James. 1832. Alphabet of insects. London.
Rensch, Bernhard. 1929. Das Prinzip geographischer Rassenkreise und das
Problem der Artbildung. Berlin: Borntraeger.
Retzius, Anders Johan. 1779-91. Observationes botanicæ . . . quibus accedunt
J. C. Koenig. 6 pts. Leipzig.
*Retzius, Gustaf. 1873. Anatomische Untersuch-ungen. Stockholm: Klemming.
[Down, I]
*———. 1878. Finska Kranier. Stockholm: Central-Tryckeriet. [Down, I]
*———. 1881. Das Gehörorgan der Wirbelthiere. Stockholm: Central-Tryckeriet.
[Down, I]
*Reynier, Louis. 1818. De l’économie publique et rurale. Genève. [CUL.1900]
*Rialle, Girand De. 1878. La Mythologie comparée. Paris: C. Reinwald & Co.
[Down]
*Ribeiro, Carlos. 1878. Noticia de algumas estações e monumentos prehistoricos.
Lisboa: Academia. [Down, I]
*Ribot, Théodule. 1875. Heredity. London: Henry S. King & Co. [CUL]
*———. 1882. L’Hérédité psychologique. Paris: Germer Baillière. [Down]
*Richard, Louis-Claude. 1808. Démonstrations botaniques ou analyse du fruit.

Paris: Gabon. [CUL, S]
Richards, O. W. and G. C. Robson. 1926. The species problem and evolution.
Nature 117: 345–347, 382–384.
*Richardson, H.d. 1847. Pigs. Dublin: J. McGlashan. [CUL]
*Richardson, John. 1829-36. Fauna Boreali-Amer-icana. London: John Murray.

[CUL, on B and later, I (14 August 1837)]
162
———. 1829-37. Fauna Boreali-Americana; or, the zoology of the northern

parts of British America. 4 vols. London and Norwich: John Murray. Assisted
by William Swainson and William Kirby.
———. 1852. Vertebrals, including fossil mammals. In Edward Forbes, ed.,
The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Herald, under the command of Captain
Henry Kellett, R.N., C.B., during the years 1845–51. London.
*Richardson, John and John Edward Gray. 1844-48. The zoology of the voyage
of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman.
[Down, I by Gray]
———. 1844-75. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror, under
the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, R.N., F.R.S., during the years
1839 to 1843. 2 vols. London: E.W. Janson.
*Richardson, Samuel. 1781. The history of Sir Charles Grandison. London: W.
Strachan. [CULR, on B; vols 1 and 2 missing; S in each vol.]
*Riedel, W. 1824. Die Taubenzucht. Ulm: F. Ebner. [CUL, pre-B]
Riedel, Wilhelm. 1824. Die Taubenzucht in ihrem ganzen Umfange, oder,
vollständige Anweisung zur Kenntniss des Taubenschlags. Ulm: J. Ebnerschen
Buchhandlung.
*———. 1824. Die vorzüglichst bekannten Feinde der Tauben. Ulm: F. Ebner.
[CUL, pre-B]
*Riley, Charles Valentine. 1871-77. Annual reports on the noxious, beneficial
and other insects in the State of Missouri. Jefferson City: Horace Wilcox.
[CUL]
*———. 1877. The locust plague in the United States. Chicago: Rand, McNally
& Co. [Down]
*———. 1880. The cotton worm. Washington: Government printing office.
[Down]
*Riley, James. 1817. Loss of the American brig Commerce ... with an account
of Timbuctoo. London: John Murray. [Down, S C. Darwin Feb. 13th 1826]
Rink, Hinrich Johannes. 1852. De danske Handelsdistrikter i Nord grönland,
deresgeographiske Beskaffenhed og Erhvervskilder. 2 vols. Copenhagen: A.F.
Høst.
*Ritchie, Archibald Tucker. 1874. The creation. The earth’s formation on
dynamical principles. 5th ed. London: Daldy, Isbister & Co. [Down, I]
*Robinet, Stephane. 1848. Manuel de l’éducatuer de vers à soie. Paris: Dusacq.
[CUL]
163
Robson, Guy Coburn. 1928. The Species Problem. London: Oliver and Boyd.
Robson, Guy Coburn and O. W. Richards. 1936. The Variation of Animals in
Nature. London: Longmans.
Roe, Anne. 1958. Behavior and Evolution. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Rogers, William Barton and Jean Louis Rudolphe Agassiz. 0000. [William
Barton Rogers and Louis Agassiz debate evolution]. Proceedings of the Boston
Society of Natural History 7: 231–275.
Roget, Peter Mark. 1834. Animal and vegetable physiology considered with
reference to natural theology. 2 vols. London: William Pickering.
*Roi, Un Officier Du. 1773. Voyage à l’isle de France. Neuchâtel: Société
typographique. [Down, pre-B]
*Rolle, Friedrich. n.d. Darwins Lehre. [details reconstructed]
Rolleston, George. 1861. On correlation of growth, with a special example from
the anatomy of a porpoise. Natural History Review: A Quarterly Journal of
Biological Science 1: 484–485.
———. 1861. On the affinities of the brain of the orang utang. Natural History
Review: A Quarterly Journal of Biological Science 1: 201–217.
*———. 1870. Forms of animal life. Oxford: Clarendon Press. [CUL, I]
*———. 1877. Description and figures of skulls. Oxford: The Clarendon Press.
[Down, I]
*Rolph, W.h. 1882. Biologische Probleme, zugleich als Versuch einer rationellen
Ethik. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down, I]
Romanes, George John. 1883. Mental evolution in animals. With a posthumous
essay on instinct by Charles Darwin. London: Kegan Paul, Trench.
———. 1886. Physiological selection: An additional suggestion on the origin of
species. Journal of the Linnean Society of London 19: 337–411.
———. 1887. Physiological selection. Nineteenth Century 21: 59–80.

———. 1892. The Darwinian Theory. Vol. I of Darwin and After Darwin:
An Exposition of the Darwinian Theory and a Discussion of Post-Darwinian
Theory. Longman.
———. 1893. An Examination of Weismannism. London: Longman.
———. 1894. Post-Darwinian Questions: Heredity and Utility. Vol. II of
Darwin and After Darwin: An Exposition of the Darwinian Theory and a
Discussion of Post-Darwinian Theory. Longman.
164
———. 1897. Post-Darwinian Questions: Isolation and Physiological Selection.

Vol. III of Darwin and After Darwin: An Exposition of the Darwinian Theory
and a Discussion of Post-Darwinian Theory. Longman.
Romanes, George John and James Cossar Ewart. 1881. Observations of the
locomotor system of echinodermata. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. [Down, I].
*Romanes, G.j. “Physicus”. 1878. A candid examination of theism. London:

Trübner & Co. [CUL]
Romer, Alfred Sherwood. 1933. Vertebrate Paleontology. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Rosenberg, Alexander. 1978. The supervenience of biological concepts. Philoso-

phy of Science 45: 368–386.
———. 1980. Fitness. Journal of Philosophy 83: 457–473.
*Rosenbusch, Carl Harry Ferdinand. 1877. Mikroscopische Physiographie der
massigen Gesteine. Stuttgart. [Down]
*Ross, James. 1872. The graft theory of disease, being an application of Mr
Darwin’s hypothesis of pangenesis to the explanation of the phenomena of the
zymotic diseases. London: J. & A. Churchill. [CUL, I]
Ross, James Clark. 1847. A voyage of discovery and research in the southern
and Antarctic regions, during the years 1839–43. 2 vols. London: John Murray.
*Rossi, Darius C. 1870. Le Darwinisme et les générations spontanées. Paris: C.
Reinwald. [Down]
*Roux, Wilhelm. 1881. Der Kampf der Theile im Organismus. Leipzig: Wilhelm
Engelmann. [CUL, I, FD]
Royal College of Surgeons. 1854. Descriptive catalogue of the fossil organic
remains of Reptilia and Pisces contained in the museum of the Royal College
of Surgeons of England. London: Taylor and Francis.
Royer, Clémence. 1866. Préface de la première édition. In De L’Origine des
Espèces. Guillaumin and V. Masson.
*———. 1870. Origine de l’homme et des sociétés. Paris: Guillaumin-Masson.
[CUL]
Royle, John Forbes. 1839. Illustrations of the botany and other branches of the
natural history of the Himalayan Mountains, and of the flora of Cashmere. 2
vols. London: W. H. Allen and Co.
*Rudolphi, Carl Asmund. 1812. Beyträge zur Anthropologie und allgemeinen
Naturgeschichte. Berlin: Haude & Speuer. [CUL]
165
Rüppel, Wilhelm Peter Eduard Simon. 1826-1828, 1845. Systematische Übersicht

der Vögel Nord-Ost-Afrikas. Frankfurt-am-Main: S. Schmerber’schen.
Rüppell, Eduard. 1826-8. Atlas zu der Reise im nördlichen Afrika. Zoologie. 5
pts. Frankfurt-am-Main.
———. 1826-8, 1838-40. Reise in Abyssinien. and atlas. 2 vols. Frankfurt-am-
Main.
Ruse, Michael, ed. 1989. What the Philosophy of Biology Is: Essays Dedicated
to David Hull. Boston: Kluwer Academic.
Russell, E. S. 1916. Form and Function. London: John Murray.
*Rütimeyer, Ludwig. 1861. Die Fauna der Pfahlbauten der Schweiz. Basel:
Schweighauser. [CUL]
*———. 1863. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der fossilen Pferde. Basel: Schweighauser.
[CUL, I]
*———. 1868. Die Grenzen der Thierwelt. Basel: Schweigerhaus (Hugo
Richter). [CUL, I]
*———. 1878. Die Rinder der Tertiär-Epoche. Zürich: Zürcher & Furrer.
[Down]
Ryder, John A. 1878. On like mechanical (structural) conditions producing like
morphological effects. American Naturalist 12: 156–160.
———. 1878. On the mechanical genesis of tooth forms. Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 30: 45–80.
———. 1879. On the origin of bilateral symmetry and the numerous segments
of the soft rays of fishes. American Naturalist 13: 41–43.
———. 1889. Proofs and effects of habitual use in the modification of animal
organisms. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 26: 541–549.
———. 1890. A physiological hypothesis of heredity and variation. American
———. 1893. Dynamics in evolution. Biological Lectures, Woods Hole 2: 63–81.
———. 1893. Energy as a factor in organic evolution. Proceedings of the
———. 1893. The inheritance of modifications due to disturbances of the early
stages of development, especially in the Japanese domesticated races of gold
carp. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 45: 75–94.
———. 1894. A dynamical hypothesis of inheritance. Biological Lectures,
Woods Hole 3: 25–54.
166
*Sabatier, Armand. 1873. Études sur le coeur et la circulation centrale dans la

série des vertébrés. Montpellier: C. Coulet. [CUL]
Sabine, Edward, ed. 1840. Narrative of an expedition to the Polar Sea, in the
years 1820, 1821, & 1823. Commanded by Lieutenant, now Admiral, Ferdinand
von Wrangell, of the Russian Imperial Navy. London: J. Madden and Co.
*Sachs, Julius. 1870. Lehrbuch der Botanik. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I]

*———. 1873. Lehrbuch der Botanik. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I]
*———. 1874. Traité de botanique. trans. of 3rd edn ed. Paris: F. Savy. [CUL]
*———. 1875. Geschichte der Botanik vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1860. München:
R. Oldenburg. [Botany School]
*Sageret, Michel. 1826. Mémoire sur les Cucurbitacées. Paris: Huzard. [CUL]
*———. 1830. Pomologie physiologique. Paris: Hizard. [CUL, on B]
*Saint-Hilaire, Auguste De. 1841. Leçons de botanique. Paris: P.-J. Loss. [CUL]
*———. 1847-48. Voyage aux sources du Rio de S. Francisco. Paris: A. Bertran.
[CUL]
Saint-Hilaire, Augustin François César Provençal de. 1841. Leçons de botanique:
comprenant principalement la morphologie végétale, la terminologie, la botanique
comparée, l’examen de la valeur des charactères dans les diverses familles
naturelles, etc. Paris: P. J. Loss.
Saint-Hilaire, Etienne Geoffroy. 1829. Cours de l’histoire naturelle de mam-
mifères. Paris: Pichon & Didier.
———. 1862. Histoire Naturelle Générale. Paris: V. Masson.
Saint-Hilaire, Etienne Geoffroy and Jean Léopold Nicolas Frédéric (Georges)
Cuvier. 1824-42. Histoire naturelle des Mammifères, avec des figures originales,
coloriées, dessinées d’après des animaux vivans. Vols 1-3, 7. Paris: A. Belin.
Saint-Hilaire, Isidore Geoffroy. 1832-7. Histoire générale et particulière des
anomalies de l’organisation chez l’homme et les animaux, ouvrage comprenant
des recherches sur les charactères, la classification, l’influence physiologique et
pathologique, les rapports généraux, les lois et les causes des monstruosites, des
variétés et des vices de conformation, ou traité de tératologie. 3 vols. Paris: J.
B. Baillière. Includes additional atlas.
———. 1841. Essais de zoologie générale. Paris: Roret.
———. 1847. Vie, travaux et doctrine scientifique de Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire.
Paris: P. Betrand.
167
Saint-Pierre, Germain de. 1876. L’evolution de l’espèce végétale. Bulletin de la

Société Botanique 23: xxviii.
Saint-Simon, marquis de, Henri Maximilien. 1768. Des jacintes, de leur
anatomie, reproduction et culture. Amsterdam: C. Eel.
Saint-Simon Archiac, Étienne Jules Adolphe Desmier de. 1847-8. Histoire des
progrès de la géologie de 1834 a 1845. 2 vols. Paris.
Saint-Vincent, Jean Baptiste Georges Marie Bory de. 1804. Voyage dans les
quatres principales ı̂les des mers d’Afrique. 3 vols. Paris: F. Buisson.
Salt, Henry. 1814. A voyage to Abyssinia, and travels into the interior of that
country. London: F.C. and J. Rivington.
*Salter, John. 1865. The chrysanthemum. London: Groombridge & Sons. [CUL]
*Salter, John William and Henry Woodward. 1865. A descriptive catalogue
of all the genera and species contained in the accompanying chart of fossil
crustacea, including an abstract from the Geological Magazine, Oct 2, 1865.
London: J. Tennant. [Down]
*Samouelle, George. 1819. The entomologist’s useful compendium. London:
Thomas Boys. [CUL, pre-B]
———. 1819. The entomologist’s useful compendium; or, an introduction to
the knowledge of British insects. London: T. Boys.
*Saporta, Gaston De. 1879. Le Monde des plantes avant l’apparition de l’homme.
Paris: G. Masson. [Botany School, I]
*Saporta, Gaston De and Antoine Fortuné Marion. 1876. Recherches sur les
végétaux fossiles de Meximieux, précédées d’une introduction stratigraphique
par Albert Falsan. Lyon, Genève, Bâle: H. Georg. [Botany School]
*———. 1878. Révision de la flore Heersienne de Gelinden. Bruxelles. [Botany
School, I]
*———. 1881. L’Évolution du règne végétal: Les Cryptogames. Paris: Germer
Baillière & Cie. [Botany School]
*Sarmiento De Gambóa, Pedro. 1768. Viage al estrecho de Magellanes. Madrid:
Imprenta Real de la Gazeta. [Down, pre-B, S]
Saunders, E. R. and W. Bateson. 1902. Experimental studies in the physiology
of heredity. In Reports to the Evolution Committee of the Royal Society, Report
1, (17 Dec. 1901), pp. 1–160. Harrison and Sons.
Saussure, Henri Louis Frédéric de. 1852-8. Etudes sur la famille des Vespides.
3 vols. Paris and Geneva: Victor Masson [& others].
168
———. 1858-71. Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire naturelle du Mexique, des

Antilles et des Etats-Unis. 2 vols. Geneva: H. Georg.
*Saussure, Henri Louis Frédéric De. 1880. La question du lac. Genève: Charles
Schuchardt. [I]
*Savage, Minot Judson. 1876. The religion of evolution. Boston: Lockwood,

Brooks & Co. [Down]
Schaaffhausen, Hermann. 1885. Anthropoligische Studien. Bonn: Adolf Marcus.
*Schacht, Hermann. 1855. The microscope. London: Samuel Highly. [Down]
———. 1856-9. Lehrbuch der Anatomie und Physiologie der Gewächse. 2 vols.
Berlin: G. W. F. Müller.
*Scherzer, Karl Von. 1864. Aus dem Natur- und Völkerleben im tropischen
America. Leipzig: Wigand. [Down, I]
*———. 1873. La Province de Smyrne. Wien: Alfred Hölder. [Down, I]
*Schiff, Maurice. 1868. Leçons sur la physiologie de la digestion. Paris: Germer
Baillière. [CUL]
Schindewolf, Otto Heinrich. 1936. Paläontologie, Entwickelungslehre, und
Genetik: Kritik und Synthese. Berlin: Bornträger.
———. 1950. Der Zeitfaktor in Geologie und Paläntologie. Stuttgart: E.
Schweizerbart.
———. 1993. Basic questions in paleontology. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Schlectendahl, D. F. L. von. 1863. Ueber die Entstehung der Arten. Botanische
Zeitung p. 348.
Schlegel, Hermann. 1843. Essay on the physiognomy of serpents. Edinburgh.
*———. 1843. Essay on the physiognomy of serpents. Edinburgh: Maclachlan,
Stewart & Co. [CUL]
*Schleicher, August. 1869. Darwinism tested by the science of language. London:
John Camden Hotten. [CUL, I by translator]
Schleiden, Matthias Jacob. 1842-3. Grundzüge der wissenschaftlichen Botanik,
nebst einer methodologischen Einleitung als Anleitung zum Studium der Pflanze.
2 vols in 1. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. DSB, sv Schleiden, J. M.
———. 1848. The plant; a biography. In a series of popular lectures. London:
H. Baillière.
169
———. 1849. Principles of scientific botany; or, botany as an inductive science.

London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans.
*Schmidt, Oscar. 1873. Descendenzlehre und Darwinismus. Leipzig: F.A.
Brockhaus. [Down, FD]
*———. 1875. The doctrine of descent. London: Henry S. King & Co. [CUL]
*———. n.d. The doctrine of descent and Darwinism. London: Henry S. King
& Co. [Down]
*Schmidt, Rudolf. 1876. Die Darwin’schen Theor-ien und ihre Stellung zur
Philosophie, Religion und Moral. Stuttgart: Paul Moser. [Down]
*Schneider. 1880. Der thierische Wille. Leipzig: Abel. [Down, I]
Schomburgk, Richard. 1847-8. Reisen in Britisch-Guiana in den Jahren 1840–
1844. 3 vols. Leipzig: J.J. Weber.
Schönherr, Carl Johan. 1833-45. Genera et species Curculionidum cum syn-
onymia hujus familiæ. Paris: Roret.
Schopf, Thomas, ed. 1972. Models in Paleobiology. San Francisco: Freeman,
Cooper and Company.
*Schouw, J.f. n.d. The earth, plants and man. [together with]
Schouw, Joakim Frederik. 1816. Dissertatio de sedibus plantarum originariis.
Copenhagen.
———. 1823. Grundzüge einer allgemeinen Pflanzengeographie. Berlin.
Schreber, Johann Christian Daniel von. 1778-1846. Die Säugethiere in Abbil-
dungen nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen. 7 vols. Erlangen. Continued by
Johann Andreas Wagner.
*Schübeler, Frederick Christian. 1873-75. Die Pflanzenwelt Norwegens. Chris-
tiania: A.W. Brøgger. [Down, I]
*Schufeldt, R.w. 1881. Osteology of the North American Tetraonidae. [CUL.1900,
I by author]
*Schultze, Fritz. 1875. Kant und Darwin. Jena: Hermann Dufft. [CUL]
*———. 1880. Die Sprache des Kindes (Darwinistische Schriften 10). Leipzig:
Ernst Günther. [CUL]
*Schulz, Ernst. 1867. Nine plates of photographs: facial expression. [CUL]
Schulz-Schulzenstein. 1865. Ueber die Stellung Blumenbachs zur Darwin’sche
Schöpfungstheorie. Amtlicher Berichte der Versammlung deutscher Natur-
forscher und Aertze zu Hannover .
170
Schumacher, Christian Frederick. 1817. Essai d’un nouveau système des habita-
tions des vers testacés. Copenhagen.
*Schwann, Theodor. 1879. Manifestation en l’honneur du Professor, Liége, 23
juin 1878. Düsseldorf: L. Schwann. [Down]
Scoresby, William. 1820. An account of the Arctic regions, with a history and
description of the northern whale fishery. 2 vols. Edinburgh: A. Constable &
co.
*Scoresby, William Jun. 1820. An account of the arctic regions, with a history
and description of the northern whale-fishery. Edinburgh: Archibald Constable
& Co. [Down, pre-B]
*Scott, John. 1874. Report on the experimental culture of the opium poppy.
Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press. [CUL, I]
*———. 1876. Annual report on the experimental poppy gardeners at Deegah
and Meetapore. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press. [CUL, I]
*———. 1877. Manual of opium husbandry. Calcutta: Bengal Sectretariat
Press. [CUL, I]
*———. 1878. Report on the experimental culture of the opium poppy for the
season 1877–78. Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press. [CUL, I]
Scott, William. 1836. The harmony of phrenology with scripture: shewn in a
refutation of the philosophical errors contained in Mr. Combe’s “Constitution
of man”. Edinburgh.
Scott, William Berryman. 1891. On the osteology of Mesohippus and Lep-
tomeryx, with observations on the modes and factors of evolution in the mam-
malia. Journal of Morphology 5: 301–406.
———. 1894. On variations and mutations. American Journal of Science 48:
355–374.
———. 1917. The theory of evolution: With special reference to the evidence
upon which it is founded. New York: Macmillan.
———. 1929. The history of land mammals in the Western Hemisphere. New
York: Macmillan.
*Scott, W.r. 1870. The deaf and dumb. 2nd ed. London: Bell & Daldy. [CUL, I]
Scriven, Michael. 1959. Explanation and prediction in evolutionary theory.

Science 130: 477–482.
*Scrope, George Julius Poulett. 1825. Con-siderations on volcanos. London:
W. Phillips. [Down, pre-B]
171
———. 1825. Considerations on volcanos, the probable causes of their phenom-

ena, the laws which determine their march, the disposition of their products,
and their connexion with the present state and past history of the globe; leading
to the establishment of a new theory of the Earth. London: W. Phillips.
*———. 1862. Volcanos. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Green, Longman &
Roberts. [Down]
Scrope, William. 1843. Days and nights of salmon fishing in the Tweed; with a
short account of the natural history and habits of the salmon, instructions to
sportsmen, anecdotes, etc. London: John Murray.
*Scudder, John M. 1874. Specific diagnosis. Cincinnati: Wilstach, Baldwin &

Co. [Down, I]
*Scudder, Samuel Hubbard. 1875. Historical sketch of the generic names
proposed for butterflies. Salem: Naturalist’s Agent. [Down]
*———. 1881. Butterflies. New York: Henry Holt & Co. [Down]
Seale, Robert F. 1834. The geognosy of the island St. Helena, illustrated in a
series of views, plans and sections; accompanied with explanatory remarks and
observations. London.
Seally, John. 1781. A complete geographical dictionary, or universal gazetteer
of ancient and modern geography . . . the geographical parts by J. Seally. . . the
astronomical parts from the papers of I. Lyons. London.
Sedgewick, Adam. 1833. A Discourse on the Studies of the University. Cam-
bridge and London: J. W. Parker.
*Sedgwick, Adam. 1850. A discourse on the studies of the University of
Cambridge. 5th ed. London: John W. Parker. [CUL, I]
*———. 1853. Geology of the Lake district. Kendall: John Hudson. [Down, I]
*———. 1870. Supplement to the memorial of the trustees of Cowgill Chapel.
Cambridge: University Press. [Down, I]
*Seeley, Harry Govier. 1869. Index to the fossil remains of Aves, Ornithosauria
and Reptiles. Cambridge: Deighton, Bell & Co. [Down, I by Sedgwick]
*———. 1870. The Ornithosauria. Cambridge: Deighton, Bell & Co. [Down, I
by Sedgwick]
———. 1887-1888. On the classification of the fossil animals commonly named

Dinosauria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 42: 165–171.
———. 1888. On Pareiasaurus bombidens Owen and the significance of its
affinities to amphibians, reptiles, and mammals. Philosophical Transactions.
172
———. 1888. On parts of the skeleton of a mammal from the Triassic rocks of
Klipfontein, Fraserberg, S. Africa Theriodesmus phylarchus Seeley, illustrating
the reptilian interitance of the mammalian hand. Philosophical Transactions.
———. 1894. The reputed mammals from the Karoo Formation of the Cape
colony. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological
Sciences. 135: 1019–1028.
*Seemann, Berthold. 1865. Flora vitiensis. London: Lovell, Reeve & Co. [Down]
Seemann, Berthold Carl. 1852-7. The botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Herald . .
. during the years 1845–51. London: Lovell Reeve.
———. 1853. Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S. Herald during the years
1845–51, under the command of Captain Henry Kellett, R.N., C.B.; being a
circumnavigation of the globe, and three cruizes to the Arctic regions in search
of Sir John Franklin. 2 vols. London: Reeve and Co.
*Seguenza, G. 1874-76. Ricerche palaeontologiche intorno ai Cirripedi Terziarii.
Napoli: Regia Università. [Down, I]
*Seidlitz, Georg. 1871. Die Darwin’sche Theorie. Dorpat: C. Mattiesen. [CUL,
I]
*———. 1875. Die Darwin’sche Theorie. 2nd ed. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.
[Down, I]
*———. 1876. Beiträge zur Descendenz-Theorie. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann.
[Down, I]
*Seidlitz, Georg Carl Maria Von. 1871. Die Darwin’sche Theorie. Dorpat:
Mattiesen. [Linnean Society of London, I]
Seidlitz, Georg von. 1871. Die Darwin’sche Theorie: Elf Vorlesungen über die
Entstehung der Thiere und Pflanzen durch Naturzüchtung. Leipzig: Wilhelm
Engelmann.
Selander, R. K. 1976. Genetic variation in natural populations. In Francisco
Ayala, ed., Molecular Evolution, pp. 21–45. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates.
Selby, Prideaux John. 1818-34. Illustrations of British ornithology; or, figures
of British birds . . . in their full natural size. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars.
Selwyn, George Augustus. 1844. New Zealand. Part I, Letters from the Bishop
. . . with extracts from his visitation journal, from July 1842, to January 1843.
London.
Selys Longchamps, Michel Edmond de. 1842. Faune Belge. Pt 1. Liège: H.
Dessain.
173
*Semper, Carl Gottfried. 1873. Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ocean. Leipzig: F.

Brockhaus. [Down, I]
*———. 1876. Arbeiten aus den Zoologisch-Zootomischen Institut in Würzburg.
Hamburg: W. Mauke Söhne. [Down, I]
*———. 1880. Die natürlichen Existenzbedingungen der Thiere. Leipzig:
Brockhaus. [Linnean Society of London, I]
*———. 1881. The natural conditions of existence as they affect animal life.
London: C. Kegan Paul & Co. [CUL]
Semper, Karl. 1881. The conditions of natural existence as they affect animal
life. London: Kegan Paul.
Senebier, Jean. 1800. Physiologie végétale: contenant une description des
organes des plantes, et une exposition des phénomènes produits par leur organi-
sation. 5 vols. Geneva: J.J. Paschoud.
Sepkoski, J. J. 1976. Stratigraphic biases in the analysis of taxonomic survivor-
ship. Paleobiology 1: 343–355.
———. 1978. A kinetic model of Phanerozoic taxonomic diversity I. analysis
of marine orders. Paleobiology 4: 223–251.
Seringe, Nicolas Charles. 1823. Musée Helvétique d’Histoire Naturelle. (Partie
botanique.) Ou collection de mémoires, monographies, notices botaniques . . .
par N. C. Seringe. Berne, Switzerland: J. J. Burgdorfer.
———. 1845-9. Flore des jardins et des grandes cultures. 3 vols. Paris and
Lyon: C. Savy.
*Settegast, Hermann Gustav. 1868. Die Thier-zucht. Breslau: Wilh. Gottl.
Korn. [Down]
*Seward, Anna. 1804. Memoirs of the life of Dr Darwin. London: J. Johnson.
[Down, pre-B, S]
*Shaftesbury, Earl of, Anthony. 1749. Char-acteristicks of man, manners,
opinions, times. London. [Down, ED]
*Sharpe, William. 1873. Man, a special creation, or, the preordained evolution
of species. London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down, I]
Shepppard, P. M. 1951. A quantitative study of two populations of the moth
Panaxia dominula. Heredity 5: 349–378.
———. 1954. Evolution in bisexually reproducing organisms. In Huxley et al.
[1556], pp. 201–218.
*Shireff, Patrick. 1873. Improvements of cereals. Edinburgh & London: William
Blackwood & Co. [CUL]
174
*Shuckard, William Edward. 1837. Essay on the indigenous fossorial Hy-

menoptera. London: by the author. [CUL, I]
Shull, Franklin Aaron. 1934. Weismann and Haeckel: One hundred years.
Science 81: 443–452.
———. 1936. Evolution. New York: McGraw-Hill.

*Sidgwick, Henry. 1874. The methods of ethics. London: Macmillan & Co.
[Down, I, S]
*———. 1877. A supplement to the first edition of The methods of ethics.
*Siebold, Carl Theodor Ernst Von. 1857. On true parthenogenesis in moths
and bees. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, S]
*———. 1871. Beiträge zur Parthenogenesis der Arthropoden. Leipzig: Wilhelm
Engelmann. [Down, I]
*Siebold, Carl Theodor Ernst Von and Hermann Stannius. 1850. Anatomie
comparée,. Paris: De Roret. [CUL]
Siebold, Karl Theodor Ernst von. 1856. Wahre Parthenogenesis bei Schmetter-
lingen und Bienen: ein Beitrag zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der Thiere. Leipzig:
W. Engelmann.
———. 1857. On a true parthenogenesis in moths and bees; a contribution to
the history of reproduction in animals. London.
Siebold, Philipp Franz Balthasar von. 1833-50. Fauna Japonica sive descriptio
animalium, quæ in itinere per Japoniam . . . annis 1823–1830. 5 vols. Leiden.
*Siegwart, Karl. 1873. Das Alter des Mensch-engeschlechts. Berlin: Denicke.
[Down]
Silliman, Benjamin. 1839. Remarks introductory to the first American edition
of Dr. Mantell’s ”Wonders of Geology”. New Haven.
———. 1839. Suggestions relative to the philosophy of geology, as deduced from

the facts and to the consistency of both the facts and theory of this science with
sacred history. New Haven.
Simpson, George Gaylord. 1945. The principles of classification and a classifi-
cation of mammals. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 85:
1–350.
———. 1947. Holarctic mammalian faunas and continental relationships.
Bulletin of the Geological Society of America 58: 613–688.
———. 1949. The Meaning of Evolution. New Haven: Yale University Press.
175
———. 1951. Horses; the story of the horse family in the modern world and
through sixty million years of history. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
———. 1953. The Baldwin effect. Evolution 7: 110–117.
———. 1953. The Major Features of Evolution. New York: Columbia University
Press.
———. 1959. Anatomy and morphology: Classification and evolution, 1859
and 1959. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 103: 286–306.
———. 1961. Principles of Animal Taxonomy. New York: Columbia University
Press.
———. 1963. Biology and the nature of science. Science 139: 81–88.
———. 1964. Numerical taxonomy and biological classification. Science 144:
312–313.
———. 1965. The Geography of Evolution. Philadelphia: Chilton Books.
———. 1974. The concept of progress in organic evolution. Social Research pp.
28–51.
———. 1984. Tempo and Mode in Evolution. New York: Columbia University
Press.
*Skertchly, Sydney Barber Josiah. 1878. The physical system of the universe.
London: Daldy, Isbister & Co. [CUL, I]
Sloane, Hans. 1707-25. A voyage to the islands Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S.
Christophers and Jamaica, with the natural history . . . of the last of those
islands. 2 vols. London: B.M. for the author.
*Smellie, William. 1790. The philosophy of natural history. Edinburgh &
London: Elliot, Kay, Cadell & Robinson. [CUL, pre-B, I by J. Wedgwood, S C.
Darwin Given me by my uncle J. Wedgwood]
———. 1790-9. The philosophy of natural history. 2 vols. Edinburgh.
*Smith, Alexander. 1835. The philosophy of morals. London: Smith, Elder &
Co. [Down, JW]
Smith, Andrew. 1838-49. Illustrations of the zoology of South Africa . . .
collected . . . in the years 1834, 1835, and 1836. 5 pts. London.
*———. 1849. Illustrations of the zoology of South Africa. London: Smith,
Elder & Co. [CUL]
*Smith), British Museum (F. 1855. Catalogue of British Hymenoptera in the
collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the Trustees. [CUL]
176
Smith, Charles Hamilton. 1833-43. Horses. The Equidæ or genus Equus of

authors. vol. 12 of Jardine, William, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. In
William Jardine, ed., The naturalist’s library, Vol. 12. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars.
*———. 1839-40. Dogs. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars. [CUL]
———. 1839-40. The natural history of dogs. Canidæ or genus Canis of Authors.
Including also the genera Hyæna and Proteles. 2 vols. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars.
*———. 1841. Horses. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars. [CUL]
———. 1848. Ventriculidæ of the Chalk. London.
*———. 1852. The natural history of the human species. Edinburgh; London:
W.H. Lizards; Henry G. Bohn. [CUL]
Smith, Frederick. 1855. Catalogue of British Hymenoptera in the collection
of the British Museum. Pt 1. Apidæ—bees. London: Printed by order of the
Trustees.
———. 1858. Catalogue of British fossorial Hymenoptera, Formicidæ, and
Vespidæ, in the collection of the British Museum. London: Printed by order of
the Trustees.
Smith, J. Lawrence. 1874. Address of Dr. J. Lawrence Smith. Proceedings of
the American Association for the Advancement of Science 22: 12.
*Smith, J. Toulmin. 1858. The Ventriculidae of the chalk. London: Richard &
John E. Taylor. [Down]
Smith, James Edward. 1800-4. Flora Britannica. 3 vols. London.
———. 1818. Compendiumfloræ Britannicæ. 3rd ed. London: Longman, Hurst,
Rees, Orme, and Brown.
*———. 1819. An introduction to physiological and systematcal botany. 4th ed.
London. [Down, pre-B, ED]
*———. 1821. A grammar of botany, illustrative of artificial, as well as natural,
classification, with an explanation of Jussieu’s system. London: Longman,
Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown. [Down, on B, ED]
———. 1824. The English flora. 5 vols in 6. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees,
Orme, Brown, and Green.
*———. 1824-28. The English flora. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme,
Brown & Green. [Down, pre-B, ED]
———. 1824-36. The English flora. Vol. 5 vols. in 6. Vol. 5, pts 1 and 2, by
William Jackson Hooker. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and
Green.
177
———. 1824-36. The English flora, by William Jackson Hooker. 5 vols in 6.

London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green. Vol. 5, pts 1 and 2.
———. 1828. The English flora. 4 vols. 2nd ed. London: Longman, Rees,
Orme, Brown, and Green.
Smith, James Edward and James Sowerby. 1790-1814. English botany; or,
coloured figures of British plants, with their essential characters, synonyms,
and places of growth. 36 vols. London: J. Davis.
Smith, John Maynard. 1978. Optimization theory in evolution. Annual Review
of Ecology and Systematics 9: 31–56.
———. 1982. Evolution and the Theory of Games. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Smith, Pleasance. 1832. Memoir and correspondence of the late Sir James
Edward Smith, MD. 2 vols. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green,
and Longman.
Smyth, William Henry. 1824. Memoir descriptive of the resources, inhabitants,
and hydrography of Sicily and its islands. London.
Sneath, Peter Henry Andrews. 1957. The application of computers to taxonomy.
Journal of General Microbiology 17: 201–226.
———. 1962. The construction of taxonomic groups. In Microbial Classification,
Symposia, Society for General Microbiology, no. 12, pp. 289–332. Cambridge:
*Snell, Karl. 1863. Die Schöpfung des Menschen. Leipzig: Arnold. [CUL]
Sober, Elliot, ed. 1995. Conceptual Issues in Evolutionary Biology. 2nd ed.
Cambridge: MIT Press.
Sober, Elliot and David Sloan Wilson. 1998. Unto others: The evolution and
psychology of unselfish behavior. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Sokal, Robert. 1977. Clustering and classification: Background and current
directions. In Classification and Clustering. New York: Academic Press.
Sokal, Robert and T.J. Crovello. 1970. The biological species concept: A critical
evaluation. American Naturalist 104: 127–153.
Sokal, Robert and P. H. A. (Peter Henry Andrews) Sneath. 1973. Principles of
Numerical Taxonomy. revised ed. London: W. H. Freeman.
Sokal, Robert and Peter Henry Andrews Sneath. 1963. Principles of Numerical
Taxonomy. London: W. H. Freeman.
Solbrig, Otto, ed. 1979. Fifty Years of Plant Taxonomy. New York: Columbia
University Press.
178
*Sole, Francesco. 1881. Il Positivismo. Napoli: V. Morano. [Down]

*———. 1882. Su la sensazione. Napoli: V. Morano. [Down, I]
*Solis Y Rivadeneyra, Antonio De. 1790. Historia de la conquista de Mexico.
Madrid: Antonio Fernandez. [Down, pre-B, S]
*Solms-Laubach, Hermann Zu. 1881. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 4.
Corallina. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Botany School]
*Somerville, Mary. 1834. On the connexion of the physical sciences. London:
John Murray. [Down, on B, S, ED]
———. 1848. Physical geography. 2 vols. London.

*———. 1869. On molecular and microscopic science. London: John Murray.
[Down]
*Soret, J. Louis. 1872. François Pictet, notice biographique. Genève: Ramboz
& Schuchardt. [Down]
*Sowerby, Johnson Charles, John Edward and C. Pierpoint Johnson. 1861.
British poisonous plants. 2nd ed. London: John Van Voorst. [Down]
Spallanzani, Lazzaro. 1769. An essay on animal reproductions. Translated from
the Italian [by M. Maty]. London.
Spencer, Herbert. 1851. Social statics: or, the conditions essential to human
happiness specified, and the first of them developed. London: John Chapman.
———. 1855. The principles of psychology. London: Longman, Brown, Green,
and Longmans.
*———. 1855. The principles of psychology. London: Longman, Brown, Green
& Longman. [CUL, I]
———. 1858-74. Essays: scientific, political, and speculative . . . Reprinted
chiefly from the quarterly reviews. 3 vols. London: Longmans; Williams &
Norgate.
*———. 1860-62. First principles. London: G. Mainwaring, Williams &
Norgate. [CUL, S in no. 1]
*———. 1861. Education: intellectual, moral and physical. London: G. Main-
waring. [Down]
*———. 1863. Essays, scientific, political and speculative. London: Williams

& Norgate. [Down]
*———. 1864-67. The principles of biology. London: Williams & Norgate.
[Botany School, S]
179
*———. 1867. First principles. 2nd ed. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down,
S]
*———. 1870-72. The principles of psych-ology. 2nd ed. London: Williams &
Norgate. [CUL, S]
*———. 1871. The classification of the sciences. 3rd ed. London: Williams &
Norgate. [Down]
*———. 1873. Descriptive sociology. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down]
*———. 1874-77. The principles of sociology. London: Williams & Norgate.
[Down]
*———. 1875. Grundlagen der Phil-osophie. Stuttgart: E. Schweiz-erbart.
[Down]
*———. 1877. The study of sociology. 6th ed. London: Henry S. King & Co.
[Down]
*———. 1879. The data of ethics. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down, I]
———. 1887. The factors of organic evolution. London: Williams and Norgate.
———. 1893. The inadequacy of natural selection. Contemporary Review 43:
153–166, 439–456.
———. 1893. Professor Weismann’s theories. Contemporary Review 43: 743–
760.
*Spengel, Johann Wilhelm. 1874. Die Fortschritte des Darwinismus. Köln:
E.H. Maner. [CUL, I]
*Spix, Johann Baptist Von and Carl Friedrich Philipp Von Martius. 1824.
Travels in Brazil. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green.
[CUL, pre-B, on B, S Chas. Darwin Buenos Aires]
*Sprengel, Christian Konrad. 1793. Das entdeckte Geheimnis der Natur im
Bau und in der Befuchtung der Blumen. Berlin: F. Vieweg. [CUL, pre-B, S]
———. 1793. Das entdeckte Geheimniss der Natur im Bau und in der Befruch-
tung der Blumen. Berlin: F. Vieweg.
Springer, John S. 1851. Forest life and forest trees. New York.
*St. Clair, George. 1873. Darwinism and creation. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
[Down, I]
*St. John, Charles. 1849. A tour in Sutherlandshire. London: John Murray.
[CUL]
180
*———. 1878. Sketches of the wild spots and natural history of the Highlands.
London: John Murray. [Down, FD]
*Stainton, Henry Tibbats. 1857. A manual of British butterflies and moths.
London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, GD]
Stainton, Henry Tibbatts. 1857-9. A manual of British butterflies and moths. 2

vols. London: J. Van Voorst.
Standfuss, Max. 1900. Synopsis of experiments on hybridization and temper-
ature made with Lepidoptera up the end of 1898. Entomologist 30: 161–167,
283–292, 340–348.
———. 1901. Synopsis of experiments on hybridization and temperature made

with Lepidoptera up the end of 1898. Entomologist 34: 11–13, 75–84.
Stanley, Steven. 1975. A theory of evolution above the species level. Proceedings.
National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) pp. 646–650.
———. 1998. Macroevolution. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press.
Stanley, Steven M. 1978. Chronospecies’ longevities, the origin of genera, and
the punctuational model of evolution. Paleobiology 4: 26–40.
Stansbury, Howard. 1852. An expedition to the valley of the Great Salt Lake of
Utah: including a description of its geography, natural history, and minerals, and
an analysis of its waters: with an authentic account of the Mormon settlement.
Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo.
Stark, John. 1828. Elements of natural history. 2 vols. Edinburgh and London.
*States, United. 1880. Entomological commission for the years 1878 and 1879
relating tothe Rocky Mountain locust. Washington: Government printing office.
[Down]
*Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. 1871. Essays on Darwinism. London: Long-
man, Green & Co. [Down, I]
Stebbins, G. L. 1950. Variation and Evolution in Plants. New York: Columbia
University Press.
———. 1969. The Basis of Progressive Evolution. Chapel Hill: University of
North Carolina Press.
———. 1974. Flowering Plants: Evolution Above the Species Level. Cambridge:
Harvard University Press.
———. 1977. In defense of evolution: Tautology or theory? American Naturalist
111: 386–394.
———. 1979. Fifty years of plant evolution. In Solbrig [2942], pp. 18–41.
181
Stebbins, G. L. (George Ledyard). 1971. Chromosomal Evolution in Higher

Plants. Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.
*Steenstrup, Johann Japetus. 1845. On the alternation of generations. London:
The Ray Society. [CUL]
*———. 1856. Hecto-cotyldannebsen. Kjöbenhavn: Bianco Luno. [Down, I]

*Steenstrup, Johann Japetus and Christian Frederick Lüt-Ken. 1861. Bichagtil
Kundskab om det aabne Hans Snyltekrebs og Lernaer samt om ... parasitike
Coprepoder. Kjöbenhavn. [Down, I by Steenstrup]
Steenstrup, Johannes Japetus Smith. 1842. Om Forplantning og Udvikling
gjennemvexlende Generationsraekker, en saeregen form for Opfostringen i de
lavere Dyreklasser. Copenhagen.
———. 1845. On the alternation of generations, or, the propagation and
development of animals through alternate generations: a peculiar form of
fostering the young in the lower classes of animals. London: Ray Society.
———. 1845. Undersögelser over Hermaphroditismens tilværelse i Naturen . . .
et naturhistorisk Forsög. Copenhagen.
———. 1846. Untersuchungen über das Vorkommen des Hermaphroditismus in
der Natur. Ein naturhistorischer Versuch. Griefswald.
*Stephens, James Francis. 1828-29. Illustrations of British entomology. London:
Baldwin & Cradock. [CUL, on B]
———. 1828-46. Illustrations of British entomology; or, a synopsis of indigenous
insects: containing their generic and specific distinctions. 11 vols. London:
Baldwin and Cradock. Includes additional supplement.
*———. 1829. Illustrations of British entomology. London: Baldwin & Cradock.
[Down, on B]
*———. 1829. A systematic catalogue of British insects. London: Baldwin &
Cradock. [CUL, pre-B]
———. 1829. A systematic catalogue of British insects: being an attempt to
arrange all the hitherto discovered indigenous insects in accordance with their
natural affinities. London: Baldwin and Cradock.
*———. 1839. A manual of British Coleoptera. London: Longman, Orme,
Brown, Green & Longman. [Down, I to FD]
*Sterne, Carus. 1880. Werden und Vergehen. 2nd ed. Berlin: Gebrüder
Borntraeger. [Down]
*Sterne, Carus (I.e. Ernst Krause). 1876. Werden und Vergehen. Berlin:
Gebründer Borntraeger. [CUL]
182
*Steudel, Ernst Gottlieb. 1841. Nomeclator bot-anicus. Stuttgart & Tübingen:

J.G. Cottae. [CUL]
———. 1841. Nomenclator botanicus seu: synonymia plantarum univer-
salis, enumerans ordine alphabetico nomina atque synonyma tum generica
tum specifica et a Linnaeo et a recentioribus de re botanica scriptoribus plantis
phanerogamis imposita. 2nd ed. Stuttgart and Tübingen.
*Stewart, Dugald. 1818. Philosophical essays. 3rd ed. Edinburgh. [ED,
CUL.1900]
Stockard, Charles R. 1923. Experimental modification of the germ plasm and its
bearing on the inheritance of acquired characters. Proceedings of the American
Stockard, Charles R. and Dorothy M. Craig. 1913. An experimental study of
the influence of alcohol on the germ cells and developing embryos of mammals.
Stockard, Charles R. and George Pananicolaon. 1916. A further analysis of the
hereditary transmission of degeneracy and eformation of the descendants of
alchoholized mammals. American Naturalist 50: 65–88, 144–177.
Stokes, John Lort. 1846. Discoveries in Australia; with an account of the coasts
and rivers explored and surveyed during the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, in the
years 1837-38-39-40-41-42-43 . . . also a narrative of Captain Owen Stanley’s
visits to the islands in the Arafúra sea. 2 vols. London: T. and W. Boone.
*Strasburger, Eduard. 1876. Sur la formation et la division des cellules. revised
ed. Jena: Herman Dabis. []
*———. 1876. Über Zellbildung und Zelltheilung. 2nd ed. Jena: Hermann
Dabis. [Down]
*———. 1880. Zellbildung und Zelltheilung. 3rd ed. Jena: Gustav Fischer.
[Down, I]
*Strauss, David Friedrich. 1872. Der Alte und der neue Glaube. 2nd ed. Leipzig:
G. Hirzel. [Down]
*Stricker, Salomon. 1868-72. Handbuch der Lehre von dem Geweben des Men-
schen und der Thiere. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [Down]
Strickland, Hugh Edwin. 1842. Rules for zoological nomenclature . . . authorised
by section D of British Association at Manchester. Edinburgh.
Strickland, Hugh Edwin and Alexander Gordon Melville. 1848. The dodo and
its kindred; or, the history, affinities, and osteology of the dodo, solitaire, and
other extinct birds of the islands Mauritius, Rodriguez, and Bourbon. London.
183
Struthers, John. 1854-64. Anatomical and physiological observations. 2 vols.

Edinburgh and Aberdeen: Sutherland and Knox (Edinburgh) and D. Wyllie &
Son (Aberdeen).
Strzelecki, Paul Edmund de. 1845. Physical description of New South Wales
and Van Diemen’s Land. London: Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans.
*Strzelecki, Paul Edward De. 1845. Physical description of New South Wales
and Van Diemen’s Land. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL,
I]
Studer, Bernhard. 1851-3. Geologie der Schweiz. 2 vols. Bern and Zurich:
Stämpflische Verlagshandlung.
*Sturm, Carl Christoph Gottlieb. 1825. Über Raçen der landwirthschaftlichen
Hausthiere. Ebberfeld: Büscher. [CUL]
Sturm, Jakob. 1844. “Anophthalmu” blindlaufkäfer. Neue Gattung aus der
Familie der Caraben. Nürnberg.
———. 1847. Beschreibung einer neuen Art nov Anophthalmus blindlaufkäfer.
Nürnberg.
Sturtevant, A. H. 1918. An analysis of the effects of selection. Carnegie
Institution of Washington Publication 264.
———. 1924. An interpretation of orthogenesis. Science 59: 579–580.
———. 1965. The early Mendelians. Proceedings of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences 109: 199–204.
Sturtevant, A. H. and Theodosius G. Dobzhansky. 1936. Geographical distri-
bution and cytology of “sex ratio” in Drosophila pseudoobscura and related
species. Genetics 21: 473–490.
———. 1936. Inversions in the third chromosome of wild races of Drosophila
pseudoobscura and their use in the study of the history of the species. Proceed-
ings. National Academy of Sciences (United States of America) 22: 448–450.
Sudre, Alfred. 1860. Des origines de la vie et de la desisinction des espèces dan
l’ordre animé. Review Européene 10: 599.
*Sully, James. 1874. Sensation and intuition. London: Henry S. King & Co.
[CUL]
*———. 1874. Sensation and intuition. London: Henry S. King & Co. [Down,
I; 2 copies]
184
Sutherland, Peter Cormack. 1852. Journal of a voyage in Baffin’s Bay and

Barrow Straits, in the years 1850–1851, performed by H.M. Ships Lady Franklin
and Sophia, under the command of Mr. William Penny, in search of the missing
crews of H.M. Ships Erebus and Terror. 2 vols. London: Longman, Brown,
Green, and Longmans.
Swainson, William. 1822. The naturalist’s guide for collecting and preserving
subjects of natural history and botany . . . particularly shells. London: W.
Wood.
———. 1829. Zoological illustrations; or, original figures and descriptions of
new, rare, or interesting animals, selected chiefly from the classes of ornithology,
entomology, and conchology, and arranged according to their apparent affinities.
Vol. 1 of 3. London: Baldwin and Cradock. 2nd series.
———. 1832-3. Zoological illustrations, or original figures and descriptions of
new, rare, or interesting animals. 3 vols. London: Baldwin and Cradock. 2nd
series.
*———. 1835. The cabinet cyclo-paedia, natural history: A treatise on the
geography and classification of animals. London: Longman, Rees, Brown, Green
& Longman. [CUL, S]
———. 1836-7. On the natural history and classification of birds. 2 vols.
London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman.
———. 1837. The natural history of the birds of western Africa. Vols 22-23 of
William Jardine, ed., The naturalist’s library. 40 vols. Edinburgh.
*———. n.d. The cabinet cyclo-paedia, natural history: The natural history
and classification of birds. London: Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green.
[Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green &]
*Swammerdam, Jan. 1758. The book of nature. London: C.G. Seyffert. [CUL,
pre-B, S Charles Darwin 1827]
———. 1758. The book of nature; or, the history of insects . . . with the life
of the author, by Herman Boerhaave. Translated from the Dutch and Latin
original by Thomas Flloyd. Revised . . . by John Hill. 2 pts. London: C.G.
Seyffert.
*Swank, James Moore. 1881. Statistics of the iron and steel production of the
United States. Washington: Government printing office. [Down]
*Swinhoe, Robert. 1861. Narrative of the north China campaign of 1860.

London: Smith, Elder & Co. [Down, I]
*———. 1863. Notes on the island of Formosa. London: F. Bell. [CUL, I]
185
Syme, Patrick. 1814. Werner’s nomenclature of colours, with additions, arranged

so as to render it highly useful to the arts and sciences, particularly zoology,
botany, chemistry, mineralogy, and morbid anatomy. Annexed to which are
examples selected from well- known objects in the animal, vegetable, and mineral
kingdoms. Edinburgh.
*———. 1821. Werner’s nomenclature of colours. 2nd ed. Edinburgh. [CUL]

———. 1821. Werner’s nomenclature of colours, with additions, arranged so as
to render it highly useful to the arts and sciences, particularly zoology, botany,
chemistry, mineralogy, and morbid anatomy. Annexed to which are examples
selected from well-known objects in the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms.
2nd ed. Edinburgh.
*Tasso, Torquato. 1821. Gerusalemme liberata. Firenze. [CUL.1900]
*Tayler, John James. 1868. Christianity. London: Williams & Norgate. [Down]
Taylor, J. Lionel. 1898. The study of variations. Natural Science 12: 231–238.
*Taylor, John Ellor. 1878. Flowers. London: Hardwicke & Bogue. [Down]
*Taylor, Richard (Ed.). 1837. Scientific memoirs. London. [CUL]
Taylor, William Cooke. 1840. The natural history of society in the barbarous
and civilized state: an essay towards discovering the origin and course of human
improvement. 2 vols. London.
*Teale, Thomas Pridgin. 1878. Dangers of health. London: J. & A. Churchill.
[Down]
*Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1854. Profitable poultry. London: Darton &
Co. [CUL, I]
———. 1854. Profitable poultry; their management in health and disease. 2nd
ed. London.
*———. 1856-57. The poultry book. London: Orr & Co. [CUL]
Tegetmeier, William Bernhard, ed. 1856-7. The poultry book: including pigeons
and rabbits; comprising the characteristics, management, breeding and medical
treatment of poultry, being the results of personal observation and practice of
the Rev. W. Wingfield, G. W. Johnson, Esq. London.
Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1858. Manual of domestic economy: with hints
on domestic medicine and surgery. 4th ed. London.
*———. 1866-1867. The poultry book. London: Routledge. [CUL]
*———. 1873. Pheasants for coverts and aviaries. London: Horace Cox. [CUL,
I]
186
Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1813-15. Histoire naturelle générale des pigeons

et des gallinacés. 3 vols. Amsterdam and Paris: J. C. Sepp and G. Dufour,
respectively.
———. 1820-40. Manuel d’ornithologie, ou tableau systématique des oiseaux
qui se trouvent en Europe. 4 vols. 2nd ed. Paris: G. Dufour.
———. 1827-41. Monographies de mammalogie, ou description de quelques
genres de mammifères, dont les espèces ont été observées dans les différens
musées de l’Europe. 2 vols. Paris and Amsterdam (vol. 1), Leiden (Vol. 2): G.
Dufour and E. d’Ocagne.
Temminck, Coenraad Jacob and Pauline de Courcelles Knip. 1811. Les pigeons.
2 vols. Paris: Knip. Vol. 1 by C. J. Temminck; vol. 2 by Florent Prévost.
Temminck, Coenraad Jacob and le Baron Meiffren Laugier de Chartrouse. 1838.
Nouveau receueil de planches coloriées d’oiseaux, pour servir de suite et de
complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon. 5 vols. Paris: F. G. Levrault.
Templeton, Alan R. 1980. The theory of speciation via the founder principle.
Genetics 94: 1011–1038.
———. 1981. Mechanisms of speciation: A population genetic approach. Annual
Review of Ecology and Systematics 12: 23–48.
Tennent, James Emerson. 1859. Ceylon, an account of the island, physical,
historical and topographical, with notices of its natural history, antiquities and
productions. 2 vols. London: Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts.
Thistleton-Dyer, W. T. 1896. The utility of specific characters. Nature 54:
293–294.
Thoday, J. M. 1975. Non-Darwinian ‘evolution’ and biological progress. Nature
255: 675–677.
*Thomas, Cyrus. 1873. Acrididae of North America. Washington: Government
printing office. [Down]
Thompson, D’Arcy Wentworth. 1917. On Growth and Form. Cambridge:
———. 1942. On Growth and Form. new ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
*Thompson, J. 1805. New, correct and complete ready reckoner. Gainsborough:
H. Mozley. [Down, pre-B]
Thompson, John Vaughan. 1830. Memoir IV. on the cirripedes or barnacles;
demonstrating their deceptive character; the extraordinary metamorphosis
they undergo, and the class of animals to which they indisputably belong. In
Zoological researches, and illustrations; or, natural history of nondescript or
imperfectly known animals. 6 vols. London.
187
*Thompson, William. 1849-51. The natural history of Ireland. London: Reeve,

Benham & Reeve. [CUL]
———. 1849-56. The natural history of Ireland. 4 vols. London: Reeve, Benham,
and Reeve.
*Thomson, David. 1871. Handy book of the flower-garden. 2nd ed. London:
William Blackwood & Sons. [Down]
Thomson, John Arthur. 1912. Heredity. London: John Murray.
Thomson, Thomas. 1852. Western Himalaya and Tibet; a narrative of a journey
through the mountains of northern India, during the years 1847–8. London.
*Thorell, Tamerlan. 1869-70. On European spiders. Upsala: Ed. Berling. [CUL,
I]
*———. 1870-73. Remarks on synonyms of European spiders. Upsala: J.
Lundström. [Down, I]
*———. 1877. Études scorpiologiques. Milan: J. Bernardoni. [Down, I]
*Thornton, Robert John. n.d. A new illus-tration of the sexual system of
Linnaeus. [Down]
Thorpe, Malcolm Rutherford. 1924. Organic adaptation to environment. New
Haven: Yale University Press.
Thouin, André. 1810. Description de l’École d’Agriculture Pratique du Muséum
d’Histoire Naturelle: des exemples de toutes les sortes de. Place Unknown.
Thunberg, Carl Peter. 1784. Flora Japonica. Leipzig.
Thwaites, George Henry Kendrick. 1858-64. Enumeratio plantarum Zeylaniæ:
an enumeration of Ceylon plants, with descriptions of the new and little-
known genera and species, observations on their habits, uses, native names, etc.
Assisted in the identification of the species and synonymy by J. D. Hooker. 5
pts. London: William Paplin; Dulau & Co.
Tiedemann, Friedrich. 1816. Anatomie und Bildungsgeschichte des Gehirns im

Foetus des Menschen nebst einer vergleichenden Darstellung des Hirnbaues in
den Thieren. Nürnberg.
———. 1826. The anatomy of the foetal brain; with a comparative exposition
of its structure in animals. Edinburgh.
*Tietze, Emil. 1870. Über Devonischen Schichten von Ebersdorf. Cassel:

Theodor Fischer. [Down, I]
*Timiriazeff, Clement. 1865. An essay on the theory of Darwin. St Petersburg.
[CUL, I; in Russian]
188
Todd, Robert Bentley. 1835-59. The cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology. 5

vols. London.
Torell, Otto Martin. 1859. Bidrag till Spitsbergens molluskfauna. Jemte en
allmän öfversigt af Arktiska regionens naturförhållanden och forntida utbredning.
Stockholm: Typografiska föreningens boktryckeri.
*Tornø, Hercules. 1880. Chemi. Christiania: Grøndall & Søn. [Down]

Torrey, John. 1843. A flora of the state of New York : comprising full descrip-
tions of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hitherto discovered in the
state; with remarks on their economical and medicinal properties. 2 vols. New
York and Boston: Carroll and Cook. Pt 2 of Natural History of New York.
———. 1859. Botany of the boundary. In United States and Mexican Boundary
Survey, under the order of Lt. Colonel W. H. Emory. Washington, DC: C.
Wendell.
Torrey, John and Asa Gray. 1838-43. A flora of North America: containing
abridged descriptions of all the known indigenous and naturalized plants growing
north of Mexico; arranged according to the natural system. 2 vols. New York
and London: Wiley & Putnam.
*Trémaux, Pierre. 1865. Origine et transformation de l’homme et des autres
êtres. part 1: Paris, L. Hachette. [CUL]
*———. 1865. Origine et transformations de l’homme et des autres êtres. Paris:
L. Hachette. [Down]
*Treub, Melchior. 1879. Notes sur l’embryogénie de quelques orchidées. Ams-
terdam: Johannes Müller. [Down, I]
*Trimen, Henry and William Turner Thiselton-Dyer. 1869. Flora of Middlesex.
London: Robert Hardwicke. [Down]
Trivers, Robert. 1971. The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Quarterly Review
of Biology 46: 35–57.
———. 1972. Parental investment and sexual selection. In Campbell [476].

*Tschudi, Friedrich Von. 1856. Sketches of nature in the Alps. London: Longman,
Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL]
Tschudi, Johann Jakob von. 1847. Travels in Peru, during the years 1838–1842.
London: Wiley & Putman.
*Tucker, Abraham. 1831. The light of nature pursued. London. [CUL.1900]
Tuckerman, Edward. 1843. Enumeratio methodica Caricum quarundam. Species
recensuit et secundum habitum pro viribus disponere tentavit. Schenectadiæ.
189
*Tuke, Daniel Hack. 1872. Illustrations of the influence of the mind upon the
body in health and disease. London. [CUL.1900]
Turner, J. R. G. 1969. The basic theorems of natural selection: A näive
approach. Heredity 24: 76–84.
———. 1970. Changes in mean fitness under natural selection. In M. Kojima,

ed., Mathematical Topics in Population Genetics. Heidelberg: Springer.
———. 1971. Studies of Müllerian mimicry and its evolution in Burnet moths
and Heliconid butterflies. In Creed [642], pp. 224–260.
———. 1972. Selection and stability in the complex polymorphism of Moraba
scurra. Evolution 26: 334–343.
———. 1977. Butterfly mimicry: The genetical evolution of adaptation. Evolu-
tionary Biology 10: 163–206.
———. 1978. Why male butterflies are non-mimetic: Natural selection, sexual
selection, group selection, modification, and sieving. Biological Journal of the
Linnean Society 10: 385–432.
Turner, Sharon. 1832-7. The sacred history of the world, as displayed in the
creation and subsequent events to the deluge. Attempted to be philosophically
considered in a series of letters to a son. 3 vols. London.
*Turton, William. 1807. British fauna. Swansea: J. Evans. [CUL, pre-B, S
Charles Darwin 1826]
Turton, William. 1840. A manual of the land and freshwater shells of the British
Islands. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans.
*Tuttle, Hudson. 1866. The origin and antiquity of physical man. Boston: W.
White & Co. [CUL]
*Twining, Thomas. 1870. Science for the people: a memorandum. London: C.
Goodman. [Down]
Tyler, J. B. 1871. Evolution in natural history as related to Christianity. New
Englander 30: 464–470.
*Tylor, Edward Burnett. 1865. Researches into the early history of mankind.
London: John Murray. [CUL]
*———. 1870. Researches into the early history of mankind. 2nd ed. London:
John Murray. [CUL]
*———. 1871. Primitive culture. London: John Murray. [CUL, I from the
author with regrets that chap. II was in print before the ‘Descent of man’ was
published – Apr. 28]
190
*———. n.d. Anthropology. London: Macmillan & Co. [1881[Down]

*Tyndall, John. 1858. On the physical phenomena of glaciers. London. [Down,
I]
*———. 1870. Essays on the use and limit of the imagination in science.
London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down, I]
*———. 1874. Address delivered before the British Association assembled at
Belfast, with additions. London: Longmans, Green & Co. [Down]
Unknown, Author. 1840. The natural history of bees. comprehending the uses
and economical management of the British and foreign honey-bee; together
with the known wild species. In William Jardine, ed., Vol. 38 of The naturalist’s
library. 40 vols. Edinburgh: W.H. Lizars.
Urville, Jules Sébastien César Dumont d’. 1832-3. Voyage de découvertes autour
dumonde et à la recherche de La Pérouse. 5 vols. Paris.
———. 1841-54. Voyage au Pôle Sud et dans L’Océanie sur les corvettes
L’Astrolabe et La Zélée, 1837–40. 23 vols. Paris: Gide.
*Vacek, Michael. 1877. Über Österreichische Mastodonten. Wien: Alfred Hölder.
[Down, I]
Vallemont, Pierre Le Lorrain, abbé de. 1707. Curiosities of nature and art in
husbandry and gardening: containing several new experiments in the improve-
ment of land, trees, fruits, &c: and also nice and useful observations relating
to the vegetation and propagation of plants: with choice secrets to make plants,
flowers and fruits larger, more beautiful, and to ripen earlier than usual: with
several copper cuts. Translated by William Fleetwood. London: D. Brown, A.
Roper, and Fran. Coggan.
Van Valen, L. 1973. A new evolutionary law. Evolutionary Theory 1: 1–30.
*Vasseur, Gaston. 1881. Recherches géologiques sur les terrains tertiaires de la
France occidentale part 1: Bretagne. Paris: G. Masson. [Down, I]
Vaucher, Jean Pierre Etienne. 1803. Histoire des conferves d’eau douce, .
. . suivie de l’histoire des trémelles et des ulves d’eau douce. Geneva: J.J.
Paschoud.
*Vaucher, Jean-Pierre Étienne. 1841. Histoire physiologique des plantes d’Europe.
Paris: Aurel. [CUL]
Vaucher, Jean Pierre Etienne. 1841. Histoire physiologique des plantes d’Europe
ou exposition des phénomènes qu’elles présentent dans les diverses périodes de
leur développement. 4 vols. Paris: Marc Aurel Frères.
*Veith, Johann E. 1856. Die Naturgeschichte der nutzbaren Haussäugethiere.
Wien: W. Braumüller. [CUL]
191
*Verity, Robert. 1839. Changes produced in the nervous system by civilization.

London: S. Highly. [Down]
*Verlot, Jean-Baptiste. 1865. Sur la production et la fixation des variétés dans
les plantes d’ornement. Paris: J.B. Baillière. [CUL, I, FD]
Vermeij, G. J. 1977. The Mesozoic marine revolution: Evidence from snails,

predators, and grazers. Paleobiology 3: 245–258.
Verneuil Édouard Murchison, Roderick Impey and Alexander Keyserling. 1845.
The geology of Russia in Europe and the Ural Mountains. 2 vols. London: John
Murray.
Vernon, Horace Middleton. 1897. Reproductive divergence: An additional

factor in evolution. Natural Science 11: 181–189.
———. 1903. Varation in animals and plants. London: Kegan Paul, Trench,
Trubner.
*Viardot, Louis. 1871. Libre examen. Paris: A. Le Chevalier. [CUL, I]
*———. 1872. Libre examen. new ed. Paris: A. Le Chevalier. [Down, I]
*———. 1877. Libre examen. 5th ed. Paris: C. Reinwald. [Down, I]
*———. 1881. Libre examen. 6th ed. Paris: C. Reinwald. [Down, I]
*———. n.d. Libre examen. [Down]
Vicomte d’ Archiac, Étienne Jules Adolphe Desmier de Saint-Simon. 1847-60.
Histoire des progrès de la géologie de 1834 à 1845. Vol. 8. Paris.
Vicq d’Azyr, Félix. 1787-1830. Médicine. Encyclopédie methodique. Paris.
Victor, Jean and Gaspard Auguste Brullé. 1834-7. Histoire naturelle des insectes,
traitant de leur organisation et de leurs moeurs en général, par M. V. Audouin
. . . et comprenant leur classification et la description des espèces, par M. A.
Brullé. Vols. 4, 5 and 6: Coléoptères. Vol. 9: Orthoptères, Hémiptères. By G.
A. Brullé. Paris: F.D. Pillot.
*Vincent, Charles W. 1876. The year-book of facts in science and the arts for
1875. London: Ward, Lock & Tyler. [Down]
*Virchow, Rudolf. 1860. Cellular pathology. London: John Churchill. [CUL, I]
———. 1872. Untersuchungen des Neanderthal-Schädels. Verhandlungen
der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte pp.
157–165.
*———. 1875. Über einige Merkmale niederer Menschenrassen am Schädel.
Berlin: K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. [Down, I]
192
———. 1886. Descendenz und pathologie. Virchows Archiv für Pathologisches

Anatomie und Phsyiologie 103: 1–14, 205–225, 413–436.
*Virchow, Rudolf and Freiherr Von Holzendorff. n.d. Sammlung gemein-
verständlicher wissenschaftlicher Verträge. Berlin: Carl Habel. [Down, I
by Theodorus Müller]
Visiani, Roberto de. 1842-52. Flora Dalmatica, sive enumeratio stirpium

vascularium quas hactenus in Dalmatia lectas et sibi observatas descripsit
digessit rariorumque iconibus illustravit. 3 vols. Leipzig.
*Vöchting, Hermann. 1873. Beiträge zur Morph-ologie und Anatomie der
Rhipsalideen. Leipzig. [Down, I]
*———. 1875. Botanische Abhand-lungen aus dem Gebiet der Morphologie und
Physiologie. 3. Der Bau und die Entwick-lung des Stammes der Melastomeen.
Bonn. [Down, I]
*———. 1878. Über Organbildung im Pflanzenreich. Bonn: M. Cohen & Sohn.
[CUL]
*Vogt, Carl. 1862. Mémoire sur les microcéphales ou hommes-singes. Paris.
[including]
*———. 1864. Lectures on man. London: Longman, Green, Longman &
Roberts. [CUL]
*———. 1870. Über die Aufgänge der Organismen. Hadelborn: Ferdinand
Schöningh. [Down]
*———. 1875. Lettres physiologiques. Paris: C. Reinwald & Co. [Down]
*Volz, Wilhelm. 1852. Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte. Leipzig: G. Teubner.
[CUL]
*Vries, Hugo De. 1880. Over de Bewegingen der Ranken van Sicyos. Amsterdam.
[Down]
Vrolik, Willem. 1840-2. Handboek der ziektekundige ontleedkunde. [De mensche-
lijke vrucht beschouwd in hare regelmatige en onregelmatige ontwikkeling.]. 2
vols. Amsterdam: Johannes Müller.
*Vulpian, Alfred and Henri Canille Carville. 1875. Leçons sur l’appareil vaso-
moteur. Paris: Germer Baillière. [Down]
Waagen, Wilhelm. 1869. Die Formenreihe des Ammonites subradius. E. W.

Beneke’s Geognostisch-Paläontologische Beiträge 2: 179–256.
———. 1875. Jurassic fauna of Kutch. vol. 1, Cephalopoda. In Palaeontologica
Indica (Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India). Calcutta.
193
Waddington, Conrad Hal. 1939. Introduction to Modern Genetics. London:

Macmillan.
———. 1953. Epigenetics and evolution. Symposia of the Society for Experi-
mental Biology 7: 186.
———. 1957. The Strategy of the Genes. London: Allen and Unwin.
Wade, M. J. and C. J. Goodnight. 1991. Wright’s shifting balance theory: An
experimental study. Science 253: 1015–1018.
Wagner, Andreas. 1861, pt. 2. Ein neues, angeblich mit Vogelfdedern verse-
henes Reptil. Sitzungsberichte der königlichen bayrischen Akademie der Wis-
senschaften, München pp. 146–154.
Wagner, Moritz. 1841. Reisen in der Regentschaft Algier in den Jahren 1836,
1837, and 1838. Leipzig: Leopold Voss.
———. 1868. Die Darwin’sche Theorie und das Migrationsgesetz der Organis-
men. Munich: Straub.
———. 1868, pt. 1. Ueber die Darwin’sche Theorie in Bezug auf die geographis-
che Verbreitung der Organismen. Sitzungsberichte der königlichen bayrischen
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München pp. 359–395.
———. 1870. Naturwissenschaftliche Reisen in Tropischen Amerika. Stuttgart:
Verlag der J. G. Gotta’schen Buchandlung.
———. 1870, pt. 2. Ueber den Einfluss der geographischen Isolierung
und Colonienbildung auf die morphologischen Verändungen der Organismen.
Sitzungsberichte der königlichen bayrischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
München pp. 154–174.
———. 1873. The Darwinian theory and the law of migration of organisms.
London: E. Stanford.
*———. 1873. The Darwinian theory and the law of migration of organisms.
London: Edward Stanford. [Down]
———. 1889. Die Entstehung der Arten durch räumliche Sonderung. Basel:
Benno Schwalbe.
———. 1889. Die Entstehung der Arten durche räumliche Sonderrung. Basel:
Schwabe.
*Wagner, Rudolf. 1845. Elements of the com-parative anatomy of the vertebrate
animals. London: Longman, Brown, Green & Longman. [CUL]
*———. 1861. Zoologisch-anthropo-logische Untersuchungen I. Göttingen:
Diet-richschen Buchhandlung. [CUL, S, I]
194
Wagner, Rudolph. 1842-53. Handwörterbuch der Physiologie mit Rücksicht auf

physiologische Pathologie. 4 vols. Brunswick, Germany: Friedrich Vieweg &
Sohn.
———. 1863. Bericht über die Arbeiten in der allegmeinen Zoologie im Jahre
1862. Archiv für Naturgeschichte 29: 14–15, 17–19.
Wagner, W. H. 1970. Biosystematics and evolutionary noise. Taxon 19: 146–151.
Wahlenberg, Göran. 1824-6. Flora Suecica. 2 pts. Upsala.
*Waitz, Theodor. 1863. Introduction to anthropology. London: Longman, Green,
Longman & Roberts. [CUL]
*Wake, Charles Staniland. 1868. Chapters on man. London: Trübner & Co.
[CUL]
*———. 1868. Chapters on man. London: Trübner & Co. [Down]
*Waldner, Heinrich. 1879-80. Deutschlands Faune. Heidelberg: C. Winter.
[Down, I]
*Walker, Alexander. 1838. Intermarriage. London: Churchill. [CUL]
———. 1838. Intermarriage; or the mode in which, and the causes why, beauty,
health and intellect, result from certain unions, and deformity, disease and
insanity, from others. London: J. & H.G. Langley.
*Walker, Francis. 1839. Monographia Chalciditum. London: Hyppolitus Baillière.
[Down, I]
*Walker, John and Charles. 1837. Atlas of the British Isles. London. [Down]
Wallace, Alfred Russel. 1853. A narrative of travels on the Amazon and Rio
Negro, with an account of the native tribes, and observations on the climate,
geology, and natural history of the Amazon Valley. London: Reeve.
———. 1855. On the law which has regulated the introduction of new speices.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History 26: 184–196.
———. 1859. On the tendency of varieties to depart indefinitely from the
original type. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society (Zoology) 3.
———. 1860. On the zoological geography of the Malay archipelago. Journal
of the Linnean Society of London 4: 172–184.
———. 1864. The origin of human races and the antiquity of man deduced
from natural selection. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Society 2: 170–186.
———. 1866. On the phenomena of variation and geographical distribution,
as illustrated by the Papilionidae of the Malayan region. Transactions of the
Linnean Society 25: 1–72.
195
*———. 1866. The scientific aspect of the supernatural. London. [S presentation

copy]
———. 1867. Mimicry and other protective resemblances in animals. West-
minster Review n.s. 32: 1–43.
*———. 1869. The Malay archipelago. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL, I]
———. 1870. Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection. London:
Macmillan.
*———. 1870. Contributions to the theory of natural selection. London:
Macmillan & Co. [CUL]
———. 1870. The Malayan Papilionidae or swallow-tailed butterflies, as
illustrative of the theory of natural selection. In Contributions to the Theory of
Natural Selection. New York: Macmillan.
———. 1870-71. Natural selection—Mr. Wallace’s reply to Mr. Bennett. Nature
3: 49–50.
*———. 1871. Contributions to the theory of natural selection. 2nd ed. London:
Macmillan & Co. [Down, I]
———. 1871. Review of ‘The Descent of Man’. The Academy 2: 178.
*———. 1876. The geographical distribution of animals. London: Macmillan &
Co. [CUL, I]
*———. 1878. Tropical nature and other essays. London: Macmillan & Co.
[CUL]
*———. 1880. Island life. London: Macmillan & Co. [CUL]
———. 1889. Darwinism: An Exposition of the Theory of Natural Selection,
With Some of Its Applications. London: Macmillan.
———. 1890. The Malay archipelago: The land of the orang-utan and the bird
of paradise. A narrative of travel with studies of man and nature.
———. 1894. The Rev. George Henslow on natural selection. Natural Science
5: 177–183.
———. 1895. Natural selection and tropical nature. new ed. London: Macmillan.
———. 1896. The problem of utility: Are specific characters always or generally
useful? Journal of the Linnean Society of London 25: 481–496.
———. 1911. Island life: Or the phenomena and causes of insular faunae and
floras. 3rd ed. London: Macmillan.
196
Wallace, B. 1958. The role of heterozygosity in Drosophila populations. Pro-

ceedings of the 10th International Congress of Genetics pp. 408–419.
———. 1966. On the dispersal of Drosophila. American Naturalist 100: 551–563.
*Wallich, George Charles. 1870. Eminent man of the day. London: John Van
Voorst. [CUL]
Wallich, Nathaniel. 1830-1. Plantæ Asiaticæ rariores; or, descriptions and
figures of a select number of unpublished East Indian plants. 2 vols. London:
Treuttel & Wurtz.
Walsh, Benjamin D. 0000. On certain remarkable or exceptional larvae. Pro-
ceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 9: 286–318.
———. 1864. On certain entomological speculations of the New England School
of Naturlists. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia pp.
207–249.
———. 1865. Gradation from ‘individual pecularities’. American Journal of
Science 90: 282–283.
*Walsh), Stonehenge (I.e. John Henry. 1867. The dog. London: Longman,
Green, Reader & Dyer. [CUL]
*Waltershausen, W. Sartorius Von. 1865. Untersuchungen über die Klimate der
Gegenwart und der Vorwelt. Haarlem: De Herven Loosjes. [Down]
*Walther, Alfred and Lud-Wig Molendo. 1868. Die Laubmoose Oberfrankens.
Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. [CUL]
*Walther, Friedrich L. 1817. Das Rindvieh. Giessen: G.F. Heker. [CUL, pre-B]
*———. n.d. Der Hund. Giessen: G.F. Heker. [CUL, pre-B]
Walton, William. 1844. The alpaca: its naturalization in the British Isles
considered as a national benefit, and as an object of immediate utility to the
farmer and manufacturer. Edinburgh and London.
Ward, Nathaniel Bagshaw. 1842. On the growth of plants in closely glazed cases.
London: John Van Voorst.
*Ward, Robert Arthur. 1852. A treatise on investments. London: E. Wilson.
[Down]
Ward, T. M. 1830. Contributions to the medical topography of Prince of Wales’
Island or Pulo Pinang. In T. M. Ward and J. P. Grant, eds, Official papers on
the medical statistics and topography of Malacca andPrince of Wales’ Island
and on the prevailing diseases of the Tenasserim coast.
*Warington, George. 1970. The week of creation. London. [CUL.1900, I]
197
*Waterhouse, George Robert. 1841. The naturalist’s library. Edinburgh: W.H.

Lizards. [CUL, I]
*———. 1845-48. A natural history of the Mammalia. London: H. Baillière.
[CUL, I, S]
———. 1846-1848. A natural history of the Mammalia. 2 vols. London: H.

Baillière.
———. 1858. Catalogue of British Coleoptera. London: Taylor and Francis.
Waterton, Charles. 1825. Wanderings in South America, the North-West of the
United States, and the Antilles, in the years 1812, 1816, 1820 and 1824. With
original instructions for the perfect preservation of birds, etc., for cabinets of
natural history. London: J. Mawman.
*———. 1838. Essays on natural history. London: Longman, Orme, Brown,
Green & Longman. [Down, S of Matthews]
Watson, D. M. S. 1919. Structure, evolution, and origin of the Amphibia—the
‘orders’ Rachitomi and Sterospondyli. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society
of London. Series B. Biological Sciences. 209: 1–74.
———. 1925-26. The Croonian lecture—the evolution and origin of the Am-
phibia. Philosophical Transactions. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological
Sciences. 214: 189–256.
———. 1937. A discussion of the present state of the theory of natural selection.
Proceedings. Royal Society of London. Series B. Biological Sciences 121: 43–45.
Watson, Hewett Cottrell. 1832. Outlines of the geographical distribution of
British plants. Edinburgh.
———. 1835. Remarks on the geographical distribution of British plants; chiefly
in connection with latitude, elevation, and climate. London: Longman, Rees,
Orme.
———. 1836. An examination of Mr. Scott’s attack upon Mr. Combe’s “Con-
stitution of man”. London.
*———. 1843. The geographical distribution of British plants. 3rd ed. London:
printed for the author. [Down]
———. 1843. The geographical distribution of British plants. Pt 1 (no more
published). 3rd ed. London: Printed for the author.
———. 1847-59. Cybele Britannica; or British plants and their geographical
relations. 4 vols. London: Longman.
*———. 1847-60. Cybele britannica. London: Longman & Co. [CUL, I]
198
*———. 1868-70. Compendium of the Cybele britannica. London: Thames

Ditton. [CUL]
Watson, Hewett Cottrell and John Thomas Irvine Boswell Syme, eds. 1853.
The London catalogue of British plants. 4th ed. London.
———. 1857. The London catalogue of British plants. 5th ed. London: W.
Pamplin.
*Watson, Thomas. 1857. Lectures on the principles and practice of physic.
London: John B. Parker & Son. [Botany School]
Wattenwyl, Carl Brunner von. 1861. Orthopterologische Studien. Verhandlun-
gen der zoologische-botanischen Gesellschaft, Wien 11: 221–228.
Watterson, G. A. 1977. Heterosis or neutrality? Genetics 85: 789–814.
*Webb, Henry. 1876. Dogs. London: Dean & Co. [Down]
Webb, Philip Barker and Sabin Berthelot. 1836-50. Histoire naturelle des Iles
Canaries. 3 vols. Paris: Béthune. 9 pts and atlas.
*Weber, D.a. 1850. Der Taubenfreund. Leipzig: G. Basse. [CUL]
*Weddell, H.a. 1853. Voyage dans le nord de la Bolivie. Paris: P. Bertrand.
[CUL]
Weddell, Hugh Algernon. 1849. Histoire naturelle des quinquinas ou mono-
graphie du genre Cinchona suivie d’une description du genre Cascarilla et de
quelques autres plantes de la même tribu. Paris: V. Masson.
*Wedgwood, Hensleigh. 1848. On the devel-opment of the understanding.
London: Taylor & Walton. [CUL]
*———. 1866. On the origin of language. London: N. Trübner & Co. [CUL, S]
*———. 1872. A dictionary of English etymology – On the origin of language.
2nd ed. London: Trübner & Co. [CUL, S]
*Weinland, David F. 1882. Über die in Meteoriten entdeckter Thierreste.
Esslingen: G. Fröhner. [Down, I]
*Weisbach, a. 1867. Reise der Österreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde
in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859: Anthropologischer Theil, 2. Abtheilung,
“Körpermessunge”. Wien: K.K. Hof und Staatsdurckerei. [CUL]
Weismann, A. 1889. Essays upon Heredity and Other Kindred Biological Prob-
lems. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
*Weismann, August. 1868. Über die Berechtigung der Darwin’schen Theorie.
Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I]
199
———. 1868. Ueber die Berechtingung der Darwin’schen Theorie. Leipzig:

Wilhelm Engelmann.
*———. 1872. Über den Einfluss der Isolirung auf die Artbildung. Leipzig: W.
Engelmann. [CUL, I]
———. 1872. Ueber den Einfluss der Isolierung auf die Artbildung. Leipzig:
Wilhelm Engelmann.
———. 1873. Berichte über die Weiterentwiklung der Descendenztheorie im
Jahre 1872. Archiv für Anthropolgie 6: 124–126.
*———. 1875. Studien zur Des-cendenz-Theorie. I. Leipzig: Engelmann. [CUL]
———. 1875-1876. Studien zur Descendenztheorie. 2 vols. Leipzig: Wilhelm
Engelmann.
*———. 1876. Studien zur Des-cendenz-Theorie. II. Über die letzen Ursachen
der Transmutationen. Leipzig: W. Engelmann. [CUL, I]
*———. 1879. Beiträge zur Natur-geschichte der Daphnoiden. Leipzig: W.
Engelmann. [CUL, I, S]
———. 1880-82. Studies in the theory of descent. 2 vols. London: Sampson
Low, Marston, Searle, and Rivington.
*———. 1880-82. Studies in the theory of descent. London: Sampson Low,
Marston, Searle & Rivington. [Down]
———. 1892. Die Continuitat des Keimplasma also Grundlage einer Theorie
der Vererbung: Ein Vortrag. Jena: G. Fischer.
———. 1892. Essais sur l’hérédité et la sélection naturelle. Paris: C. Rheinwald.
———. 1893. The all-sufficiency of natural selection: A reply to Herbert
Spencer. Contemporary Review 64: 309–338, 596–610.
———. 1893. The germ plasm: A theory of heredity. London: W. Scott.
———. 1896. On germinal selection. Chicago: Open Court.
———. 1902. The evolution theory. 2 vols. London: Edward Arnold.

———. 1902. Vorträge über Descendenztheorie, gehalten an der Universität zu
Frieburg im Breisgau. 2nd ed. Jena: G. Fischer.
Weldon, W. F. R. 1889-1890. The variations occurring in certain decapod
Crustacea.–i. Crangon vulgaris. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 47:
445–453.
———. 1892. Certain correlated variations in Crangon vulgaris. Proceedings of
200
———. 1893. On certain correlated variations in Carcinus maenas. Proceedings

———. 1894. The study of animal variation. Nature 50: 25–26.
———. 1894-1895. Remarks on variation in animals and plants. to accompany
the first report of the committee for conducting statistical inquiries into the
measurable characteristics of plants and animals. Proceedings of the Royal
———. 1894-1895. Report of the committee, consisting of Mr. Galton (Chair-
man), Mr. F. Darwin, Professor Macalister, Professor Meldola, Professor Poul-
ton, and Professor Weldon, “for conducting statistical inquiries into the measur-
able characteristics of plants and animals.” part I. “an attempt to measure the
death-rate due to selective destruction of Carcinus Moenas with respect to a
particular dimension”. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 57: 360–379.
———. 1895. Attempt to measure the death-rate due to the selective destruction
of Carcinus moenas with respect to a particular dimension. Proceedings of the
Royal Society 58: 360–379.
———. 1896. The utility of specific characters. Nature 54: 294–295.
———. 1898. Presidential address to the zoological section of the British
Association pp. 887–902.
———. 1901. A first study of natural selection in Clausilia Laminata (montagu).
Biometrika 1: 109–124.
———. 1901. Mendel’s laws of alternative inheritance in peas. Biometrika 1:
227–254.
———. 1902. On the ambiguity of Mendel’s categories. Biometrika 2: 44–55.
———. 1902. Professor de Vries on the origin of species. Biometrika 1: 365–374.
———. 1903. Mr. Bateson’s revisions of Mendel’s theory of heredity. Biometrika
2: 286–298.
Wells, William Charles. 1814. An essay on dew, and several appearances

connected with it. London: Taylor and Hessey.
*———. 1818. Two essays. London and Edinburgh: Archibald Constable.
[Down, pre-B, ED]
Wellsted, James Raymond. 1840. Travels to the city of the Caliphs, along the
shores of the Persian Gulf and the Mediterranean. Including a voyage to the
coast of Arabia, and a tour on the island of Socotra. 2 vols. London.
Westgarth, William. 1848. Australia felix; or, a historical and descriptive
account of the settlement of Port Phillip, New South Wales. Edinburgh.
201
Westwood, John Obadiah. 1838. The entomologist’s text book; an introduction to

the natural history, structure, physiology, and classification of insects. London:
Wm. S. Orr.
*———. 1839-40. An intro-duction to the modern classification of insects.
London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green & Longmans. [CUL, S]
———. 1839-40. An introduction to the modern classification of insects; founded

on the natural habits and corresponding organisation of the different families. 2
vols. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans.
———. 1841. British butterflies and their transformations. Arranged and
illustrated in a series of plates by H[enry] N[oel] Humphreys . . . with characters
and descriptions by J. O. Westwood. London: William Smith.
———. 1855. The butterflies of Great Britain, with their transformations
delineated and described. London: W.S. Orr and Co.
Whately, Richard. 1854. On the origin of civilisation. A lecture by his grace
the archbishop of Dublin to the Young Men’s Christian Association. London.
*Whewell, William. 1837. History of the inductive sciences. London: John W.
Parker. [CUL, S]
———. 1837. History of the inductive sciences, from the earliest to the present
times. 3 vols. London.
———. 1854. Of the plurality of worlds: an essay. Also a dialogue on the same
subject. 2nd ed. London.
Whitby, Mary Anne Theresa. 1848. A manual for rearing silkworms in England:
with a brief notice on the cultivation of the mulberry tree. London.
White, Charles. 1799. An account of the regular gradation in man, and in
different animals and vegetables; and from the former to the latter. London: C.
Dilly.
White, Gilbert. 1789. The natural history and antiquities of Selborne, in the
county of Southampton. 2 vols. London: T. Bensley.
*———. 1825. The natural history of Selborne. London: C.& J. Rivington.
[CUL, S]
*———. 1843. The natural history of Selborne. new edn by l. jenyns ed. London:
John Van Voorst. [CUL, I by Jenyns]
White, M. J. D. 1978. Modes of Speciation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
Whitman, Charles Otis. 1919. Orthogenetic Evolution in Pigeons. Vol 1 of the
Posthumous Works of Charles Otis Whitman. Carnegie Institution Publications,
no. 257. Washington, D. C.
202
*Whitney, John Dwight. 1879. The auriferous ¿ls of Sierra Nevada of California.
Cambridge, Mass.: University Press. [Down]
*Whitney, William Dwight. 1873. Oriental and linguistic studies. Scribner,
Armstrong & Co. [CUL, I]
*———. 1875. The life and growth of language. London: Henry S. King & Co.
[Down, I]
*Wichura, Max. 1865. Die Bastardbefruchtung im Pflanzenreich. Breslau: E.
Margenstern. [CUL, I]
Wiedemann, Christian Rudolph Wilhelm. 1828-30. Aussereuropäische
zweiflügelige Insekten. 2 vols. Hamm.
Wiegmann, Arend Friedrich. 1828. Über die Bastarderzeugung im Pflanzen-
reiche. Eine von derkönigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin gekrönte
Preisschrift. Brunswick, Germany: Friedrich Vieweg.
*Wiesner, Julius Von. 1878-80. Die Heliotropischen Erscheinungen im Pflanzen-
reiche. Wien: K. Gerolds Sohn. [CUL, I]
*———. 1881. Das Bewegungs-vermögen der Pflanzen: eine kritische Studie
über das gleichmässige Werk von Charles Darwin. Wien: Alfred Hölder. [CUL,
I]
*———. 1881-89. Elemente der wissen-schaftlichen Botanik: 1. Elemente der
Anatomie und Physiologie der Pflanzen. Wien: Alfred Hölder. [Linnean Society
of London, I]
Wigand, Albert. 1872. Die Geneologie der Urzellen als Lösung des Descenden-
zproblems. Braunschweig: Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn.
———. 1874-1877. Der Darwinusmus und die Naturforschung Newtons and
Cuviers. 3 vols. Braunschweig: F. Vieweg and Sohn.
*———. 1874-77. Der Darwinismus und die Naturforschung Newtons und
Cuviers. Braunschweig: F. Vieweg & Sohn. [Down]
Wight, Robert and George Arnott Walker Arnott. 1834. Prodromus floræ
peninsulæ Indiæ orientalis: containing abridged descriptions of the plants found
in the peninsula of British India, arranged according to the natural system.
London: Parbury, Allen & Co.
Wilberforce, S. 1860. On the origin of species . . . Quarterly Review 108:
225–264.
*Wilckens, Martin. 1876. Die Rinderassen Mittel-Europas. Wien: Wilhelm
Braumüller. [Down, I]
203
*———. 1878. Form und Leben der landwirtschaftlichen Hausthiere. Wien:

Wilhelm Braumüller. [Down, I]
*———. 1880. Grundzüge der Natur-geschichte der Hausthiere. Dresden: G.
Schönfeld. [Down, I]
Wiley, E. O. 1978. The evolutionary species concept reconsidered. Systematic

Zoology 27: 17–26.
Wilkes, Charles. 1845. Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition
during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. 5 vols. Philadelphia: Lea and
Blanchard.
Willdenow, Karl Ludwig. 1805. Caricologia, sive descriptiones omnium

specierum Carici, in usum excursionum botanicarum pro amicis seorsim im-
pressa . . . Berlin.
Willey, A. 1894. Amphioxus and the ancestry of the vertebrates. New York:
Macmillan.
Williams, George Christopher. 1966. Adaptation and Natural Selection. Prince-
ton: Princeton University Press.
———. 1975. Sex and Evolution. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Williams, John. 1837. A narrative of missionary enterprises in the South Sea
Islands; with remarks upon the natural history of the islands, origin, languages,
traditions, and usages of the inhabitants. London: J. Snow.
Williams, Mary B. 1973. Falsifiable predictions of evolutionary theory. Philoso-
phy of Science 40: 518–537.
———. 1973. The logical status of the theory of natural selection and other
evolutionary controversies. In Bunge [435], pp. 84–102.
*Williamson, William Crawfurd. 1847. On some of the microscopical objects
found in the mud of the Levant and other deposits. Manchester: Gillett &
Moore. [Down, I]
*———. 1857. On the recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. London: The Ray
Society. [Down]
Willis, John C. 1922. Age and Area. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
———. 1940. The Course of Evolution by Differentiation of Divergent Mutation
Rather Than by Selection. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Wilson, D. S. 1980. The Natural Selection of Populations and Communities.
Menlo Park: Benjamin/Cummings.
Wilson, E. O. 1975. Sociobiology. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
204
Wilson, James. 1842. A voyage round the coasts of Scotland and the isles. 2
vols. Edinburgh.
*Wilson, John. 1862. British farming. Edinburgh: Adam & Charles Black.
[Down]
*Wilson, Owen S. 1877. The larvae of the British Lepidoptera and their food
plants. London: L. Reeve & Co. [Down, S]
Wimmer, Christian Friedrich Heinrich. 1840. Flora von Schlesien, preussischen
und österreichischen Antheils, oder vom oberen Oder- und Weichsel-Quellen-
Gebiet. Nach natürlichen Familien, mit Hinweisung auf das Linnéische System.
Breslau, Ratibor, and Pless: F. Hirt.
Windle, Bertram. 1890. Review of Eimer, “Organic Evolution”. Edinburgh
Review 172: 316–349.
Windsor, George. 1853. Contributions to the physical geography of south-eastern
Asia and Australia . . . reprinted, with additional notes, from “The journal of
the indian archipelago”. London.
*Winkler, Tiberius Cornelius. 1869. Des tortues fossiles. Haarlem: Les Héritiers
Loosjes. [Down, I]
*———. n.d. Descriptions de quelques nouvelles espèces de poissons fossiles
des calcaires d’eau douce d’Oeningen. []
Withering, William. 1796. An arrangement of British plants; according to the
latest improvements of the Linnaean system. 4 vols. 3rd ed. Birmingham.
———. 1796. A botanical arrangement of all the vegetables naturally growing
in Great Britain . . . With an easy introduction to the study of botany. 4 vols.
3rd ed. Birmingham.
———. 1812. A botanical arrangement of all the vegetables naturally growing in
Great Britain. 4 vols. 5th ed. Birmingham. Corrected and enlarged by William
Withering [the Younger].
*Wollaston), British Museum (T.v. 1857. Catalogue of the coleopterous insects
of Madeira in the collection of the British Museum. London: by order of the
Trustees. [CUL, I]
*Wollaston, Thomas Vernon. 1854. Insecta Maderensia. London: John Van
Voorst. [CUL, I]
———. 1854. Insecta Maderensia; being an account of the insects of the islands
of the Madeiran group. London: J. Van Voorst.
*———. 1856. On the variation of species. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I]
205
———. 1856. On the variation of species with especial reference to the Insecta;
followed by an inquiry into the nature of genera. London: John Van Voorst.
———. 1857. Catalogue of the coleopterous insects of Madeira in the collection
of the British Museum. London: Printed by order of the Trustees.
*Wolstein, Johan Gottlieb. 1836. Über das Paaren und das Verpaaren der
Menschen und der Thiere. Altoma: Hammerich. [Down]
Wood, John George. 1855. Sketches and anecdotes of animal life. 2nd ed.
London and New York.
Wood, Searles Valentine. 1848-61. A monograph of the Crag Mollusca, or,
Descriptions of shells from the upper Tertiaries of the east of England. 2 vols.
London: Printed for the Palaeontographical Society.
Wood, William. 1821. Illustrations of the Linnaean genera of insects. 2 vols.
London: W. Wood: R. and A. Taylor.
Woodruff, D. S. and Stephen Jay Gould. 1980. Geographic differentiation
and speciation in Cerion: A preliminary discussion of patterns and processes.
Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 14: 389–416.
*Woodward, Samuel Pickworth. 1851-56. A rudi-mentary treatise of recent and
fossil shells. London: J. Weale. [CUL]
———. 1851-6. A manual of the Mollusca; or, a rudimentary treatise of recent
and fossil shells. 3 pts. London: J. Weale.
Wrangel, Ferdinand Petrovich, Baron. 1840. Narrative of an expedition to the
Polar Sea, in the years 1820, 1821, 1822, & 1823. Commanded by Lieutenant,
now Admiral, Ferdinand von Wrangell, of the Russian Imperial Navy. London:
J. Madden and Co.
———. 1844. Narrative of an expedition to the Polar Sea, in the years 1820,
1821, 1822 & 1823. 2nd ed. London: J. Madden and Co.
*Wright, Chauncey. 1871. Darwinism: an exam-ination of Mr. St. George
Mivart’s ‘Genesis of species’. London: John Murray. [Down]
*———. 1877. Philosophical discussions. New York: H. Holt & Co. [CUL, I by
editor Charles Eliot Norton]
Wright, Sewall. 1914. Duplicate genes. American Naturalist 48: 638–639.
———. 1915. The albino series of allelomorphs in guinea-pigs. American
———. 1917. On the probable error of Mendelian class frequencies. American
206
———. 1920. The relative importance of heredity and environment in deter-

mining the piebald pattern of guinea-pigs. Proceedings. National Academy of
———. 1922. Coefficients of inbreeding and relationship. American Naturalist
56: 330–338.
———. 1923. Two new color factors of the guinea pig. American Naturalist 57:
42–51.
———. 1926. Effects of age of parents on characteristics of the guinea pig.
———. 1926. A frequency curve adapted to variation in percentage occurrence.
Journal of the American Statistical Association 21: 162–178.
———. 1929. The dominance of bar over infra-bar in Drosophila. American
———. 1929. The evolution of dominance. American Naturalist 63: 556–561.
———. 1929. Fisher’s theory of dominance. American Naturalist 63: 274–279.
———. 1931. Statistical methods in biology. Journal of the American Statistical
Association 26: 155–163.
———. 1931. Statistical theory of evolution. Journal of the American Statistical
Association 26: 201–208.
———. 1932. Complementary factors for eye color in Drosophila. American
———. 1933. Inbreeding and homozygosis. Proceedings. National Academy of
———. 1933. Inbreeding and recombination. Proceedings. National Academy
———. 1934. The method of path coefficients. The Annals of Mathematical
Statistics 5: 161–215.
———. 1934. Physiological and evolutionary theories of dominance. American
———. 1934. Professor Fisher on the theory of dominance. American Naturalist
68: 562–565.
———. 1937. The distribution of gene frequencies in populations. Proceedings.
———. 1937. The distribution of gene frequencies in populations. Science 85:
504.
207
———. 1938. The distribution of gene frequencies in populations of polyploids.

372–377.
———. 1938. The distribution of gene frequencies under irreversible mutation.
253–259.
———. 1940. Breeding structure of populations in relation to speciation.
———. 1941. The age and area concept extended. Ecology 22: 345–347.
———. 1941. The material basis of evolution. The Scientific Monthly 53:
165–170.
———. 1941. On the probability of fixation of reciprocal translocations. Amer-
ican Naturalist 75: 513–522.
———. 1945. The differential equation of the distribution of gene frequencies.
382–389.
———. 1945. General considerations. American Naturalist 79: 289–303.
———. 1945. Tempo and mode in evolution: A critical review. Ecology 26:
415–419.
———. 1948. On the roles of directed and random changes in gene frequency
in the genetics of populations. Evolution 2: 279–294.
———. 1949. Population structure in evolution. Proceedings of the American
———. 1953. Gene and organism. American Naturalist 87: 5–18.
———. 1956. Modes of selection. American Naturalist 90: 5–24.
———. 1959. Genetics and the hierarchy of biological sciences. Science 130:
959–965.
———. 1960. On the number of self-incompatibility alleles maintained in equi-
librium by a given mutation rate in a population of given size: A reexamination.
Biometrics 16: 61–85.
———. 1960. Path coefficients and path regressions: Alternative or comple-
mentary concepts? Biometrics 16: 189–202.
———. 1960. Thomas Park, President-Elect. Science 131: 502–503.
———. 1960. The treatment of reciprocal interaction, with or without lag, in
path analysis. Biometrics 16: 423–445.
208
———. 1964. The distribution of self-incompatibility alleles in populations.

———. 1964. Pleiotropy in the evolution of structural reduction and of domi-
nance. American Naturalist 98: 65–69.
———. 1965. The interpretation of population structure by F-statistics with

special regard to systems of mating. Evolution 19: 395–420.
———. 1966. Polyallelic random drift in relation to evolution. Proceedings.
———. 1967. Surfaces of selective value. Proceedings. National Academy of
———. 1968. Dispersion of Drosophila pseudoobscura. American Naturalist
102: 81–84.
———. 1969. The theoretical course of directional selection. American Natu-
ralist 103: 561–574.
———. 1976. Genetics and cytology. Quarterly Review of Biology 51: 286–287.
———. 1980. Genic and organismic selection. Evolution 34: 825–843.
———. 1982. Character change, speciation, and the higher taxa. Evolution 36:
427–443.
———. 1988. Surfaces of selective value revisited. American Naturalist 131:
115–123.
Wright, Sewall and Warwick E. Kerr. 1954. Experimental studies of the distri-
bution of gene frequencies in very small populations of Drosophila melanogaster :
I. forked melanogaster. II. bar. Evolution 8: 225–240.
Wright, Sewall and Paul A. Lewis. 1921. Factors in the resistance of guinea
pigs to tuberculosis, with especial regard to inbreeding and heredity. American
Wright, Thomas. 1857-80. Monograph on the British fossil Echinodermata of

the Oolitic formations. 2 vols. London: Palaeontographical Society.
*Wundt, Wilhelm. 1872. Nouveaux éléments de physiologie humaine. Paris: F.
Savy. [CUL, FD]
*———. 1880. Grundzüge der physio-logischen Psychologie. Leipzig: Wilhelm
Engelmann. [Down]
*Würtenberger, Leopold. 1880. Studien über die Stammesgeschichte der Am-
moniten. Leipzig: Ernst Günther. [Down]
209
*———. 1880. Studien über die Stammesgeschichte der Ammoniten. Leipzig:

E. Günther. [CUL, I]
Wyman, Jeffries. 1866. Notes on the cells of the bee. Proceedings of the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences 7: 68–83.
Wynne-Edwards, Vero Copner. 1962. Animal Dispersion in Relation to Social

Behavior. Edinburgh and London: Oliver and Boyd.
Yarrell, William. 1836. A history of British fishes. 2 vols. London: John Van
Voorst.
*———. 1836. A history of British fishes. London: John Van Voorst. [Down]
———. 1837-43. A history of British birds. London. 37 pts in 3 vols.
*———. 1839. A history of British birds. London: John Van Voorst. [CUL, I
14 June 1839]
———. 1839-43. A history of British birds. 3 vols. London. Includes additional
supplement.
———. 1843. A history of British birds. 3 vols. London. Includes additional
supplement, 1845.
*Youatt, William. 1834. Cattle: their breeds, management, and diseases. London:
Baldwin & Cradock. [CUL, S]
*———. 1837. Sheep. London: Baldwin & Cradock. [CUL]
———. 1845. The dog. London: Charles Knight and Co.
*———. 1845. The dog. London: C. Knight & Co. [CUL, S]
*———. 1860. The pig. London: Rout-ledge, Warn & Routledge. [CUL]
Young, Thomas. 1807. A course of lectures on natural philosophy and the
mechanical arts. 2 vols. London.
*———. 1807. A course of lectures on natural philosophy and the mechanical
arts. London: Joseph Johnson. [Down, pre-B, S]
Yule, G. U. 1902. Mendel’s laws and their probable relation to intra-racial
heredity. New Phytologist 1: 193–220, 222–238.
———. 1903. Professor Johannsen’s experiments in heredity. New Phytologist
2: 235–242.
———. 1907. On the theory of inheritance of quantitative compound charac-
teristics on the basis of Mendel’s laws—a preliminary note. In Report of the 3d
International Congress on Genetics, pp. 140–142. London: Spottiswoode.
210
*Zerffi, G.g. 1876. A manual of the historical development of art. London:

Hardwicke & Bogue. [Down, I]
*Ziegler, Martin. 1874. Atomicité et zoı̈cité. Paris: J.B. Baillière. [Down]
Zuccarini, Joseph Gerhard. 1825. Monographie der amerikanischen Oxalis-arten.
Munich.
———. 1831. Nachtrag zu Monographie der amerikanischen Oxalis-arten.
Munich.
Zuckerandl, E. 1975. The appearance of new structures and functions in proteins
during evolution. Journals of Molecular Evolution 7: 1–57.
Zuckerandl, E. and L. Pauling. 1965. Evolutionary divergence and convergence
in proteins. In V. Bryson and H. J. Vogel, eds, Evolving Genes and Proteins.
New York: Academic Press.
*Zuckerkandl. 1875. Reise der Österreichischen Fregatte Novara: 1. Abtheilung:
Cranien der Novara-Sammlung. Wien: Carl Gerold’s Sohn. [CUL]
211

Darwin Digital Library of Evolution Alphabetical Listing of Works

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Darwin Digital Library of Evolution Alphabetical Listing of Works

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Darwin Digital Library of Evolution

Alphabetical Listing of Works

———. 1822-1831. Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. Paris: Rey &

*. 1845. Descriptive and illustrated cata-logue of the fossil organic remains of

———. 1854. Psychological enquiries. London: Longman, Brown, Green &

1860. [Account of a meeting between Hooker and Wilberforce]. The Anthenaeum

———. 1873. Congrès international d’anthropologie et d’archéologie

*Andrew, J. and vol. 11 T. Smith, eds. 1875. Saint bartholomew’s hospital

———. 1876. Public libraries in the united states of america. Washington:

Waddington, Conrad Hal, ed. 1968-1972. Towards a Theoretical Biology. 4 vols.

Agassiz, Alexander. 1880. Paleontological and embryological development.

*———. 1872-1874. Illustrated catalogue of the Museum at Harvard College –

———. 1857-62. Contributions to the natural history of the United States of

*———. 1848-54. Bibliographia zoologiae et geologiae, corrected and edited by

*———. 1845-55. A monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. London:

*———. 1819. Traité de géognosie. Strasbourg & Paris: Levrault. [CUL S: C.

*Ayrault, Eugène. 1867. De l’industrie mulassière en Poitou. Niort: L. Clouzot.

———. 1873. The controversy of Darwinism. Augsburger Allegmeine Zeitung

Belcher, Edward. 1843. Narrative of a voyage round the world, performed in

———. 1797-1804. History of British birds. The figures engraved on wood by T.

*———. 1875. La Théorie darwinienne et la création dite indépendante: lettre

Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de. 1841-55. Ostéographie, ou description

———. 1850-7. Conspectus generum avium. 2 vols. Leiden.

Bonner, John Tyler. 1980. The Evolution of Culture in Animals. Princeton:

*Boott, Francis. 1858-1860. Illustrations of the genus Carex. London: William

Bosanquet, Samuel Richard. 1845. ”Vestiges of the natural history of creation:”

*———. 1854. Description des crustacés fossiles du terrain crétacé du Duché

Bosquet, Joseph Augustin Hubert de. 1852. Description des Entomostracés

*Boyer, Abel. 1816. Le Dictionnaire royal fraçnois–anglois et anglois–françois.

*Bradley, Richard. 1724. A general treatise of husbandry and gardening. London:

Britten, R. J. 1986. Rates of DNA sequence evolution differ between taxonomic

———. 1858. Morphologische Studien über die Gestaltungsgesetze der

———. 1858. Untersuchungen über die Entwickelungs-Gesetze der organis-

———. 1858. Untersuchungen über die Entwicklungsgesetze der organischen

*———. 1861. Essai. Paris: Maller-Bachelier. [CUL]

———. 1823. Reliquiae Diluvianae: Or observations of the organic remains

*Buckley, Arabella B. 1876. A short history of natural science. London: John

———. 1822-4. Travels in the interior of Southern Africa. 2 vols. London:

Cain, A. J. 1954. Animal Species and Their Evolution. London: Hutchinson’s

Cain, A. J. and P. M. Shepppard. 1950. Selection in the polymorphic land snail

———. 1839-40. Vegetable organography; or an analytical description of the

Candolle, Augustin Pyramus de and Alphonse de Candolle. 1824-73. Prodro-

———. 1860. The theory of development in nature. Medico-Chirugical Review

———. 1844. Popular cyclopædia of natural science. Zoology, being a sketch of

———. 1973. Reorganization of the gene pool during speciation. In Newton E.

———. 1903. Mendel’s law of heredity. Proceedings of the American Academy

*Cattaneo, Giacomo. 1880. Darwinismo: saggio sulla evoluzione degli organismi.

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. and W. F. Bodmer. 1971. The Genetics of Human Popu-

———. 1845. Explanations: a sequel to “Vestiges of the natural history of

*Chaumont, Francis Stephen Bennet. 1875. Lectures on state medicine. London:

Chetverikov, S. S. 1961. On certain aspects of the evolutionary process from

*Child, Gilbert W. 1868. Essays on physiological subjects. Oxford: Combe,

*Children, John George. 1853. Memoir of J.G. Children. Westminster: Josiah

Clarke, Edward Daniel. 1810-23. Travels in various countries of Europe, Asia

*———. 1880. Report of the entomologist of the United States Department of

———. 1905. On a general theory of adaptation and selection. Experimental

Crantz, David. 1767. The history of Greenland: containing a description of

*———. 1856. A descriptive dictionary of the Indian islands and adjacent

Cunningham, Joseph T. 1891. The new Darwinism. Westminster Review 136:

———. 1921. A discussion of the evolution of adaptations and the evolution of

———. 1812. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles de quadrupèdes: ou l’on

———. 1849. Geology. Vol. 10 of United States Exploring Expedition during

———. 1853. On the classification and geographical distribution of Crustacea: